Schneider Electric Supplemental Obsolescence Digest 175

2009
2009
Supplemental and Obsolescence
Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest

Digest
> Customer Information Center
Now theres one toll-free number to get all the information you need. The Customer
Information Center (CIC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer
your customer service and technical support questions.
Serving all Square D authorized distributors and customers in the U.S.

Energy and
Monday - Friday, 8:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time Infrastructure
1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733) Residential
Building
> Engineering Services Data Center Industry
Offers the industrys most comprehensive approach to meet NFPA 70E,

Part 2 requirements.
Engineering analysis
Training programs
New equipment
Equipment upgrades
Emergency services
Available 24 hours a day, seven days a week
Service for ALL manufacturers equipment
1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
www.schneider-electric.us
2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
Schneider Electric - North American Operating Division

1415 S. Roselle Road
Palatine, IL 60067
Tel: 847-397-2600
Make the most of your energy

Fax: 847-925-7500 SM
Document Number 0100PL0902 03-09 tk

Going places?
Wherever you go, well be there
managing the energy.
Schneider Electric is the global specialist in

energy management. We offer integrated
solutions making energy safer, more reliable,
more efficient, more productive and green.
Developing technologies, processes and
solutions that are so simple, efficient and
renewable, you forget theyre even there.
Making tomorrows world a better place to be.
Visit us at www.schneider-electric.us
Make the most of your energy SM

Table of Contents
01 LOAD CENTERS ................................................................................. 1-1

Fusible Pullouts ................................................................................................................. 1-2
Circuit Breaker Covers ...................................................................................................... 1-3
Air Conditioning Disconnects ............................................................................................ 1-4
02 SAFETY SWITCHES ........................................................................... 2-1

General Duty Safety Switches ........................................................................................... 2-2
Accessories ................................................................................................................. 2-2
Heavy Duty Safety Switches ............................................................................................. 2-3
Accessories ................................................................................................................. 2-3
Key Interlock Systems ................................................................................................ 2-6
Sample Applications ................................................................................................... 2-6
03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND ENCLOSURES ............ 3-1

Molded Case Circuit Breakers ............................................................................................ 3-2
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................... 3-2
K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-4
L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................... 3-6
L-Frame Micrologic Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers ................................................. 3-8
M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................ 3-10
M-Frame Micrologic Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .............................................. 3-11
N-Frame Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-12
P-Frame Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-13
Molded Case Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-14
Automatic Molded Case Switches ............................................................................. 3-14
Molded Case Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-15
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector ............................................................................ 3-15
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protection Selection Table ................................................ 3-16
Special Construction Circuit Breakers .............................................................................. 3-17
UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 3-17
Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs ..................................................................... 3-18
I-Line Drawout Connectors and Rear-Connected Studs ......................................... 3-19
Special Calibration, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment,
and Short LA/LH Handle ............................................................................................ 3-20
Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration ................................................................... 3-20
Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 3-20
Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers ................................ 3-20
Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge) .............................. 3-20
P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate
and Exchange Program ............................................................................................. 3-21
Special Terminations ................................................................................................. 3-22
Grounded B Systems .............................................................................................. 3-23
Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (B) (Corner-Grounded Delta)
Systems (No Additional Charge) ................................................................................ 3-23
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications ...................................... 3-24
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 3-25
UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................... 3-25
Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................................. 3-26
Factory-Installed Accessories .................................................................................... 3-26
Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 3-26
Field-Installable Accessories ..................................................................................... 3-27
Field-Installable Electrical Accessories ...................................................................... 3-27
Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks,
and Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks ................................................................. 3-28
Mechanical Lug Information ....................................................................................... 3-29
Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors .............................................. 3-30
Electronic Products .......................................................................................................... 3-31
Micrologic Trip Unit Test Sets .................................................................................. 3-31
Neutral Current Transormers and
Micrologic Series B Trip Unit Accessories ............................................................... 3-32
Restraint Interface Module ......................................................................................... 3-33
Ground-Fault Protection ................................................................................................... 3-34
Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)
and Ground Censor Type GA600 Vac ................................................................. 3-34
Circuit Breaker Dimensions .............................................................................................. 3-35
Enclosures ........................................................................................................................ 3-36
Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures ......................................................................... 3-36
Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions ......................................................... 3-37
Accessories ................................................................................................................ 3-38
Key Interlock SystemsFactory Installed Only ......................................................... 3-39
Special Applications ................................................................................................... 3-40
i-1
2009 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
04 PANELBOARDS ...................................................................................4-1
Panelboards ....................................................................................................................... 4-2
General Information and Instructions............................................................................ 4-2
Pricing Instructions ....................................................................................................... 4-2
Metric Conversion ........................................................................................................ 4-2
Special Features ................................................................................................................ 4-3
Mains ........................................................................................................................... 4-3
MeteringType 1 Enclosures Only (1200 A Maximum) .............................................. 4-3
Current Transformers In Mains (ac only and line side only) ........................................ 4-3
Customer Equipment Space ........................................................................................ 4-3
Branches ...................................................................................................................... 4-4
Keyed Interlocks .......................................................................................................... 4-4
Motor OperatorsI-Line Circuit Breakers Only ........................................................... 4-4
Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-5
Increased Enclosure Depth .......................................................................................... 4-5
Increased Side Gutters (Type 1 Enclosures Only) ....................................................... 4-5
Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters ....................................................................... 4-5
Ground Lugs, Drip Hoods ............................................................................................. 4-5
Special Finishes and Trims........................................................................................... 4-6
Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) ..................................................... 4-6
Padlock Hasp, Special Locks........................................................................................ 4-7
Multi-Section Panels .................................................................................................... 4-7
Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards ............................................................... 4-8
Wireway ....................................................................................................................... 4-8
Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures ................................................................................. 4-9
Space Heater ............................................................................................................... 4-9
Special Enclosures .................................................................................................... 4-10
Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise ................................................................................. 4-11
Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories .................................................................... 4-11
Copper Equipment Ground Bars ................................................................................ 4-11
Field Installable I-Line Door Kits .............................................................................. 4-11
Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts ................................................................ 4-11
Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards ................................................................. 4-12
Trim Clamps and Screws ........................................................................................... 4-12
Locks and Keys .......................................................................................................... 4-13
Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet ...................................................................... 4-14
Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures ...................................... 4-14
05 SWITCHBOARDS .................................................................................5-1
Power-Style Commercial Multi-Metering .......................................................................... 5-2
Replacement Parts ...................................................................................................... 5-2
Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits ........................................................................ 5-2
eplacement Parts ......................................................................................................... 5-3
Tenant Main Disconnects ............................................................................................ 5-3
Replacement Parts ...................................................................................................... 5-4
Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads ............................................................ 5-4
06 TRANSFORMERS ................................................................................6-1
Dry Type 600 Volts and Below ........................................................................................... 6-2
Three-Phase General Purpose .................................................................................... 6-2
Three-Phase Copper Wound ....................................................................................... 6-2
Single-Phase and Watchdog ...................................................................................... 6-3
Single-Phase, General Purpose .................................................................................. 6-3
Watchdog Low Temperature Rise ............................................................................. 6-3
K-Rated ........................................................................................................................ 6-4
Open Core and Coil ..................................................................................................... 6-5
Industrial Control ................................................................................................................ 6-6
Type EO ....................................................................................................................... 6-6
Types T, TF and MultiTap Transformers................................................................... 6-7
Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ 6-7
Instrument 600 Volt Class .................................................................................................. 6-8
Voltage Transformers, Current Transformers .............................................................. 6-8
Current Transformers: Torroidal .................................................................................. 6-9
Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks ...................................... 6-10
Shorting Terminal Blocks ........................................................................................... 6-10
Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core ...................................... 6-11
Rectangular Window Current Transformers .............................................................. 6-11
Split-Core Current Transformers ................................................................................ 6-11
Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary .................................................................. 6-12
Bushing Current Transformers 50400 Hz ................................................................ 6-12
Auxiliary Current Transformers .................................................................................. 6-12
07 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS ....................................................7-1

International Miniature Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 7-2
QO Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches .......................................... 7-2
General Description, Characteristics and Accessories ................................................ 7-2
Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD .......................................................................... 7-3
Load Centers ...................................................................................................................... 7-4
IEC Certified QO Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) ....................................................... 7-4
i-2
08 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES .............................................. 8-1

General Duty Safety Switches, International....................................................................... 8-2
CSA Certified General DutyFusible 240 Vac ............................................................ 8-2
Heavy Duty Safety Switches .............................................................................................. 8-3
International ................................................................................................................. 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy DutyFusible 240 Vac .............................................................. 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy DutyFusible 600 Vac .............................................................. 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy DutyNon-Fusible 600 Vac ...................................................... 8-4
CSA Certified Heavy DutySpecial Applications ........................................................ 8-4
Double-Throw Safety Switches .......................................................................................... 8-5
nternational .................................................................................................................. 8-5
CSA Certified Double-Throw ........................................................................................ 8-5
Accessories .................................................................................................................. 8-6
CSA Certified Switch Accessories ............................................................................... 8-6
09 INTERNATIONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................ 9-1

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 9-2
F-, Q-, K-, L- and M-frame, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. ........................................... 9-2
Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 9-3
P-frame, 3P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-3
R-frame, 3P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-4
P-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-5
R-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-6
Breaking Capacities ........................................................................................................... 9-7
Circuit Breaker Dimensions ................................................................................................ 9-8
10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS .................................................. 10-1

NQX Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards ............................................. 10-1
11 OBSOLESCENT AND OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .............. 11-1

Obsolescent and Obsolete Types .................................................................................... 11-2
Circuit Breaker Availability ......................................................................................... 11-2
Pictorial and Dimensions .................................................................................. 11-3, 11-4
Obsolescent Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 11-5
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-5
K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .............................................. 11-6
Automatic Molded-Case Switches,
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications ...................................... 11-7
Automatic Molded Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-7
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector ............................................................................ 11-8
UL Listed Marine and 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers ........................................................ 11-9
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 11-9
UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 11-9
Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch Circuit Breakers
and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards ........................................................... 11-10
Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .................................... 11-11
EH/EHB Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................... 11-12
FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .................................................................. 11-13
QE Metering Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 11-14
KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-15
IL/ ILL Circuit Breakers and Adapter Kit for Rotary Handle Operator ...................... 11-16
NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker ............................................. 11-17
SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit ........................................................ 11-18
SE Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................... 11-19
Compact CK Circuit Breaker, UL 489 .................................................................... 11-20
Compact C Circuit Breaker, IEC 947-2 .................................................................. 11-20
Compact CK Trip Units, Rating Plugs .................................................................... 11-21
Compact CK and Compact C Circuit Breaker ...................................................... 11-22
Compact CK and Compact C Circuit Breaker Accessories ................................. 11-23
Compact CM Circuit Breakers, UL 489 Listed ....................................................... 11-24
Compact CM Circuit Breaker Accessories IEC 947-2 ............................................ 11-25
Compact CM 1250/1600/2000/3200 Circuit Breakers ........................................... 11-26
Masterpact Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed ................................................. 11-27
Masterpact Circuit Breaker Control Units ............................................................... 11-29
Masterpact Circuit Breaker Accessories ................................................................ 11-30
Masterpact Circuit Breaker Spare Parts ................................................................ 11-35
12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ..................................... 12-1

Osolete Motor Control Centers ......................................................................................... 12-2
Model 4 Branch Feeder Units .................................................................................... 12-2
Branch Feeder Units and Modifications ..................................................................... 12-2
Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters
1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-3
Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units
1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-4
Series 5600 General Information ............................................................................... 12-5
Telemecanique Series 5600 History ........................................................................ 12-5
i-3
Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D Model 6 .......... 12-5
Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type
Combination Starter Units .......................................................................................... 12-6
13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS .....................................................13-1

QMB Fusible Panelboards ............................................................................................... 13-2
Ready-to-Install (RTI)600 Vac, 250 Vdc ................................................................. 13-2
QMB Layout Information ............................................................................................ 13-2
Main Switch Replacement Units ................................................................................ 13-3
Branch Switch Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-4
Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units ........................................................ 13-5
30200 A Obsolescent Switch UnitsSeries D2 ...................................................... 13-5
Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units .............................................................. 13-6
Replacement Parts ........................................................................................................... 13-7
Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks ............................................. 13-7
Series Ratings .................................................................................................................. 13-8
NQOD Panelboards ................................................................................................... 13-8
NQOD Panelboards ......................................................................................................... 13-9
Pricing Procedure Examples ...................................................................................... 13-9
NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure ................................................................... 13-9
NQOD Merchandised Panelboards ................................................................................ 13-10
NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures240 Vac, 48 Vdc ............................................... 13-10
NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures240 Vac, 48 Vdc ............................................... 13-12
For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral) .......................................................... 13-13
NQOD Panelboards ....................................................................................................... 13-14
Terminal Data .......................................................................................................... 13-14
14 BUSWAY .............................................................................................14-1
I-Line Busway ................................................................................................................... 14-2
Special Purpose Plug-In Units ................................................................................... 14-2
APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line Busway) ......................................... 14-2
Capacitor and Transformer Units ............................................................................... 14-2
Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway) .................................... 14-2
Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs ..................................................................... 14-2
15 LIMIT SWITCHES ...............................................................................15-1

Heavy Duty, Industrial Precision and OiltightType XA .................................................. 15-1
Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed ContactType C ................................................................ 15-2
16 TERMINAL BLOCKS ..........................................................................16-1

NEMA Style Terminal BlocksType K ............................................................................ 16-2
17 NEMA CONTACTORS AND STARTERS ...........................................17-1

Reduced Voltage Starters ................................................................................................ 17-2
Description of All Types ............................................................................................. 17-2
Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors ................................................... 17-2
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters ........................................................... 17-2
How to Order .............................................................................................................. 17-3
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters ..............................................................17-4
Autotransformer Starters ............................................................................................ 17-4
Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition) ........................................................................ 17-5
Part Winding Starters ................................................................................................. 17-7
Approximate Dimensions ........................................................................................... 17-8
Well-Guard Pump Panel ..........................................................................................17-9
Reduced Voltage Type .............................................................................................. 17-9
Well-Guard Pump Panels ...................................................................................... 17-10
Approximate Dimensions ......................................................................................... 17-10
Factory Modifications (Forms) ...................................................................................17-11
Reduced Voltage Starters ........................................................................................ 17-11
Factory Modifications (Forms) .................................................................... 17-1217-14
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CONDITIONS OF SALE .................................. A-1

Coordinated Projects ...................................................................................................A-1
Standard ......................................................................................................................A-3
i-4
Table of Contents
Section 1
Load Centers
Fusible Pullouts
LOAD CENTERS
Class T Fusible Pullouts 1-2
Dimensions 1-2
Circuit Breaker Covers
Circuit Breaker Covers 1-3
Dimensions 1-3
Air Conditioning Disconnects
Air Conditioning Disconnects 1-4
Dimensions 1-4
2009 Schneider Electric 1-1

All Rights Reserved
Fusible Pullouts
Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
Class T Fusible Pullouts
1
2- or 3-pole fusible pullouts

200 A maximum 300 V Class T fuses (not included)
13W 120/240 V
12W 240 V
33W 240 V delta
34W 240/120 V delta
LOAD CENTERS
34W 208Y/120 V
UL Listed 100 kA short circuit current rating
FTL2200 FTL3200
Table 1.1: Fusible Pullouts

Main Wire Size
Mains Two-pole Three-pole AWG/kcmil
Fuse Pullout Only $ Price
System Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Al or Cu
13W 120/240 V 100 A FTL2100a 380.00 4050704950a 128.00

12W 240 V 200 A FTL2200a 400.00 4050703850a 151.00
4250
33W 240 V delta 100 A FTL3100 1000.00 4050707050a 196.00
34W 240/120 V delta
34W 208Y/120 V 200 A FTL3200 1045.00 4050705950a 288.00
a Not stocked in PDS. Order point Lexington.
Dimensions
3.00 4.46
76 113
3.80 2.96 2.23 2.98
97 75 57 76
3.16 1.48 1.85 1.50 1.48
80 38 47 38 38
.78
20
5.03 Pull 200A

Pull 128
200A
3.20 6.38 4.00 4.25
162 108
81 3.44 102 6.61
87 4.25 168
108
1.85 (2) .187 Dia. Hole 2.85 (4) .187 Dia. Mounting Holes
47 .63 .34 Dia. C'bore 72 .34 Dia. C'bore, .38 Deep
16
2.19 3.80
56 97
1-2 DE5 Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Schedule All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Covers Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
Circuit Breaker Covers

Available now from Square D / Schneider Electric are two different versions of rainproof circuit breaker covers which
are UL component recognized as being suitable for use as breaker handle covers.
They are constructed of durable impact-resistant material and are intended for use by OEMs where a rainproof cover
is needed (e.g. on heat pumps and air conditioners with built-in disconnects). Both models have a built-in latch with
padlock provisions.
LOAD CENTERS
The BCH covers are for use on a horizontally-mounted circuit breaker and fit over Square D two-pole QO, QOU, Q2,
EH and three-pole Q2 and EH circuit breakers.
The BCV covers are for use on vertically-mounted circuit breakers and will fit over Square D two and three pole QO,
QOU, Q2, EH, FA and KA circuit breakers.
Table 1.2: Covers
Quantity Cat. No. $ Price
1 BCH 20.50
1 BCV 20.50
Dimensions
1
2.141 4.58
5 116
.30 3.14 1.09
8 80 28
2.50 1.32
64 2.33
59 34
4.82 4.40
122
112
4.62 1.10
117 28
BCH
Horizontal Cover BCV
Vertical Cover
2009 Schneider Electric Discount 1-3

All Rights Reserved
DE2E Schedule
Air Conditioning
Disconnects Class 3150 / Refer to Catalog 3150CT0401
Air Conditioning Disconnects
1
Table 1.3: Non-Fusible Air Conditioning DisconnectPullout

RainproofUL Listed
Ampere Metallic Non-metallic

Service Max. Hp
Ratinga Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
LOAD CENTERS
2 Wire240 Vac Maximum
60 A UFP222R 170.00 UFP222RNM 191.00 10
G/B
2 Wire240 Vac Maximumwith 20 A GFI receptacle

FP221R
60 A UFP222RGFI 455.00 10
G/B
GFI Rec.
2 Wire240 Vac Maximumwith 20 A duplex receptacle
60 A UFP222RD 260.00 10
G/B
Duplex Rec.
Table 1.4: Fusible Air Conditioning DisconnectPullout

RainproofUL Listed
Ampere Metallic Non-metallic

Service Max. Hp
Ratingb Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
2 Wire (Pullout and Fuseholder)240 Vac Maximum
30 A FP221R 161.00 FP221RNM 191.00 3
60 A FP222R 161.00 FP222RNM 191.00 10

G/B
Note: Suitable for use as service equipment on 120/240 Vac 13 wire services if used only on a 12 wire load;
and only when the equipment grounding terminal is replaced with ground terminal kit PK3GTA1.
Price $7.60.
Dimensions
Table 1.5: Box Dimensions
H W D
Cat. No.
in. mm in. mm in. mm
QO200TR 6.50 165 4.63 117 3.88 98
QO200TRNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98
UFP222R 7.50 191 5.25 133 3.25 83
UFP222RNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98
FP221R 7.50 191 5.25 133 3.25 83
FP221RNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98
FP222R 8.88 225 5.25 133 3.25 83
FP222RNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98
a Does not contain overcurrent protection. Suitable for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current at 240
Vac max when protected by a fuse or circuit breaker rated 60 A or less.
b Suitable for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current at 240 Vac.
NOTE: For Repair and Replacement parts:

Go to www.schneider-electric.us
Click on FAQs
Enter the device catalog number
Click SEARCH
Look for the information required.
1-4 DE2A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Table of Contents
Section 2
Safety Switches
General Duty Safety Switches

Field-Installable Class J Fuse Kit 2-2
Field-Installable Lug Kit 2-2
Heavy Duty Safety Switches
Electrical Interlock Kits 2-3
Phenolic Legend Plate 2-3
Push ButtonPilot LightSelector Switch 2-3
Key Interlock Systems 2-4
Sample Applications 2-4
SAFETY SWITCHES
2

All Rights Reserved
General Duty Safety Accessories
Switches Class 3130
Field-Installable Class J Fuse Kit Field-Installable Lug Kit
The kit consists of three Class J fuse adapters as required Kit consists of three line, three load, and two neutral lugs as
for a 3P, fusible 600 A general duty switch. required for a 3P 400 A or 600 A general duty switch.
Kit can be installed in field in 600 A series E3 switches Kit can be installed in field on 400 or 600 A Series E3
only (NEMA 1). switches.
Table 2.1: Class J Fuse Kit Table 2.2: Lug Kit
Switch Rating Class J Kit Wire Range/NEC Lug Wire Range
$ Price Switch Rating Lug Kit
(A) Cat. No. 312.6 per Lug $ Price
(A) Cat. No.
600 A Series E3 GDJK600 293.00 AWG/kcmil AWG/kcmil
400 or 600 A GD4060LK (1) 1/0600 or (2) 1/0600 or

(2) 1/0500 or 404.00
Series E3a (4) 1/0250
(4) 1/0250
a Not applicable for use on the 400 A NEMA Type 3R General Duty
Safety Switch.
2
SAFETY SWITCHES
2-2 DE1 DE3A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Heavy Duty Safety Accessories
Switches Class 3130
Electrical Interlock Kits Phenolic Legend Plate

Electrical interlocks for heavy duty 301200 A safety Available engraved and mounted on all heavy duty safety
switches are available factory-installed or in kit form for switches, except NEMA 7 and 9. Legend engraved in 1/4
field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper in. high white letters on black background. Customer must
field mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch provide legend. UL Listed.
mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main To order, add suffix NP to standard Cat. No.
switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks Example: H363-NP
installed are UL Listed. For factory-installed electrical
interlocks add EI (for one contact) or EI2 (for two contacts) Price adder per legend plate$167.00
suffix to catalog number. Push ButtonPilot LightSelector Switch
Table 2.1: Electrical Interlock Kit a Push buttons, pilot lights or selector switches are available
Electrical Factory-
factory-installed in the cover of NEMA 1, 3R, (4-4X-5)
Switch Series Number stainless steel or 12 heavy duty non-fusible safety switches
(See Digest Section 3) Interlock Kit $ Price Installed
Rating Cat. No.b $ Price and all double throw switches. Wiring to contact blocks is
EIK031c d not available. Customer must furnish catalog number of
F1, F5F7 145.00 239.00
EIK032c d push button, pilot light or selector switch device desired.
30 A
EIK1 UL Listed. Add suffix PB to switch catalog number. Order
F3 207.00 301.00
EIK2 by description.
F1-F3 EIK1 Price = Switch + push button, pilot light or selector switch +
207.00 301.00
F5F7 (600 V) EIK2
60 A factory-installed adder.
F4 EIK031e
F5F6 (240 V) EIK032e
145.00 239.00 Factory-installed price adder$584.00
EIK1
100200 A F2F7 207.00 301.00
EIK2
EIK40601
4001200 A E1E4 355.00 449.00
EIK40602
SAFETY SWITCHES
a See Digest Section 3 for electrical interlocks on NEMA 4X fiberglass

reinforced polyester and Krydon .
b Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with 1 suffix indicates one
normally open and one normally closed contact; 2 indicates two
normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are UL Listed.
c HU461AWK uses EK3061 or EK3062.
d The following series -F5F7 devices use EIK-1,2: H3612, H3612A,
H3612AWK, H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, HU461, HU461DS,
HU661DS, HU661AWK, H361AWA, H361AWC, HU361AWA and
HU361AWC.
e H362WA, HU362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, HU362AWA, H362AWC,
HU362AWC, and H2212AWK use EIK1 or EIK2 electric interlock.
Table 2.2: Electrical Interlock Contact

Ratings Note:
AC - 50 or 60 Hz DC
2
Interlock
Type Make &
Volts Make Break Cont. Volts Cont.
Break
Cat. No. ending with a 1 utilize a 9007A01 limit switch.
120 40 A 15 A 15 A 115 0.50 A 15 A
1 NO/1 NC 240 20 A 10 A 15 A 230 0.25 A 15 A
Contact 480 10 A 6A 15 A
600 8A 5A 15 A 600 0.05 A 15 A
Cat. No. ending with a 2 utilize a 9007C03 limit switch.
120 30 A 3.0 A 10 A 115 1.0 A 10 A
2 NO/2 NC 240 15 A 1.5 A 10 A 230 0.30 A 10 A
Contacts 480 7.5 A 0.75 A 10 A
600 6.0 A 0.60 A 10 A 600 0.10 A 10 A
Note: Single pole single throw interlock kits are rated 1 2 hp @ 110 and 220
Vac.

All Rights Reserved
DE1 DE3A Schedule
Heavy Duty Safety Key Interlock Systems
Switches
Key Interlock Systems Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key
Factory-installed only on heavy duty safety switches and A-1 is held in circuit breaker B interlock.
double throw safety switches. 1. Open circuit breaker.
Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator 2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock
from making an unauthorized operation. Not available on open. Key A-1 is now free.
hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass 3. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to
reinforced polyester (NEMA 4X). unlock.
The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of 4. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to
applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to restore service.
the above equipment so as to require operation in a Sample Application3
predetermined sequence. UL Listed.
To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is
Quoting: closed. Permits re-closing of circuit breaker for servicing
Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability when switch is locked open.
and pricing prior to quoting a job.
A
Ordering:
B
Order cannot be released for production until the following
information has been provided:
End UserCompany name, address;
Function of each lock (e.g., switch to be locked open with key A-1 A1
2
Locking Position removed, key held when switch is closed);

Designations Existing Equipmentif switch is to be interlocked with equipment L-O-C-R L-O-R
already on site, provide brand of existing lock and key number;
Other New Equipmentif switch is to be interlocked with new Figure 3
Devices locked open equipment not yet installed at the site, then provide contact
Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key
with key removed person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated
SAFETY SWITCHES
A-1 is held in circuit breaker interlock.

L-O-R Additional information may be required upon order entry;
5. Open circuit breaker.
Schneider Electric locks supplied unless otherwise specified.
Devices locked closed 6. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock
with key removed Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers: open. Key A-1 is now free.
L-C-R KI = 1 lock per switch 7. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to
KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders per switch unlock.
Devices locked open KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch 8. Open switch A.
or closed with key
removed 9. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open.
L-O-C-R
Table 2.1: Price Adder Per Locka Key A-1 is now free.
Switch Type $ Price 10. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for
Devices locked open 301200 A Heavy Duty 2055.00
operation during servicing period.
with key held
L-O-H
30600 A Double Throw 1988.00 Reverse sequence to restore service.
a Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these Sample Application4 (Main-Tie-Main)
schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device.
Devices locked closed
with key held
Sample Applications To prevent paralleling of lines A and B.Two loads, fed
Sample Application1 from either source.
L-C-H
To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.

A B
Devices locked open or A-1
closed with key held A B
L-O-C-H
L-O-R
A B
Multi-lock interlock A1 A1
(More than one key A-1 A-1
C
per lock) A 1 L-O-R L-O-R
L-O-R L-O-R M N
Figure 1 Figure 4
Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit
Diagram Symbols not closed at the same time. With the interlocks arranged breaker B is closed to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C
Note: as shown only one key is required in the interlocking is open. Keys A-1 are held in interlocks on both circuit
Device locked open =
system. Both devices are shown open, therefore, the key breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot be closed
switch in OFF (O) position
is free. To close any one device the key is inserted and unless either A or B is locked open.
turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock
Device locked closed = until the device is again locked open. This simple To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:
switch in ON (I) position interlocking sequence lends itself to a multitude of 1. Open circuit breaker B.
applications. The procedure is the same for two devices, 2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock
Device normally neither of which is to be opened at the same time.
open open. Key A-1 is now free.
Sample Application2 3. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and
Device normally turn to unlock. Key A-1 is now held.
closed To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is
4. Close tie-circuit breaker C.
Direction of key
closed.
5. Reverse sequence to restore service.
transfer
A 6. Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar
Key B manner.
A-1 A-2 A-3 interchange
number
Key
A-1 A1
L-C-R L-O-R
Figure 2
2-4 2009 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 3
03 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Enclosures
Molded Case Circuit Breakers 3-2

F-frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-23-3
K- and Q4-frame Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-43-5
L-frame Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-63-7
L-frame Micrologic Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 3-83-9
M-frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-10
M-frame Micrologic Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 3-11
N-frame Circuit Breakers 3-12
P-frame Circuit Breakers 3-13
Automatic Molded-Case Switches 3-14
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector 3-15
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protection Selection Table 3-16
Special Construction Circuit Breakers 3-17
UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 3-17
Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs 3-18
I-Line Drawout Connectors and Rear-connected Studs 3-19
Special Calibration, VIsi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and 3-20
Short LA/LH Handle
P-frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and 3-21
Exchange Program
Special Terminations 3-22
Grounded B Systems 3-23
Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications 3-24
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers 3-25
Circuit Breaker Accessories 3-26
Factory-Installed Accessories 3-26
Field-Installable Accessories 3-27
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and 3-28
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks
BREAKERS
Mechanical Lug Information 3-29
Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors 3-30
Electronic Products 3-31
Micrologic Trip Unit Test Sets 3-31
Neutral Current Transormers and Micrologic Series B Trip Unit 3-32
Accessories
Restraint Interface Module 3-33
Ground-fault Protection 3-34
Micrologic Add-on Ground-Fault Module (GFM) and 3-34 3
Ground Censor Type GA600 Vac
Circuit Breaker Dimensions 3-35
Enclosures 3-36
Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures 3-36
Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions 3-37
Accessories 3-38
Key Interlock SystemsFactory Installed Only 3-39
Special Applications 3-40

All Rights Reserved
Molded Case Circuit F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 650
Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on
pages 3-2 through 3-13 are permanent trip UL Listed, NOTE: Consider using PowerPact circuit breakers for
CSA Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the
requirements of Federal Specification WC375B/GEN as situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.
indicated on Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7. See Digest Section 7 for more information.
Table 3.1: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, Standard Interrupting, 240 Vac

Fixed AC Magnetic 1P 2P 3P
Ampere Trip Terminal Wire Range
120 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
Rating (AWG)
Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
FAL/FHL 2P 15 A 275 A 600 A FAL12015 198.00 FAL22015 333.00 FAL32015 495.00
FAL 1P
20 A 275 A 600 A FAL12020 198.00 FAL22020 333.00 FAL32020 495.00 AL50FA
15100 A 15100 A 144 Cu or 124 Al
25 A 275 A 600 A FAL12025 198.00 FAL22025 333.00 FAL32025 495.00
30 A 275 A 600 A FAL12030 198.00 FAL22030 333.00 FAL32030 495.00
35 A 400 A 850 A FAL12035 198.00 FAL22035 333.00 FAL32035 495.00
40 A 400 A 850 A FAL12040 198.00 FAL22040 333.00 FAL32040 495.00
45 A 400 A 850 A FAL12045 198.00 FAL22045 333.00 FAL32045 495.00
50 A 400 A 850 A FAL12050 198.00 FAL22050 333.00 FAL32050 495.00
60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12060 198.00 FAL22060 333.00 FAL32060 495.00 141/0AL100FA
Cu or 121/0 Al
70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12070 261.00 FAL22070 543.00 FAL32070 704.00
80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12080 261.00 FAL22080 543.00 FAL32080 704.00
90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL12090 261.00 FAL22090 543.00 FAL32090 704.00
100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL12100 261.00 FAL22100 543.00 FAL32100 704.00
FAL/FHL 3P
15100 A Table 3.2: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac
Standard Interrupting
Fixed AC Magnetic 1P 2P 3P
Terminal
Ampere Trip 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc Wire Range
Rating (AWG)
15 A 275 A 600 A FAL14015 251.00 FAL24015 609.00 FAL34015 782.00
(1) 144 Cu or
25 A 275 A 600 A FAL14025 251.00 FAL24025 609.00 FAL34025 782.00 (1) 124 Al
30 A 275 A 600 A FAL14030 251.00 FAL24030 609.00 FAL34030 782.00
35 A 400 A 850 A FAL14035 251.00 FAL24035 609.00 FAL34035 782.00
40 A 400 A 850 A FAL14040 251.00 FAL24040 609.00 FAL34040 782.00
45 A 400 A 850 A FAL14045 251.00 FAL24045 609.00 FAL34045 782.00
60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14060 251.00 FAL24060 609.00 FAL34060 782.00 (1) 141/0 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14070 312.00 FAL24070 788.00 FAL34070 924.00 or (1) 121/0 Al
80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14080 312.00 FAL24080 788.00 FAL34080 924.00
90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL14090 312.00 FAL24090 788.00 FAL34090 924.00
3
100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL14100 312.00 FAL24100 788.00 FAL34100 924.00
Table 3.3: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Current Limiting
Fixed AC
Magnetic 2P 3P 1P 2P 3P 2P 3P Terminal
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
Ampere
Trip Wire Range
Rating 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc (AWG)
Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
BREAKERS
15 A 275 A 600 A FAL26015 704.00 FAL36015 906.00 FHL16015 452.00 FHL26015 1163.00 FHL36015 1358.00
20 A 275 A 600 A FAL26020 704.00 FAL36020 906.00 FHL16020 452.00 FHL26020 1163.00 FHL36020 1358.00 FIL26020 2633.00 FIL36020 3296.00 AL50FA
144 Cu or
25 A 275 A 600 A FAL26025 704.00 FAL36025 906.00 FHL16025 452.00 FHL26025 1163.00 FHL36025 1358.00 FIL26025 2633.00 FIL36025 3296.00 124 Al
30 A 275 A 600 A FAL26030 704.00 FAL36030 906.00 FHL16030 452.00 FHL26030 1163.00 FHL36030 1358.00 FIL26030 2633.00 FIL36030 3296.00
50 A 400 A 850 A FAL26050 704.00 FAL36050 906.00 FHL16050 452.00 FHL26050 1163.00 FHL36050 1358.00 FIL26050 2633.00 FIL36050 3296.00 AL100FA
60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26060 704.00 FAL36060 906.00 FHL16060 452.00 FHL26060 1163.00 FHL36060 1358.00 FIL26060 2633.00 FIL36060 3296.00 141/0 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26070 890.00 FAL36070 1115.00 FHL16070 509.00 FHL26070 1353.00 FHL36070 1541.00 FIL26070 2633.00 FIL36070 3296.00 or 121/0 Al
Table 3.4: Interrupting Ratings

FAL
Voltage FHL FCLa FIL
240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac
240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA
480 Vac 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA
600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA
a See Section 11
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-263-28
OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-293-30
Termination Option For factory-installed termination, place Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35
Termination Letter Enclosures: see Digest Section 7
termination letter in the third block of the
F = No Lugs circuit breaker catalog number.
L = Lugs both ends FAL36100
P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end
P = Lugs OFF end Termination Letter

Molded Case Circuit F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 650
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker
accessories.
Table 3.5: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line Construction, 240 Vac,
Fixed AC Magnetic 2 Pa 3P
Terminal
Ampere Trip 240 Vac 240 Vac Wire Range
Rating (AWG)
Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
FA 1P 15 A 275 A 600 A FA22015( ) 398.00 FA32015 572.00
1.5 in. (38 mm) 20 A 275 A 600 A FA22020( ) 398.00 FA32020 572.00 AL50FA
144 Cu or
Mounting Height 25 A 275 A 600 A FA22025( ) 398.00 FA32025 572.00 124 Al
30 A 275 A 600 A FA22030( ) 398.00 FA32030 572.00
35 A 400 A 850 A FA22035( ) 398.00 FA32035 572.00
40 A 400 A 850 A FA22040( ) 398.00 FA32040 572.00
45 A 400 A 850 A FA22045( ) 398.00 FA32045 572.00
50 A 400 A 850 A FA22050( ) 398.00 FA32050 572.00 AL100FA
60 A 800 A 1450 A FA22060( ) 398.00 FA32060 572.00 141/0 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FA22070( ) 617.00 FA32070 780.00 or 121/0 Al
80 A 800 A 1450 A FA22080( ) 617.00 FA32080) 780.00
FA 2P 90 A 900 A 1700 A FA22090( ) 617.00 FA32090 780.00
3 in. (76 mm) 100 A 900 A 1700 A FA22100( ) 617.00 FA32100 780.00
Mounting Height
Table 3.6: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line Construction, 480 Vac

Fixed AC Magnetic
Ampere 1Pad 2Pa 3P
Trip Terminal
Rating 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc Wire Range
(AWG)
15 A 275 A 600 A FA24015( ) 651.00 FA34015 833.00
20 A 275 A 600 A FA24020( ) 651.00 FA34020 833.00 AL50FA
(1) 144 Cu or
FA 3P 25 A 275 A 600 A FA24025( ) 651.00 FA34025 833.00 (1) 124 Al
4.5 in. (114 mm) 30 A 275 A 600 A FA24030( ) 651.00 FA34030 833.00
Mounting Height 35 A 400 A 850 A FA14035( ) 302.00 FA24035( ) 651.00 FA34035 833.00
40 A 400 A 850 A FA14040( ) 302.00 FA24040( ) 651.00 FA34040 833.00
45 A 400 A 850 A FA14045( ) 302.00 FA24045( ) 651.00 FA34045 833.00
50 A 400 A 850 A FA14050( ) 302.00 FA24050( ) 651.00 FA34050 833.00 AL100FA
60 A 800 A 1450 A FA14060( ) 302.00 FA24060( ) 651.00 FA34060 833.00 (1) 141/0 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FA14070( ) 332.00 FA24070( ) 833.00 FA34070 996.00 or (1) 121/0 Al
80 A 800 A 1450 A FA14080( ) 332.00 FA24080( ) 833.00 FA34080 996.00
90 A 900 A 1700 A FA14090( ) 332.00 FA24090( ) 833.00 FA34090 996.00
100 A 900 A 1700 A FA14100( ) 332.00 FA24100( ) 833.00 FA34100 996.00

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Current Limiting
Fixed AC
Ampere Magnetic 2Pa 3P 1Pad 2Pa 3P 2Pa 3P
Trip Terminal
Rating 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc Wire Range
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

(AWG)
Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
15 A 275 A 600 A FA26015( ) 780.00 FA36015 971.00 FH16015( ) 507.00 FH26015( ) 1214.00 FH36015 1446.00
AL50FA
BREAKERS
20 A 275 A 600 A FA26020( ) 780.00 FA36020 971.00 FH16020( ) 507.00 FH26020( ) 1214.00 FH36020 1446.00 FI26020( ) 2763.00 FI36020 3296.00
144 Cu or
25 A 275 A 600 A FA26025( ) 780.00 FA36025 971.00 FH16025( ) 507.00 FH26025( ) 1214.00 FH36025 1446.00 124 Al
35 A 400 A 850 A FA26035( ) 780.00 FA36035 971.00 FH16035( ) 507.00 FH26035( ) 1214.00 FH36035 1446.00
45 A 400 A 850 A FA26045( ) 780.00 FA36045 971.00 FH16045( ) 507.00 FH26045( ) 1214.00 FH36045 1446.00
50 A 400 A 850 A FA26050( ) 780.00 FA36050 971.00 FH16050( ) 507.00 FH26050( ) 1214.00 FH36050 1446.00 FI26050( ) 2763.00 FI36050 3296.00 AL100FA
60 A 800 A 1450 A FA26060( ) 780.00 FA36060 971.00 FH16060( ) 507.00 FH26060( ) 1214.00 FH36060 1446.00 FI26060( ) 2763.00 FI36060 3296.00 141/0 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FA26070( ) 947.00 FA36070 1163.00 FH16070( ) 563.00 FH26070( ) 1452.00 FH36070 1632.00 FI26070( ) 2763.00 FI36070 3296.00 or 121/0 Al
100 A 900 A 1700 A FA26100( ) 947.00 FAL6100 1163.00 FH16100( ) 563.00 FH26100( ) 1452.00 FH36100 1632.00 FI26100( ) 2763.00 FI36100 3296.00
3
a 1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
b FCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.
c FCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.
d Rated 277 Vac, 125 Vdc. 1530 A circuit breaker suitable for use with 60C or 75 C conductors. 35100 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75C conductors.
.
Table 3.8: Phase Options Table 3.9: Interrupting Ratings

Phase Option FA FH FCe FI
1P 2P 3P Voltage
Letter 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac
A FA14035A 240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA
B FA14035B
C FA14035C 277 Vac 18 kA 65 kA
AB FA24030AB 480 Vac 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA
AC FA24030AC 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA
BC FA24030BC
e See Section 11.
ABC FA34030
CBA FA34030CBA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-263-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-293-30
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-35
Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Molded Case Circuit K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 655, 825, 660
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.
Table 3.10: K-Frame250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Current
Ampere Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Terminal
Limiting
Rating Wire Range
Low High Cat. No. $ Price
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
110 550 A 1100 A KIL26110 6177.00
125 625 A 1250 A KIL26125 6177.00 AL250KA
150 750 A 1500 A KIL26150 6177.00 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
175 875 A 1750 A KIL26175 6177.00
200 1000 A 2000 A KIL26200 6177.00
AL250KI
225 1125 A 2250 A KIL26225 6177.00 (1) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil Al
KAL/KHL 250 1250 A 2500 A KIL26250 7223.00
2P and 3P 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
70250 A 110 550 A 1100 A KIL36110 7754.00
125 625 A 1250 A KIL36125 7754.00 AL250KA
150 750 A 1500 A KIL36150 7754.00 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
175 875 A 1750 A KIL36175 7754.00
200 1000 A 2000 A KIL36200 7754.00
AL250KI
225 1125 A 2250 A KIL36225 7754.00 (1) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil Al
250 1250 A 2500 A KIL36250 9081.00
Table 3.11: Q4-Frame400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 240 Vac

Adjustable AC Magnetic Standard Interrupting
Ampere Tripa Terminal
Rating Wire Range
2P, 240 Vac
250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L2250 3171.00 AL400LA
300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L2300 3171.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
KIL36250 or
350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L2350 3171.00
400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L2400 3171.00 (2) 1 AWG250 kcmil Al
3P, 240 Vac
250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L3250 3831.00 AL400LA
300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L3300 3831.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L3350 3831.00 or
400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L3400 3831.00 (2) 1 AWG250 kcmil Al
a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% for low and 20% for high from nominal value shown.
b KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac

Voltage KALc KHLc KCLc KIL Q4
3
240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA 25 kA

480 Vac 25 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA
600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 100 kA
c See Section 11.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
Q4L
2P and 3P
BREAKERS
250400 A OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-293-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Molded Case Circuit K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Table 3.13: K-Frame250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line Construction, 600 Vac

Current
Ampere Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Terminal
Limiting
Rating Wire Range
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc
110 550 A 1100 A KI26110( ) 6633.00
125 625 A 1250 A KI26125( ) 6633.00 AL250KA
(1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
150 750 A 1500 A KI26150( ) 6633.00
175 875 A 1750 A KI26175( ) 6633.00
200 1000 A 2000 A KI26200( ) 6633.00
AL250KI
225 1125 A 2250 A KI26225( ) 6633.00 (1) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil Al
250 1250 A 2500 A KI26250( ) 7704.00
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
KA/KH/KC 2P and 3P 110 550 A 1100 A KI36110 8375.00
4.5 in. (114 mm) 125 625 A 1250 A KI36125 8375.00 AL250KA
150 750 A 1500 A KI36150 8375.00 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
Mounting Height
175 875 A 1750 A KI36175 8375.00
200 1000 A 2000 A KI36200 8375.00
AL250KI
225 1125 A 2250 A KI36225 8375.00 (1) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil Al
250 1250 A 2500 A KI36250 9267.00
Table 3.14: Q4-Frame400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line Construction, 240 Vac

Ampere Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Standard Interrupting Terminal
Rating Low High Cat. No. $ Price Wire Range
2P, 240 Vacc

250 1250 A 2500 A Q422250( ) 3435.00 AL400LA
300 1500 A 3000 A Q422300( ) 3435.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
350 1750 A 3500 A Q422350( ) 3435.00 or
400 2000 A 4000 A Q422400( ) 3435.00
3P, 240 Vac
250 1250 A 2500 A Q43250 4313.00 AL400LA
300 1500 A 3000 A Q43300 4313.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
350 1750 A 3500 A Q43350 4313.00 or
400 2000 A 4000 A Q43400 4313.00
KI 2P and 3P
a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% for low and 20% for high from nominal value shown.
4.5 in. (114 mm) b KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac
Mounting Height c 2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

Voltage KAd KHd KCd KI Q4
240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA 25 kA
480 Vac 25 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA
600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 100 kA
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

d See Section 11.
Table 3.16: Phase Options
BREAKERS
Phase Option Letter 2P 3P
AB KA26250AB
AC KA26250AC
BC KA26250BC
ABC KA36250
CBA KA36250CBA

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35
Q4 2P and 3P
6 in. (152 mm)
3
Mounting Height

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Molded Case Circuit L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 600, 665, 736, 830
Table 3.17: L-Frame400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit

Breakers For Mission Critical Loads
Ampere AC Magnetic Level Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal
Rating Factory Seta Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Wire Range
LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac

200 A 4000 A LAL34200MC 4962.00 LHL34200MC 7941.00
AL250LA
225 A 4500 A LAL34225MC 4962.00 LHL34225MC 7941.00 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
250 A 5000 A LAL34250MC 5355.00 LHL34250MC 8336.00
AL400LA
400 A 8000 A LAL34400MC 6615.00 LHL34400MC 9596.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al or
LAL/LHL MC a AC magnetic setting tolerances are +025% from max. value shown.
For Mission Critical Table 3.18: L-Frame600 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Power Loads
available in 200, 225, 250, Adjustable AC
Ampere Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal
Magnetic Trip
and 400 A @ 480 Vac Rating Wire Range
Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A 625 A 1250 A LAL26125 3807.00 LHL26125 6362.00
150 A 750 A 1500 A LAL26150 3807.00 LHL26150 6362.00
175 A 875 A 1750 A LAL26175 3807.00 LHL26175 6362.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A LAL26200 3807.00 LHL26200 6362.00 AL400LA
225 A 1125 A 2250 A LAL26225 3807.00 LHL26225 6362.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
250 A 1250 A 2500 A LAL26250 3807.00 LHL26250 6362.00 or
300 A 1500 A 3000 A LAL26300 3807.00 LHL26300 6362.00
350 A 1750 A 3500 A LAL26350 3807.00 LHL26350 6362.00
400 A 2000 A 4000 A LAL36400 3807.00 LHL26400 6362.00
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A 625 A 1250 A LAL36125 4619.00 LHL36125 7598.00
150 A 750 A 1500 A LAL36150 4619.00 LHL36150 7598.00
175 A 875 A 1750 A LAL36175 4619.00 LHL36175 7598.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A LAL36200 4619.00 LHL36200 7598.00 AL400LA
225 A 1125 A 2250 A LAL36225 4619.00 LHL36225 7598.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
250 A 1250 A 2500 A LAL36250 4619.00 LHL36250 7598.00 or
300 A 1500 A 3000 A LAL36300 4619.00 LHL36300 7598.00
350 A 1750 A 3500 A LAL36350 4619.00 LHL36350 7598.00
LAL/LHL 400 A 2000 A 4000 A LAL36400 4619.00 LHL36400 7598.00
2P and 3P
125400 A Table 3.19: L-Frame600 A, Current-Limiting, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC
Ampere Extra-High Interrupting Current Limiting Terminal
Magnetic Trip
Rating Wire Range
2P, 600 Vac
3
300 A 1500 A 3200 A LCL26300 7479.00 LIL26300 8604.00

350 A 1750 A 3200 A LCL26350 7479.00 LIL26350 8604.00
400 A 2000 A 3200 A LCL26400 7479.00 LIL26400 8604.00 AL600LI5
450 A 2250 A 4200 A LCL26450 7823.00 LIL26450 12551.00 (2) 4/0 AWG500 kcmil Al
500 A 2500 A 4200 A LCL26500 7823.00 LIL26500 12551.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
600 A 3000 A 4200 A LCL26600 7823.00 LIL26600 12551.00

3P, 600 Vac
300 A 1500 A 3200 A LCL36300 8312.00 LIL36300 9563.00
BREAKERS
350 A 1750 A 3200 A LCL36350 8312.00 LIL36350 9563.00

400 A 2000 A 3200 A LCL36400 8312.00 LIL36400 9563.00 AL600LI5
450 A 2250 A 4200 A LCL36450 8691.00 LIL36450 13949.00 (2) 4/0 AWG500 kcmil Al
500 A 2500 A 4200 A LCL36500 8691.00 LIL36500 13949.00
LIL36600 600 A 3000 A 4200 A LCL36600 8691.00 LIL36600 13949.00
2P and 3P 300600 A

Voltage LAL LHL LCL LIL
240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA
480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA
600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 35 kA 100 kA

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Molded Case Circuit L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 600, 665, 736, 830
Table 3.21: L-Frame400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line Construction, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit
Breakers For Mission Critical Loads
Ampere AC Magnetic Level Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal
Rating Factory Seta Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Wire Range
LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac

200 A 4000 A LA34200MC 5571.00 LH34200MC 8771.00
AL250LA
225 A 4500 A LA34225MC 5571.00 LH34225MC 8771.00 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
250 A 5000 A LA34250MC 5681.00 LH34250MC 8882.00
AL400LA
400 A 8000 A LA34400MC 7241.00 LH34400MC 10142.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al or
LA / LH 2P and 3P a Factory set AC magnetic setting tolerances are +025% from max. value shown.
6 in. (152 mm) Table 3.22: L-Frame600 A, Thermal-Magnetic I-Line Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Mounting Height
Adjustable AC
Ampere Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal
Magnetic Tripb
Rating Wire Range
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdca
125 A 625 A 1250 A LA26125( ) 4053.00 LH26125( ) 6762.00
150 A 750 A 1500 A LA26150( ) 4053.00 LH26150( ) 6762.00
175 A 875 A 1750 A LA26175( ) 4053.00 LH26175( ) 6762.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A LA26200( ) 4053.00 LH26200( ) 6762.00 AL400LA
225 A 1125 A 2250 A LA26225( ) 4053.00 LH26225( ) 6762.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
250 A 1250 A 2500 A LA26250( ) 4053.00 LH26250( ) 6762.00 or
300 A 1500 A 3000 A LA26300( ) 4053.00 LH26300( ) 6762.00
350 A 1750 A 3500 A LA26350( ) 4053.00 LH26350( ) 6762.00
400 A 2000 A 4000 A LA26400( ) 4053.00 LH26400( ) 6762.00
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A 625 A 1250 A LA36125 4944.00 LH36125 8145.00
150 A 750 A 1500 A LA36150 4944.00 LH36150 8145.00
175 A 875 A 1750 A LA36175 4944.00 LH36175 8145.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A LA36200 4944.00 LH36200 8145.00 AL400LA
225 A 1125 A 2250 A LA36225 4944.00 LH26225 8145.00 (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Al
250 A 1250 A 2500 A LA36250 4944.00 LH36250 8145.00 or
LI 2P and 3P 300 A 1500 A 3000 A LA36300 4944.00 LH36300 8145.00
7.5 in. (190 mm) 350 A 1750 A 3500 A LA36350 4944.00 LH36350 8145.00
400 A 2000 A 4000 A LA36400 4944.00 LH36400 8145.00
Mounting Height
Table 3.23: L-Frame600 A, Current-Limiting, I-Line Construction, Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac
Adjustable AC
Ampere Extra-High Interrupting Current Limiting Terminal
Magnetic Tripb
Rating Wire Range
2P, 600 Vaca
300 A 1500 A 3200 A LC26300( ) 8312.00 LI26300( ) 9563.00
350 A 1750 A 3200 A LC26350( ) 8312.00 LI26350( ) 9563.00
400 A 2000 A 3200 A LC26400( ) 8312.00 LI26400( ) 9563.00 AL600LI5
450 A 2250 A 4200 A LC26450( ) 8691.00 LI26450( ) 13949.00 (2) 4/0 AWG500 kcmil Al
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

500 A 2500 A 4200 A LC26500( ) 8691.00 LI26500( ) 13949.00
600 A 3000 A 4200 A LC26600( ) 8691.00 LI26600( ) 13949.00
3P, 600 Vac
BREAKERS
300 A 1500 A 3200 A LC36300 9234.00 LI36300 10673.00
350 A 1750 A 3200 A LC36350 9234.00 LI36350 10673.00
400 A 2000 A 3200 A LC36400 9234.00 LI36400 10673.00 AL600LI5
450 A 2250 A 4200 A LC36450 9657.00 LI36450 15498.00 (2) 4/0 AWG500 kcmil Al
LC 2P and 3P 500 A 2500 A 4200 A LC36500 9657.00 LI36500 15498.00
7.5 in. (190 mm) 600 A 3000 A 4200 A LC36600 9657.00 LI36600 15498.00
Mounting Height a 2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
b UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% for low and 20% for high from nominal value.

Voltage LA LH LC LI
3
240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA
480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA
600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 35 kA 100 kA

AB LA26400AB
AC LA26400AC
BC LA26400BC
ABC LA36400
CBA LA36400CBA

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Molded Case Circuit L-Frame Micrologic Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
Breakers
Standard-Function Features: Full-Function Features:
80% rated 100% rated (600 sensor LE/LEL) circuit breakers are 80% rated)
True RMS sensing True RMS sensing
Interchangeable rating plugs Interchangeable rating plugs
LSI, LS(I)G, trip configurations PowerLogic compatible
Short-time delay = I2t IN and ground-fault delay = I2t OUT LI, LIG, LS(I), LS(I)G (instantaneous OFF) configurations
Integral ground-fault testing Short-time delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT and ground-fault delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT
LED long-time pickup indication Short-time withstand rating
Thermal & magnetic backup protection Integral ground-fault testing
Long-time & ground-fault memory Optional ground-fault alarm (no trip) (Requires CIM3F with PowerLogic, see
Optional local trip indicatorsoverload, short circuit, ground-fault Bulletin 0502DB0001.)
Optional local ammeter/trip indicator LED long-time pickup indication
Universal test set available Zone-selective interlocking (short-time & ground-fault)
Optional I-Line mounting (LX, LXI) Long-time & ground-fault memory
Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems Local Trip Indicatorsoverload, short circuit, ground-fault
Local ammeter/trip indicator
Universal test set available
Optional I-Line mounting (LE)
Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems
Table 3.26: L-Frame600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, Individually-Mounted, 3P, 600 Vac
Standard Function 100% Rated Installed
Sensor Ampere Trip Standard Function Terminal
Current Limiting Full Functionb Rating
Size Rating Function Wire Range
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Plug
LI LEL36100LI 7692.00
LSI LXL36100 5616.00 LXIL36100 11262.00 LEL36100LS 13035.00
100 ARP040
LIG LEL36100LIG 9768.00
LSIG LXL36100G 7692.00 LXIL36100G 13338.00 LEL36100LSG 15111.00
LI LEL36125LI 7692.00
125 ARP050
LIG LEL36125LIG 9768.00
LI LEL36150LI 7692.00
150 ARP060
LIG LEL36150LIG 9768.00
LI LEL36175LI 7692.00
LSI LXL36175 5616.00 LXIL36175 11262.00 LEL36175LS 13035.00 AL600LI35
250 175 ARP070 (2) 1 AWG350 kcmil
LIG LEL36175LIG 9768.00 Al/Cu
LI LEL36200LI 7692.00
200 ARP080
LIG LEL36200LIG 9768.00
LI LEL36225LI 7692.00
3

225 ARP090
Micrologic Standard-Function LIG LEL36225LIG 9768.00
Trip Systems (LXL, LXIL) LSIG LXL36225G 7692.00 LXIL36225G 13338.00 LEL36225LSG 15111.00
LI LEL36250LI 7692.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

250 ARP100
LIG LEL36250LIG 9768.00
BREAKERS
LI LEL36300LI 10691.00
300 ARP075
LIG LEL36300LIG 12767.00
LI LEL36350LI 10691.00
Micrologic Full-Function Trip 400 350
LIG LEL36350LIG 12767.00
ARP088
Systems (LEL) LSIG LXL36350G 10694.00 LXIL36350G 18476.00 LEL36350LSG 18110.00
LI LEL36400LI 10691.00
400 ARP100
LIG LEL36400LIG 12767.00
LSIG LXL36400G 10694.00 LXIL36400G 18476.00 LEL36400LSG 18110.00 AL600LI5
(2) 4/0 AWG 500 kcmil
LI LEL36450LI 14688.00 Al/Cu
450 ARP075
LIG LEL36450LIG 16764.00
LI LEL36500LI 14688.00
600 a 500 ARP083
LIG LEL36500LIG 16764.00
LI LEL36600LI 14688.00
600 ARP100
LIG LEL36600LIG 16764.00
a 600 A sensor is 80% rated NOTE: Consider using PowerPact circuit breakers for situations
b Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires
CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No instantaneous OFF requiring circuit breaker accessories.
position for LI or LIG trip function type circuit breakers.
Table 3.27: Interrupting Ratings OptionalLugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-293-30
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35
Voltage LXL LEL LXIL
240 V 100 kA 100 kA 200 kA
480 V 65 kA 65 kA 200 kA
600 V 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA

Molded Case Circuit L-Frame Micrologic Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
Breakers
Table 3.28: L-Frame600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, I-Line Construction, 3P, 600 Vac
100% Rated Installed
Sensor Ampere Trip Standard Function Terminal
Full Functionb Rating
Size Rating Function Wire Range
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Plug
LI LE36100LI 8078.00
LSI LX36100 5898.00 LE36100LS 13421.00
100 ARP040
LIG LE36100LIG 10154.00
LSIG LX36100G 7974.00 LE36100LSG 15497.00
LI LE36125LI 8078.00
LSI LX36125 5898.00 LE36125LS 13421.00
125 ARP050
LIG LE36125LIG 10154.00
LSIG LX36125G 7974.00 LE36125LSG 15497.00
LI LE36150LI 8078.00
LSI LX36150 5898.00 LE36150LS 13421.00
150 ARP060
LIG LE36150LIG 10154.00
LSIG LX36150G 7974.00 LE36150LSG 15497.00
LI LE36175LI 8078.00
LSI LX36175 5898.00 LE36175LS 13421.00 AL600LI35
250 175 ARP070 (2) 1 AWG350 kcmil
LIG LE36175LIG 10154.00 Al/Cu
LSIG LXL36175G 7974.00 LE36175LSG 15497.00
LI LE36200LI 8078.00
LSI LX36200 5898.00 LE36200LS 13421.00
200 ARP080
LIG LE36200LIG 10154.00
LSIG LX36200G 7974.00 LE36200LSG 15497.00
LI LE36225LI 8078.00
LSI LX36225 5898.00 LE36225LS 13421.00
225 ARP090
LIG LE36225LIG 10154.00
LSIG LX36225G 7974.00 LE36225LSG 15497.00
LI LE36250LI 8078.00
LSI LX36250 5898.00 LE36250LS 13421.00
250 ARP100
LIG LE36250LIG 10154.00
LSIG LX36250G 7974.00 LE36250LSG 15497.00
LI LE36300LI 11223.00
LSI LX36300 9047.00 LE36300LS 16566.00
300 ARP075
LIG LE36300LIG 13299.00
LSIG LX36300G 11123.00 LE36300LSG 18642.00
LI LE36350LI 11223.00
LSI LX36350 9047.00 LE36350LS 16566.00
400 350 ARP088
LIG LE36350LIG 13299.00
LSIG LX36350G 11123.00 LE36350LSG 18642.00
LI LE36400LI 11223.00
LSI LX36400 9047.00 LE36400LS 16566.00
400 ARP100
LIG LE36400LIG 13299.00
LSIG LX36400G 11123.00 LE36400LSG 18642.00 AL600LI5
(2) 4/0 AWG 500 kcmil
LI LE36450LI 15422.00 Al/Cu
LSI LX36450 13241.00 LE36450LS 20765.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

450 ARP075
LIG LE36450LIG 17498.00
LSIG LX36450G 15317.00 LE36450LSG 22841.00
LI LE36500LI 15422.00
BREAKERS
LSI LX36500 13241.00 LE36500LS 20765.00
600 a 500 ARP083
LIG LE36500LIG 17498.00
LSIG LX36500G 15317.00 LE36500LSG 22841.00
LI LE36600LI 15422.00
LSI LX36600 13241.00 LE36600LS 20765.00
600 ARP100
LIG LE36600LIG 17498.00
LSIG LX36600G 15317.00 LE36600LSG 22841.00
a 600 A sensor is 80% rated
b Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No instantaneous OFF
position for LI or LIG trip function type circuit breakers.
3
Voltage LX LE LXI
240 Vac 100 kA 100 kA 200 kA
480 Vac 65 kA 65 kA 200 kA
600 Vac 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Molded Case Circuit M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers
.
Table 3.30: M-FrameThermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

AC Magnetic Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal
Ampere Trip Settingsa Wire
Rating Range
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

300 A 1500 A 3000 A MAL26300 5960.00 MHL26300 7829.00
350 A 1750 A 3500 A MAL26350 5960.00 MHL26350 7829.00
400 A 2000 A 4000 A MAL26400 5960.00 MHL26400 7829.00
450 A 2250 A 4500 A MAL26450 5960.00 MHL26450 7829.00
500 A 2500 A 5000 A MAL26500 5960.00 MHL26500 7829.00 AL900MA
600 A 3000 A 6000 A MAL26600 5960.00 MHL26600 7829.00 (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil
700 A 3500 A 7000 A MAL26700 7719.00 MHL26700 9657.00
10
800 A 4000 A 8000 A MAL26800 7719.00 MHL26800 9657.00
900 A
1000 A
4500 A
5000 A
n c e
9000 A
10000 A
2 0
MAL26900
MAL261000
11012.00
11012.00
MHL26900
MHL261000
12212.00
12212.00
s c e 1Q AL1000MAb
MAL/MHL 2P and 3p
1200 A 5000 A
o l e
10000 A
f o r MAL261200 12948.00 MHL261200 15252.00 (4) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil
Obs eduled
3001000 A 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
300 A 1500 A 3000 A MAL36300 MHL36300 9456.00
7560.00
350 A 1750 A 3500 A MAL36350 MHL36350 9456.00
7560.00
Sch
400 A 2000 A 4000 A MAL36400 MHL36400 9456.00
7560.00
450 A 2250 A 4500 A MAL36450 MHL36450 9456.00
7560.00
500 A 2500 A 5000 A MAL36500 MHL36500 9456.00 AL900MA
7560.00
600 A 3000 A 6000 A MAL36600 MHL36600 9456.00 (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil
9927.00
700 A 3500 A 7000 A MAL36700 MHL36700 11882.00
9927.00
800 A 4000 A 8000 A MAL36800 MHL36800 11882.00
12705.00
900 A 4500 A 9000 A MAL36900 MHL36900 14078.00
12705.00
1000 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL361000 MHL361000 14078.00
AL1000MAb
1200 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL361200 15107.00 MHL361200 17612.00 (4) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil
a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% for low and 20% for high from nominal values shown.
b The AL100MA lug is the only lug available for the 1200 A MA and MH circuit breakers.
Table 3.31: M-FrameThermal-Magnetic, I-Line Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

AC Magnetic Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal
Ampere Trip Settingsc Wire
Rating Range
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcd

300 A 1500 A 3000 A MA26300( ) 6633.00 MH26300( ) 8253.00
350 A 1750 A 3500 A MA26350( ) 6633.00 MH26350( ) 8253.00
400 A 2000 A 4000 A MA26400( ) 6633.00 MH26400( ) 8253.00
450 A 2250 A 4500 A MA26450( ) 6633.00 MH26450( ) 8253.00 AL900MA
ce 0
201
500 A 2500 A 5000 A MA26500( ) 6633.00 MH26500( ) 8253.00 (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil
600 A 3000 A 6000 A MA26600( ) 6633.00 MH26600( ) 8253.00
700 A 3500 A 7000 A
c e n MA26700( )
Q
8370.00 MH26700( ) 10104.00
3
800 A 4000 A
l
8000 A
e s r 1 MA26800( ) 8370.00 MH26800( ) 10104.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
300 A 1500 A
b s o 3000 A
e d fo MA36300 8168.00 MH36300 9929.00
350 A
400 A
1750 A
2000 A O du l
3500 A
4000 A
MA36350
MA36400
8168.00
8168.00
MH36350
MH36400
9929.00
9929.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
450 A 2250 A
h e 4500 A MA36450 8168.00 MH36450 9929.00 AL900MA
Sc
500 A 2500 A 5000 A MA36500 8168.00 MH36500 9929.00 (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil
600 A 3000 A 6000 A MA36600 8168.00 MH36600 9929.00
700 A 3500 A 7000 A MA36700 10608.00 MH36700 12630.00
BREAKERS
800 A 4000 A 8000 A MA36800 10608.00 MH36800 12630.00

c UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% for low and 20% for high from nominal values shown.
d 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog numbers. See Phase
Options table.

Voltage MA/MAL MH/MHL
240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA
480 Vac 30 kA 65 kA
600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA

AB MA26800AB
AC MA26800AC
BC MA26800BC
ABC MA36800
CBA MA36800CBA

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Molded Case Circuit M-Frame Micrologic Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 666
Table 3.34: M-FrameMicrologic Trip System, 3P, 600 Vac

Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers I-Line Circuit Breakers
Installed
Ampere Trip Terminal
Standard Function 100% Rated, Full Functiona Standard Function 100% Rated, Full Functiona Rating Wire
Rating Function Range
Plug
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
250 A Sensor Size
LI MEL36100LI 10737.00 ME36100LI 11271.00
LSI MXL36100 7466.00 MEL36100LS 16080.00 MX36100 7838.00 ME36100LS 16614.00
100 A ARP040
LIG MEL36100LIG 16080.00 ME36100LIG 16614.00
LSIG MXL36100G 9542.00 MEL36100LSG 21423.00 MX36100G 9914.00 ME36100LSG 21957.00
LI MEL36125LI 10737.00 ME36125LI 11271.00
125 A ARP050
LIG MEL36125LIG 16080.00 ME36125LIG 16614.00
LI MEL36150LI 10737.00 ME36150LI 11271.00
150 A ARP060
LIG MEL36150LIG 16080.00 ME36150LIG 16614.00
LI MEL36175LI 10737.00 ME36175LI 11271.00
LSI MXL36175 7466.00 MEL36175LS 16080.00 MX36175 7838.00 ME36175LS 16614.00 AL250ME
MXL/MEL Circuit Breaker 175 A ARP070 (1) 6 AWG350
LIG MEL36175LIG 16080.00 ME36175LIG 16614.00 kcmil
LI MEL36200LI 10737.00 ME36200LI 11271.00
200 A ARP080
LIG MEL36200LIG 16080.00 ME36200LIG 16614.00
e 10
LI MEL36225LI 10737.00 ME36225LI 11271.00
LSI MXL36225 7466.00 MEL36225LS
n c
16080.00 MX36225
2 0 7838.00 ME36225LS 16614.00
ce
225 A ARP090
LIG
LSIG

MXL36225G
MEL36225LIG 16080.00
e s
9542.00 MEL36225LSG 21423.00 MX36225G
r 1

Q ME36225LIG
9914.00 ME36225LSG
16614.00
21957.00
LI MEL36250LI
s o l10737.00
d fo ME36250LI 11271.00
250 A
LSI MXL36250 7466.00 MEL36250LS
O b l e
16080.00 MX36250 7838.00 ME36250LS 16614.00
ARP100
du
LIG MEL36250LIG 16080.00 ME36250LIG 16614.00
LSIG MXL36250G
e
9542.00 MEL36250LSG 21423.00 MX36250G
h
9914.00 ME36250LSG 21957.00
Sc
400 A Sensor Size
LI MEL36300LI 12282.00 ME36300LI 12893.00
300 A ARP075
LIG MEL36300LIG 17625.00 ME36300LIG 18236.00
LI MEL36350LI 12282.00 ME36350LI 12893.00
LSI MXL36350 9861.00 MEL36350LS 17625.00 MX36350 10460.00 ME36350LS 18236.00 AL900MA
350 A ARP088 (3) 3/0 AWG
LIG MEL36350LIG 17625.00 ME36350LIG 18236.00 500 kcmil
LI MEL36400LI 12282.00 ME36400LI 12893.00
400 A ARP100
LIG MEL36400LIG 17625.00 ME36400LIG 18236.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

800 A Sensor Size
LI MEL36450LI 17925.00 ME36450LI 18825.00
450 A ARP056
BREAKERS
LIG MEL36450LIG 23268.00 ME36450LIG 24168.00
LI MEL36500LI 17925.00 ME36500LI 18825.00
500 A ARP063
LIG MEL36500LIG 23268.00 ME36500LIG 24168.00
LI MEL36600LI 17925.00 ME36600LI 18825.00
LSI MXL36600 13721.00 MEL36600LS 23268.00 MX36600 14514.00 ME36600LS 24168.00 AL900MA
600 A ARP075 (3) 3/0 AWG
LIG MEL36600LIG 23268.00 ME36600LIG 24168.00 500 kcmil
LI MEL36700LI 17925.00 ME36700LI 18825.00
700 A ARP088
3
LIG MEL36700LIG 23268.00 ME36700LIG 24168.00
LI MEL36800LI 17925.00 ME36800LI 18825.00
800 A ARP100
LIG MEL36800LIG 23268.00 ME36800LIG 24168.00
a Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick up indication only.) No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG circuit breakers

Voltage MX, MXL ME, MEL
240 V 65 kA 65 kA
480 V 65 kA 65 kA
600 V 25 kA 25 kA

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Molded Case Circuit N-Frame Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 670, 671
Table 3.36: N-Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Continuous AC Magnetic Terminal
Current Trip Settingsa Standard Extra High
Standard Interrupting Extra High Interrupting Wire
Rating Interrupting Interrupting Range
@ 40o C
Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
e 10
2P, 600 Vacb
600 A 4000 A 8000 A NAL26600
n c 2 0
17363.00 NCL26600 19994.00 NA26600( ) 18321.00 NC26600( ) 20948.00
ce 1Q
700 A 4000 A 8000 A NAL26700 17363.00 NCL26700 19994.00 NA26700( ) 18321.00 NC26700( ) 20948.00 AL1200NE6
800 A
900 A
1000 A
4000 A
5000 A
5000 A
8000 A NAL26800
10000 A NAL26900
10000 A NAL261000
o l e s f o r
17363.00 NCL26800
17363.00 NCL26900
17363.00 NCL261000
19994.00
19994.00
19994.00
NA26800( )
NA26900( )
NA261000( )
18321.00
18321.00
18321.00
NC26800( )
NC26900( )
NC261000( )
20948.00 (4) 3/0 AWG
20948.00
20948.00 600 kcmil
NAL/NCL
2P and 3P
1200 A 5000 A
O b s
10000 A NAL261200
l e d 17363.00 NCL261200 19994.00 NA261200( ) 18321.00 NC261200( ) 20948.00
du
3P, 600 Vac
6001200 A
600 A
700 A
4000 A
4000 A
8000 A NAL36600
8000 A NAL36700
h e 19049.00 NCL36600
19049.00 NCL36700
21452.00
21452.00
NA36600
NA36700
20003.00
20003.00
NC36600
NC36700
22410.00
22410.00 AL1200NE6
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A
4000 A
5000 A
5000 A
5000 A
Sc
8000 A NAL36800
10000 A NAL36900
10000 A NAL361000
10000 A NAL361200
19049.00 NCL36800
19049.00 NCL36900
19049.00 NCL361000
19049.00 NCL361200
21452.00
21452.00
21452.00
21452.00
NA36800
NA36900
NA361000
NA361200
20003.00
20003.00
20003.00
20003.00
NC36800
NC36900
NC361000
NC361200
22410.00 (4) 3/0 AWG
22410.00
22410.00
22410.00
600 kcmil
a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% (for low) and 20% (for high) from nominal values shown.
b 2P I-Line circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog number.
Table 3.37: N-Frame Micrologic Electronic Trip System, 3P Circuit Breakers, 600Vac
Installed
Sensor Ampere Trip Standard Function 100% Rated, Standard Function 100% Rated, Rating Terminal
Size Rating Function Full Functionc Full Functionc Plug Wire Range
LI NEL36600LI 32372.00 NE36600LI 33990.00
LSI NXL36600 20873.00 NEL36600LS 37715.00 NX36600 21917.00 NE36600LS 39333.00
600 A ARP050
LIG NEL36600LIG 37715.00 NE36600LIG 39333.00
LSIG NXL36600G 22949.00 NEL36600LSG 43058.00 NX36600G 23993.00 NE36600LSG 44676.00
LI NEL36700LI 32372.00 NE36700LI 33990.00
700 A ARP058
LIG NEL36700LIG 37715.00 NE36700LIG 39333.00
LI NEL36800LI 32372.00 NE36800LI 33990.00
800 A ARP067
LIG
ce
NEL36800LIG 37715.00
0 NE36800LIG 39333.00
201
n
AL1200NE6
1200 A
LI
s c

e 1Q
NEL36900LI 32372.00 NE36900LI 33990.00 (4) 3/0 AWG600 kcmil
900 A
LSI
LIG
NXL36900

o l e
20873.00

f o r NEL36900LS
NEL36900LIG
37715.00
37715.00
NX36900

21917.00

NE36900LS
NE36900LIG
39333.00
39333.00
ARP075
LSIG NXL36900G
O b s l e d
22949.00 NEL36900LSG 43058.00 NX36900G 23993.00 NE36900LSG 44676.00
du
LI NEL361000LI 32372.00 NE361000LI 33990.00
3
1000 A
LSI
LIG
NXL361000

h e 21917.00

NEL361000LS
NEL361000LIG
37715.00
37715.00
NX361000

23013.00

NE361000LS
NE361000LIG
39333.00
39333.00
ARP083
LSIG
LI
LSI
NXL361000G

NXL361200
Sc 23993.00

21917.00
NEL361000LSG
NEL361200LI
NEL361200LS
43058.00
32372.00
37715.00
NX361000G

NX361200
25193.00

23013.00
NE361000LSG
NE361200LI
NE361200LS
44676.00
33990.00
39333.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
1200 A ARP100
LIG NEL361200LIG 37715.00 NE361200LIG 39333.00
c Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick up indication only). No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG circuit breakers.
BREAKERS

Voltage NA, NAL, NC, NCL NX, NXL NE, NEL
240 V 100kA 125 kA 125 kA 125 kA
480 V 50 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
600 V 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35
Enclosures: see DIgest Section 7

Molded Case Circuit P-Frame Circuit Breakers
PAF, PHF, PXF-12, PEF-12, PXF-16, PEF-16, and PXF-20 circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable
connections, optional terminal pad kit PALTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each PALTB kit contains terminal
pads for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of six lugs per phase. Order
lugs separately. See page 3-29 and 3-30.
PCF, PEF-20, PXF-25 or PEF-25 circuit breakers are supplied with terminal pads for both ends of the circuit breaker.
The supplied terminal pads or equivalent bus structure must be used for bus- or cable-connections. Terminal pads
have provisions for mounting a maximum of eight lugs per phase. Order lugs separately. See page 3-29 and 3-30.
Table 3.39: P-Frame Thermal-Magnetic CIrcuit Breakers
AC 2P600 Vac 3P600 Vac
PALTB Ampere Magnetic Trip Rating Columns Rating Columns
Settings Frame Only Total Frame Only Total
Rating Two Per Kit Three Per Kit
$ Price a $ Price a
Low High Cat. No. $ Price Kit Cat. No. Kit $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Kit Cat. No. Kit $ Price
2000 A Frame PAF Standard InterruptingComplete Circuit Breaker Requires Frame and Rating Columns
600 A 3200 A 9000 A PA2600RC PA3600RC
700 A 3200 A 9000 A PA2700RC PA3700RC
800 A 3200 A 9000 A PA2800RC PA3800RC
1000 A 3500 A 9000 A PA21000RC PA31000RC
1200 A 3500 A 9000 A PAF2026 17024.00 PA21200RC 366.00 17390.00 PAF2036 21822.00 PA31200RC 552.00 22374.00
1400 A 4500 A 9000 A PA21400RC PA31400RC
1600 A 5000 A 10000 A PA21600RC PA31600RC
10
1800 A 6500 A 11000 A PA21800RC PA31800RC
2000 A 8000 A 12000 A
n c e PA22000RC
2 0
PA32000RC
600 A 3200 A 9000 A

s c e
2000 A Frame PHF High InterruptingComplete Circuit Breaker Requires Frame and Rating Columns
1QPA2600RC PA3600RC
PCF Circuit Breaker 700 A
800 A
3200 A
3200 A
9000 A
9000 A
o l e f o r PA2700RC
PA2800RC
PA3700RC
PA3800RC
Obs duled
1000 A 3500 A 9000 A PA21000RC PA31000RC
1200 A 3500 A 9000 A PHF2026 19526.00 PA21200RC 366.00 19892.00 PHF2036 24171.00 PA31200RC 552.00 24723.00
1400 A 4500 A 9000 A PA21400RC PA31400RC
1600 A 5000 A 10000 A
e PA21600RC PA31600RC
Sch
1800 A 6500 A 11000 A PA21800RC PA31800RC
2000 A 8000 A 12000 A PA22000RC PA32000RC
2500 A Frame PCF High InterruptingComplete Circuit Breaker Requires Frame and Rating Columns
1600 A 6000 A 12000 A PC21600RC PC31600RC
1800 A 6000 A 12000 A PCF2526 31413.00 PC21800RC PC31800RC
366.00 31779.00 PCF2536 38832.00 552.00 39384.00
2000 A 6000 A 12000 A PC22000RC PC32000RC
2500 A 8000 A 14000 A PC22500RC PC32500RC
a Price does not include lugs.See page 3-29 for catalog numbers and prices.
b UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% for low and 20% for high from nominal values shown.
Table 3.40: Interrupting Table 3.41: P-Frame Micrologic Series B Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breakers
Ratings Sensor Ampere Trip Standard Function 100% Ratedc, Full Functiond Installed
Size Rating Function Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Rating Plug
Voltage PAF
LI PEF36600LI 29163.00
240 Vac 65 kA
LSI PXF36600 18872.00 PEF36600LS 34506.00
480 Vac 50 kA 600 A ARP050
LIG PEF36600LIG 34506.00
600 Vac 42 kA
LSIG PXF36600G 20948.00 PEF36600LSG 39849.00
LI PEF36700LI 29163.00
PCF/PHF PXF/PEF LSI PXF36700 18872.00 PEF36700LS 34506.00
700 A ARP058
125 kA 125 kA LIG PEF36700LIG 34506.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

100 kA 100 kA LSIG PXF36700G 20948.00 PEF36700LSG 39849.00
65 kA 65 kA LI PEF36800LI 29163.00
800 A
LSI
n c e 2 0 10
PXF36800 18872.00 PEF36800LS 34506.00
ARP067
BREAKERS
LIG PEF36800LIG 34506.00
ce
Accessories Page 3-263-28
OptionalLugs Page 3-293-30
Dimensions Page 3-35
1200 A
LSIG
LI
e s r 1 Q
PXF36800G

20948.00

PEF36800LSG
PEF36900LI
39849.00
29163.00
900 A
LSI
s o l d fo PXF36900 18872.00 PEF36900LS 34506.00

ARP075
O b
LIG
LSIG
u l e

PXF36900G

20948.00
PEF36900LIG
PEF36900LSG
34506.00
39849.00
LI
e d PEF361000LI 29163.00
Sch
LSI PXF361000 18872.00 PEF361000LS 34506.00
1000 A ARP083
LIG PEF361000LIG 34506.00
LSIG PXF361000G 20948.00 PEF361000LSG 39849.00
LI PEF361200LI 29163.00
LSI PXF361200 18872.00 PEF361200LS 34506.00
1200 A ARP100
LIG PEF361200LIG 34506.00
3
LSIG PXF361200G 20948.00 PEF361200LSG 39849.00
LI PEF361400LI 31403.00
LSI PXF361400 20610.00 PEF361400LS 36746.00
1400 A ARP088
LIG PEF361400LIG 36746.00
LSIG PXF361400G 22686.00 PEF361400LSG 42089.00
1600 A
LI PEF361600LI 31403.00
LSI PXF361600 20610.00 PEF361600LS 36746.00
1600 A ARP100
LIG PEF361600LIG 36746.00
LSIG PXF361600G 22686.00 PEF361600LSG 42089.00
LI PEF361800LI 37256.00
LSI PXF361800 23234.00 PEF361800LS 42599.00
1800 A ARP090
LIG PEF361800LIG 42599.00
LSIG PXF361800G 25310.00 PEF361800LSG 47942.00
2000 A
LI PEF362000LI 37256.00
LSI PXF362000 2324.00 PEF362000LS 42599.00
2000 A ARP0100
LIG PEF362000LIG 42599.00
LSIG PXF362000G 25310.00 PEF362000LSG 47942.00
LI PEF362500LI 56922.00
LSI PXF362500 39261.00 PEF362500LS 62265.00
2500 Ac 2500 A ARP100
LIG PEF362500LIG 62265.00
LSIG PXF362500G 41337.00 PEF362500LSG 67608.00
c 2500 A sensor is 80% rated.
d Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick up indication only.) Requires CIM3F with PowerLogic or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001.
No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG circuit breakers.

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Molded Case Circuit Automatic Molded-Case Switches
Automatic Molded Case Switches

Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only
the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no
overload or low level fault protection.
Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping
device such as a shunt trip.
Automatic switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified.
n c e 2 0 10
Table 3.42:
ce 1 Q
Automatic Molded Case Switches 600 Vac
l e s r
Ampere
b s o e d
3Pfo Short Circuit
Current Ratinga
Trip Point
(Automatic Lug Kit
Rating Poles
O du l Switch)b Installed
h e
Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac AC DC
Sc
1200 A 2 NCL2600012M 10887.00 125k 100 kA 65 kA 16000 A N/A AL1200NE6
1200 A 3 NCL3600012M 12570.00 125k 100 kA 65 kA 16000 A N/A AL1200NE6
a The short circuit current rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit
breaker with an equal continuous current rating.
b UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20% and +30% from the nominal values shown.
Table 3.43: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Ampere 2P 3P Withstand Ratinge Trip Point (A) Lug Kit
Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc ACc DCc Installed
100 FHL26000Md 779.00 FHL36000Md 1001.00 65k 25k 18k 10k 1500 1725 AL100FA
150 FHL3600015Md 1500.00 65k 25k 18k 2500 AL150FA
400 LHL26000M 3596.00 LHL36000M 4329.00 65k 35k 25k 10k 8000 9600 AL400LA
c UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.
d FHL and KHL automatic switches will not accept cylinder lock attachments.
e The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
with an equal continuous current rating.
n c e 2 0 10
Table 3.44: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac
l e s ce r 1Q
Ampere
Rating
2P 3P
s o d f o Withstand Ratingg Trip Point (A) Lug Kit

Installed
3
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc ACf DCf
O b l e
du
600 MHL260006M 5340.00 MHL360006M 6584.00 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA
800 MHL260008M 5991.00 MHL360008M
h e
7236.00 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA
Sc
1000 MHL26000M 7469.00 MHL36000M 9287.00 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA
MHL Switch
2000 PHF260000M 15837.00 PHF360000M 19559.00 125k 100k 65k 16000 N/A N/A
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
2500 PCF260000M 25185.00 PCF360000M 31130.00 125k 100k 65k 16000 N/A N/A
f UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.
g The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
BREAKERS

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35
PHF/PCF Switch

Molded Case Circuit Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector

Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip
level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC requirements for providing motor circuit
protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting
ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor
starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction. H-construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers are also
available.
Table 3.45: Magnetic Only LAL Mag-Gard, 400 A, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Ampere Adjustablea 3P only
Rating Trip Range Cat. No. $ Price
5001000 A LAL3640022M 4619.00
7501600 A LAL3640028M 4619.00
10002000 A LAL3640030M 4619.00
11252250 A LAL3640031M 4619.00
LALd 400 12502500 A LAL3640032M 4619.00
15003000 A LAL3640033M 4619.00
17503500 A LAL3640035M 4619.00
20004000 A LAL3640036M 4619.00
Table 3.46: Magnetic Only 31200 A 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Rating Trip Range Cat. No. Suffix $ Price
FAL3600311M 906.00
3A 828 A FAL3600712M 906.00
7A 1870 A FAL3601513M 906.00
15 A 50180 A FAL3603013M 906.00
30 A 50180 A FAL3603015M 906.00
30 A 100350 A
10
FAL FAL3605014M 906.00
50 A
50 A
n c e 75260 A
0
150580 A
2
FAL3605016M
FAL3610016M
1151.00
1151.00
ce
100 A 150580 A
1Q
FAL3610018M 1374.00
s
100 A 3001100 A FAL3615024M
150 A
o l e f o r 4501100 A 1374.00
1889.00
O b s l e d
6251250 A
7501500 A
25M
26M
du
10002000 A 30M
600
h e 15003000 A
20004000 A MAL36600
33M
36M 7560.00
Sc
9927.00
MALbd 800 25005000 A MAL36800 40M 12705.00
1000 30006000 A MAL361000 42M
35007000 A 44M
40008000 A 45M
45009000 A 46M
500010000 A 47M
40008000 A NAL36120045M 19049.00
NALb 1200 A 45009000 A NAL36120046M 19049.00
500010000 A NAL36120047M 19049.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
b Each ampere rating can be ordered with any designated trip range for the frame by adding the proper suffix to the catalog numbers.
c Not UL Recognized.
d 250 Vdc ratings are available . No UL component recognition.
BREAKERS
Circuit Breaker 250 Vdc Multiplier
High = 1.2
LAL Low = 1.4
High = 1.1
MAL Low = 1.2
3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Molded Case Circuit Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protection Selection Table
Breakers Class 680
Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers
are intended for use in combination with Table 3.48: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for
motor starters with overload relays for the Single Motor Circuit Protection
protection of motor circuits from short Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-
circuits. Other specific applications include Cage and Wound Rotor Motors a Magnetic Trip
Mag-Gard
Full Settings c
rectifiers and resistance welders. These 3 60 Hz ac Load Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
Amperes
MIN MAX
element in each pole with the trip point
1/2 0.8 FAL3600311Ma 1000% 3500%
adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings
1/2 1 FAL3600311Ma 800% 2800%
are determined by testing the instantaneous- 3/4 1.1 FAL3600311M 700% 2500%
trip circuit breakers in combination with a 3/4 1 1.4 FAL3600311M 600% 2000%
contactor and overload relay. 1 1.8 FAL3600311M 400% 1600%
1/2 2 FAL3600311M 400% 1400%
Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as 1-1/2 2.1 FAL3600311M 400% 1300%
follows: 1/2 2.3 FAL3600311Mb 300% 1200%
1-1/2 2.6 FAL3600712M 700% 2700%
1. Use selection table for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor 2 2.7 FAL3600712M 700% 2600%
indicating code letters per NEC Table 430.7 (b) as follows: 3/4 2.8 FAL3600712M 600% 2500%
3/4 3.2 FAL3600712M 600% 2200%
Horsepower Motor Code Letters 2 3.4 FAL3600712M 500% 2100%
1/2 or less AL 1 3.6 FAL3600712M 500% 1900%
3/4 to 1-1/2 AK 3 3.9 FAL3600712M 500% 1800%
2 to 3
5 to 25
AJ
AH
1
n c
3 e 2 0 10 4.1
4.8
FAL3600712M
FAL3600712M
400%
400%
1700%
1500%
30 to 125 AG 1-1/2
s c e 1Q
5.2 FAL3600712M 300% 1300%
r
150 or more AF 1-1/2 6 FAL3600712Mb 300% 1200%
For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with
s o l e f o 5 6.1 FAL3600712Mb 300% 1100%
magnetic trip settings for the specific motor specify motor horsepower,
voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current.
O
2 b
2
ul e d 5
6.8
7.6
7.8
FAL3601513M
FAL3601513M
FAL3601513M
700%
700%
600%
2600%
2400%
2300%
2. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.
e d 7-1/2 9 FAL3601513M 600% 2000%
Sch
3. Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with 3 9.6 FAL3601513M 500% 1900%
3 7-1/2 10 11 FAL3601513M 500% 1600%
an Ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved.
10 14 FAL3603015M 700% 2500%
4. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the 5 15.2 FAL3603015M 700% 2300%
motor full-load Amperes. (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E 15 17 FAL3603015M 600% 2100%
motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 5 17.5 FAL3603015M 600% 2000%
1700% of FLA. 15 21 FAL3603015M 500% 1700%
5. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip 7-1/2 20 22 FAL3605016M 700% 2600%
circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization 7-1/2 25.3 FAL3605016M 600% 2300%
current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition 20 25 27 FAL3605016M 600% 2100%
wye-delta starters during transfer from start to run, constant hp multi-speed 10 28 FAL3605016M 500% 2100%
motors, and motors labeled high efficiency. Select thermal-magnetic circuit 30 32 FAL3605016M 500% 1800%
10 32.2 FAL3605016M 500% 1800%
breakers from Digest page 7-32 for those applications.
25 34 FAL3605016M 400% 1700%
6. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit breakers 30 40 FAL3605016M 400% 1500%
3
selected from the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for 40 41 FAL3610018M 700% 2700%
the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate 15 42 FAL3610018M 700% 2600%
simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. 15 48.3 FAL3610018M 600% 2300%
40 50 52 FAL3610018M 600% 2100%
20 54 FAL3610018M 600% 2000%
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
Table 3.47: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip L-Frame Circuit 20 60 62 FAL3610018M 500% 1800%

Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection 50 65 FAL3610018M 500% 1700%
25 68 FAL3610018M 400% 1600%
BREAKERS
Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-

Cage and Wound Rotor Motors a Magnetic Trip 60 75 77 FAL3615024M 600% 1400%
Mag-Gard
Full Settings c 25 78.2 FAL3615024M 600% 1400%
Circuit Breaker
3 60 Hz ac Load Cat. No. 30 80 FAL3615024M 600% 1400%
Amperes
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V MIN MAX 350 336 MAL3660040M 700% 1500%
75 221 LAL3640033M 700% 1400% 125 359 MAL3660040M 700% 1400%
200 240 LAL3640035M 700% 1500% 150 360 MAL3660040M 700% 1400%
250 242 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 300 361 MAL3660040M 700% 1400%
100 248 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 400 382 MAL3660040M 700% 1300%
100 285 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 150 350 414 MAL3660042M 700% 1400%
300 289 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 500 472 MAL3660044M 700% 1500%
250 302 LAL3640036M 700% 1300% 400 477 MAL3660044M 700% 1500%
125 312 LAL3640036M 600% 1300% 200 480 MAL3660044M 700% 1500%
200 552 MAL3680045M 700% 1400%
500 590 MAL3680045M 700% 1400%
250 602 MAL3680045M 700% 1300%
a Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit
breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6
(A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay
thermal units. See Digest Section 15 for selection of thermal units when actual full load
current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding
nominal system voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600 volts.
b If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted
level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be chosen.
c Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit
breakers.

Special Construction UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600
The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically
designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500
Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable
for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems.
This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources
having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for FH, KH, LH, and MH circuit
breakers and 25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc.
FH, KH, LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is
readily accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF
circuit breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range.
These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with
three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See
diagram below.
NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line circuit breakers are not available for
this application.
CAUTION/PRECAUCION/
ATTENTION
Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/
Francher seulement comme suit:
300 V 300 V 600 V MAX.
MAX. MAX. or
o
ou
Load/Carga/ Load/Carga/
Charge Charge
Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)

500 Vdc max. (loaded)
Table 3.49: DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range
Circuit Breaker DC Amperesa Interrupting Rating
Ampere Rating $ Price
Cat. No. @ 500 Vdc
Low High
150 A JGL37150D81 350 600 3779.00
20 k AIR
175 A JGL37175D81 350 600 3779.00
200 A JGL37200D82 500 850 3779.00
225 A JGL37225D82 500 850 20 k AIR 3779.00
250 A JGL37250D82 500 850 5001.00
30 A FHL3603013DC 50 180 1358.00
50 A FHL3605014DC 75 260 20 k AIR 1358.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

100 A FHL3610016DC 150 580 1541.00
250 A LHL3625025DC 625 1250 7598.00
300 A LHL3630026DC 750 1500 7598.00
20 k AIR
BREAKERS
350 A LHL3635029DC 875 1750 7598.00
400 A LHL3640030DC 1000 2000 7598.00
450 A MHL3645031DC 1125 2250 9456.00
500 A MHL3650032DC 1250 2500 9456.00
600 A MHL3660033DC 1500 3000 9456.00
700 A MHL3670035DC 1750 3500 20 k AIR 11882.00
800 A MHL3680036DC 2000 4000 11880.00
900 A MHL3690039DC 2500 5000 14078.00
1000 A MHL36100040DC 2500 5000 14078.00
1200 A MHL36120040DCb 2500 5000 25 k AIR 16758.00
Fixed Magnetic Trip RangeDC

Circuit Breaker AmperesaInterrupting Rating
3
Cat. No. @ 500 Vdc
Hold Trip
1200 A PAF361200DC 1200 1620 24726.00
1600 A PAF361600DC 1600 2160 25 k AIR 24726.00
2000 A PAF362000DC 2000 2700 24726.00
2500 A PCF362500DC 2500 3375 25 k AIR 39365.00
a Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
b Suitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a
minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure.
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-36 and Supplemental Digest

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-567-58

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Special Construction Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs
Circuit Breakers Class 600
Bolt-On I-Line
(20% Price Adder)
The standard I-Line circuit breaker is designed to provide a high quality, secure connection
between the distribution bus and circuit breaker. I-Line circuit breakers use plug-on type
line-side connectors. The parallel line-side connectors clamp around the bus bars. In case
of a short circuit, the increased magnetic flux causes the connectors to grasp the bus bars
even tighter. I-Line circuit breakers with bolted connections have clamp-on jaws that are
bolted around the main bus, as shown. The bolt-on I-Line design is offered as an alternative
in order to meet specifications requiring a bolted connection. Bolt-on I-Line construction is
available on FY, QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH, KC, KI, LA, and LH frame
circuit breakers and molded case switches, and SL100, SL225 and SL400 sub-feed lugs.
To order on all products except QB, QD, QG and QJ, simply add the letter B in the catalog
number prefix of the circuit breaker, e.g., KA36150 becomes KAB36150. For QB, QD, QG
and QJ, insert the letter E in the third position, e.g., QBE, QDE, etc.
Plug-on Connector
Top-Feed I-Line
(No Additional Charge)
I-Line panelboards may require the use of a top-feed I-Line circuit breaker in applications
where a top-feed main circuit breaker is required. This involves having the I-Line jaw
connectors on the OFF end of the circuit breaker, as opposed to the standard location on
the ON end of the circuit breaker. To designate this construction, simply place the suffix
MT at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., KA36150 becomes
KA36150MT. On LA or LH top-feed I-Line circuit breakers, accessories must be factory
installed. This option is available in PowerPact H and J-frame by placing a K in the 4th
position (termination indicator) of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., HGA36125
becomes HGK36125. This option is not available on L-frame (600 A only), M-frame,
N-Frame or Powerpact M-, P- and R-frame.
CBA I-Line Jaw Configuration (Non-PowerPact Circuit Breaker)

Bolted Connector (No Additional Charge)
Standard 1-pole and 2-pole I-Line circuit breakers are ordered by designating the required
phase connection letters as a suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number. 3-pole circuit
breakers do not require this phase designation and are supplied with an ABC phase jaw
configuration as standard. In most applications this is acceptable since the phase loading is
evenly distributed. In applications where the phases must be reversed it is possible to order
a CBA jaw configuration by simply placing the letters CBA at the end of the standard
catalog number, e.g., KA36150 becomes KA36150CBA.
Control Wire Tap Lugs
(No Additional Charge if Field Installed; 20% Price Adder if Factory Installed)
Control wire tap lugs are used in applications requiring connection to a small wire (22-14
3
Lug AWG) for control circuits. This is accomplished by crimping the wire to a standard wire
Control Wire
Mounting Screw crimp terminal (not included) and fastening the terminal to the circuit breaker lug. On KA,
LA, and MA lugs, the lug is drilled to accept a 6-32 screw (included) to secure the crimp
Control Wire connector. On FA lugs, a flat slip-on crimp connector is used to attach to a shim-like
ASKC 809
connector placed under the circuit breaker lug.

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
Circuit Breaker Note: To order as a factory-installed device on FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH, KC, KI, Q4, LA, LH,
Terminal
LC, LI, LXI, LX, LC, MA, MH, MX, ME, MC, NA, NC, NX or NE circuit breakers, add suffix
BREAKERS
AL250KAT Lug number 8041 to circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., KIL362258041. To order as a factory-
installed device on MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL RG, RJ and RL use the product selector or the
respective PowerPact catalog. Tapped lugs will be installed on the ON and OFF ends of
the circuit breaker.
Lug Mounting Screw
Table 3.50: Control Wire Terminations for Circuit Breakers
BS
Control Wire Termination Kits

KC
39
Circuit Breaker Standard Factory

4
Circuit Breaker Lug $ Price

Cat. No. Package Installed $ Price
Per Lug
Quantity (Suffix 8041)
FA, FH, FC, FI FATa 1 8.40
KA, KH, KC AL250KAT 1 40.80
Circuit Breaker Terminal KI AL250KIT 1 113.00
Q4, LA, LH AL400LAT 1 40.80 Add 20%
Control Wire Terminal AL600LI35T 1 53.00 to price of
(Catalog Number FAT) LC, LI, LXI,
LX, LE circuit breaker
AL600LI5T 1 44.60
AL900MAT 1 111.00
MA, MH, MX, ME AL1000MAT 1 111.00
NA, NC, NX, NE AL1200NE6T 1 228.00
a Use fully-insulated 0.250 in slip-on connectors.
Table 3.51: Tapped Lugs for PowerPact Circuit Breakers

Amperes Standard
Circuit Breaker Kit Cat. No. $ Price Per Kit
Max. Package Qty.
MG, MJ, AL800M23TK 3 312.00
800 A
PG, PJ, PL AL800P6TK 3 458.00
AL800M23TK4 4 414.00
800 A
AL800P6TK4 4 608.00
PG, PJ, PL AL1200P24TK 1 138.00
1200 A AL1200P25TK 3 416.00
AL1200P25TK4 4 555.00
RG, RJ, RL 1200 A AL1200R53TKb 1 237.00
b I-Line Only.

Special Construction I-Line Drawout Connectors and Rear-Connected Studs
Circuit Breakers
Rear-Connected Studs
Rear-connected studs are designed to allow
rear termination in applications such as
control panels where wire gutter space may
be limited. The studs may be bolted directly
to the bus or lugs may be attached to the
studs.
NOTE:Long and short studs must be
alternated on adjacent poles to assure
proper electrical clearance
Rear- Connected Studs
Table 3.52: Rear-Connected StudsNot UL Listed

Circuit Breaker Dimensions
Ampere Stud
Cat. No. Overall To Back of $ Price Per Stud
Ratings Cat. No. Diameter Threads/Inch
Prefix Length Circuit Breaker
FAL, FHL 15100 A FAS20 2-1/4 in. 2 in. 3/8 in. 16 70.00
FAL, FHL 15100 A FAS42 4-7/8 in. 4-1/4 in. 3/8 in. 16 92.00
KAL, KHL 70250 A KAS21 2-1/4 in. 2-1/8 in. 1/2 in. 13 84.00
KAL, KHL 70250 A KAS45 5-1/8 in. 4-5/8 in. 1/2 in. 13 129.00
LAL, LHL 125400 A LAS54 6-3/16 in. 5-1/2 in. 3/4 in. 16 243.00
LAL, LHL 125400 A LAS114 12-3/16 in. 11-1/2 in. 3/4 in. 16 360.00
MAL, MHL 3001000 A MAS54 6-3/16 in. 5-1/2 in. 1-1/4 in. 12 440.00
MAL, MHL 3001000 A MAS114 12-3/16 in. 11-1/2 in. 1-1/4 in. 12 453.00
Note: Use alternate size studs on adjacent poles to obtain proper electrical clearance.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

3 BREAKERS

All Rights Reserved
DE2 DE5 Schedule
Special Construction Special Calibration, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment,
Circuit Breakers and Short LA/LH Handle
Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration

(20% Price Adder)
Magnetic
The magnetic trip ranges for standard circuit breakers are listed in the Square D Digest. Requirements outside this
range are best accommodated by selecting another standard circuit breaker. In some cases where this is not practical,
a circuit breaker may be ordered with special magnetic calibration. Special magnetic calibration is not possible in all
cases. Circuit breakers with special magnetic calibration and an adjustable magnetic trip range are not UL Listed;
those with a fixed magnetic trip setting are UL Listed. Consult Square D/Schneider Electric local sales office for more
information.
50 Degrees C
UL 489 Listed molded case circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 degree C ambient temperature. To meet requirements
of higher ambient conditions, circuit breakers can be factory calibrated for a 50 degree C ambient temperature. Circuit
breakers with special thermal calibration are not UL Listed. To order 50 calibration, add 35 suffix. Consult local sales
office for more information.
Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers

(20% Price Adder)
Visi-blade construction is a modification to the cover of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, a molded case switch, or a
Mag-Gard circuit breaker which provides a window through which the position of the movable contacts can be
verified. Luminescent paint is applied to the movable contact arms to clearly indicate their position. Gases produced
during high level interruption may cause clouding of the Visi-blade window. Visi-Blade circuit breakers listed below are
UL Listed except for FH circuit breakers. Visi-Blade construction is not available on circuit breakers not included in table
below.
Add suffix letter V to the circuit breaker catalog number, i.e., FAL 36100V.
Table 3.53: Available Visi-Blade Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Prefix Amperes $ Price
FA, FHac 15100 A
KA, KH 70250 A
20% Price Adder
LA, LH 125400 A
MA, MH 3001000 A b
Visi-Blade Circuit Breaker a FH circuit breaker is not UL Listed.
b I-Line@ 800 A maximum, unit mount 1000 A maximum.
c Not available on 1P FA/FH circuit breakers.
Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers

(20% Price Adder)
This treatment covers the application of moisture and fungus resistant varnish to circuit breakers and molded case
3
switches.
The varnish meets Military Specification MIL-V-173C VARNISH, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS RESISTANT.
The treatment meets military Specification MIL-T-152E TREATMENT, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS-RESISTANT,
OF COMMUNICATIONS, ELECTRONIC, AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
The treatment of circuit breakers in accordance with said specifications is intended to protect them against the moisture
and fungus condition encountered in service by retarding the absorption of moisture and inhibiting the growth of fungi.
To order for F-, K-, L- and M-frame circuit breakers, place the suffix FT at the end of the circuit breaker catalog
BREAKERS
number, e.g., FAL36100 becomes FAL36100FT. To order for QB, QD, and QG circuit breakers, place the suffix YF at
the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., QDL32150 becomes QDL32150YF. ED, EG, EF, GJL, PowerPact
D-, H-, J-, M-, P- and R-frame circuit breakers are inherently fungus resistant and need no further treatment.
Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge)

Certain applications of the LA/LH circuit breakers (as mains in particular panelboards) require the use of a slightly
shorter operating handle. For ordering information refer to the chart below.
Table 3.54: Catalog Numbers for Short Handle LA/LH CIrcuit Breakers
Lug Configuration Desired Catalog Catalog Circuit Breaker
ON End OFF End Prefix Indication Suffix Indication Cat. No.
Lugs Lugs L MB LAL36400MB
No Lugs Lugs P MB LAP36400MB
Lugs No Lugs P MT LAP36400MT
No Lugs No Lugs F MB LAF36400MB

Special Construction P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate
Circuit Breakers and Exchange Program
P-Frame Replacement Handle Exchange Guarantee Prices, Permanent Trip Molded Case
Replacement handle assemblies for PA, PC, PE, PX and PH circuit Circuit Breakers
breakers (produced after March 1975) are available. When a Square D permanent trip circuit breaker is supplied to meet a
Table 3.55: P-Frame Replacement Handle specification requiring an interchangeable trip unit, it may be
exchanged for another circuit breaker of the same type with a different
Circuit Breaker Replacement Handle $ Price trip setting.
Cat. No. Prefix Cat. No.
PAF, PAE, PHF, PHE, PCF, PEC, PEF, PXF HRPA 111.00
When entering an order for the replacement circuit breaker:
1. Reference Exchange Price Guarantee as a line item marking on the
P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate replacement order. The replacement order will be billed at normal authorized
PAKK Kit An adapter plate that is added under the circuit breaker selling net price.
handle to allow mechanical interlocking with a key interlock (not 2. Request Return Material Authorization referencing Exchange Price
included). The kit includes all the necessary hardware to mount onto Guarantee and the replacement exchange price guarantee invoice number.
the circuit breaker handle.
When the circuit breaker is returned to Cedar Rapids, credit will be
Table 3.56: P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate issued for the difference between the replacement net price billed and
the exchange list price (from the table below) times the same multiplier
Cat. No. $ Price used on the replacement order. The list price used to determine credit
PAKK 185.00 will be based on the highest trip setting of the circuit breakers involved
in the exchange.
Example: An MAL36400 (400 A trip setting) needs to be changed to an
800A trip setting. The list price for the exchange would be the exchange
list price for a 700-800 A Type MA circuit breaker. If an 800A Type MA
circuit breaker were being exchanged for a 400 A trip circuit breaker
under this program, the list price for the exchange would still be the
exchange list price shown for an 800 A Type MA circuit breaker.
NOTE: The Type MA circuit breaker cannot be exchanged for a
Type LA, LH, LC or MH circuit breaker.
Replacement
Handle Only those circuit breaker types below are eligible for this exchange
Assembly guarantee program.
Table 3.57: Exchange Guarantee Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Type Trip Range Exchange List $ Price
KA 70225 A 1388.00
KA 250 A 2313.00
KH 70225 A 3120.00
KH 250 A 4055.00
LA All 2465.00
LH All 4055.00
LC All 4434.00
MA 300600 A 3780.00
MA 700800 A 5295.00
MA 9001000 A 6779.00
Optional
PAKK MH 300600 A 5043.00
Assembly MH 700800 A 6341.00
MH 9001000 A 7511.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS
Washers are to remain with Circuit Breaker
Hub q
Circuit Breaker with Handle Removed

a The hub under normal conditions is insulated. When the phenolic handle is removed,
a label is exposed warning of the hub being energized. That can only happen if a short
circuit or severe overload occurs. The ionized gasses inside the circuit breaker could
momentarily (1-2 cycles) put a high voltage potential on the hub.

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Special Construction Special Terminations
Lug Deletion (No Additional Charge) LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breaker Termination Clip Kit
In some applications, the circuit breaker does not require lugs on one or The standard lugs supplied
Terminal
both ends. To meet this requirement, the circuit breaker should be with LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI
ordered with the desired lug configuration as indicated below. If circuit breakers are secured
necessary, lugs may be removed in the field. However, if lugs are by means of a screw fastened
removed in the field, circuit breaker Types FH, FC, Q4 LA, LH, MA, MH, through the circuit breaker
MX, ME, NA, NC, NX, and NE must be secured with pan-mounting terminal into the lug body. If
screws, or have P screws (cover screws and nuts) installed securing the standard lug is removed
the base to the cover. and a bolted connection to the
circuit breaker terminal is
Table 3.58: Lug Configurationa desired, the AL600IN
ON End OFF End Circuit Breaker Prefix Suffix threaded terminal clip kit is Terminal Clip
L required to make this
Lugs Lugs LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breakers
(e.g., KAL36150) connection. The AL600IN clip
No Lugs No Lugs F snaps onto the bottom of the
(e.g., KAF36150) terminal. For ordering
No Lugs Lugs P information, see chart below.
(e.g., KAP36150)
P MTb Table 3.60: Termination Clip Kit
Lugs No Lugs (e.g., KAP36150MT)
a See information on termination kits below Kit Cat. No. Clips Per Kit Circuit Breakers $ Price Per Kit
b MT suffix also required (except for PowerPact). AL600IN 3 LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 65.00
Termination Insert Kits Electric Joint Compound

The standard lugs supplied with KA, KH, KC, and KI (series 2 and I-Line circuit breakers, I-Line
higher), EDB, EGB, EJB, and FJA circuit breakers and molded case busway plug-on units, I-Line
switches are secured by means of a screw fastened through the circuit panelboards and switchboards,
breaker terminal into the lug body. If the standard lug is removed and a QMB plug-on switches and motor
bolted connection to the circuit breaker terminal pad is desired, a control center plug-on units are
threaded insert kit is required. The insert is installed below the terminal supplied with factory applied joint
pad. For ordering information see chart below. compound on the plug-on
connectors. The compound should
Table 3.59: Termination Kit Inserts not be removed because it
Kit Cat. No. Inserts Per Kit Circuit Breakers $ Price Per Kit contributes to the overall
AL250KAIN 3 KA, KH, KC, KI 17.40 performance of the connection.
TIKFD 3 EDB, EGB, EJB, FJA 17.40
Whenever one of these units is
removed and reinstalled, the joint
compound should be reapplied.
Catalog number PJC 7201 is a two-
KI ounce container of compound
specially formulated for the I-Line,
QMB and motor control center
connections.
3
No other type of commercially

Terminal available joint compound should be
used.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
Wire Retainer
Table 3.61: Electric Joint Compound
Spread slightly Aluminum
Insert Use With Cat. No. $ Price
then slide
BREAKERS
Wire Retainer I-Line Circuit Breakers, QMB Plug-On Units, or PJC7201 19.80
under Terminal to Model-V MCC Units
engage slots on 1/4 X 20 Threads SED Drawout Circuit Breakers PJC8311 42.80
sides of insert.
EDB, EGB, EJB,

FJA

Special Construction Grounded B Systems
Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (B) (Corner-

Grounded Delta) Systems (No Additional Charge)
Ordering Information For Grounded B Circuit Breakers
1. There is no additional charge for grounded B circuit breakers. 3-pole
Circuit Breaker
2. For use on 480 V systems, FH, KH, LH and MH type circuit breakers must be
ordered as 600 V versions and with a 5861 suffiix (i.e. FHL361005861).
3. For use on 240 V systems, FH type circuit breakers may be ordered as 480 V Load
versions with a 5861 suffix (i.e. FHL341005861).
4. FA, KA, LA, and MA type circuit breakers are not available with grounded B 3 480 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System
phase markings.
NOTE: Three-pole circuit breakers must be used on three-phase
5. Two-pole 240 V grounded B-phase circuit breakers (except EDB, EGB, EJB, 480 V corner-grounded delta systems. The outside poles
QB, QD, QG, and QJ) will be built using three-pole modules.
are to be connected to the ungrounded phase and the
6. Two-pole grounded B circuit breakers will be labeled with 240 Vac
interrupting ratings. Three-pole grounded B circuit breakers will be labeled
grounded conductor connected to the center pole.
with 480 Vac interrupting ratings. Connecting the circuit breaker in a manner other than that
7. No self-certification is available for interrupting ratings greater than shown in described or shown may result in an unsafe application of
the tables below. the circuit breaker.
Table 3.63: 480 Vac 3 Corner-Grounded Delta System

UL Listed Interrupting Ratingd
Cat. No. Prefix Polesd 480 Vac Interrupting
Ampere Rating
2-pole Rating
Circuit Breaker HD, HG, HJ, HL 3 15150 A
18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA
JD, JG, JJ, JL 3 150250 A
FH, FHL 3 15100 A 10 kA
Load
KH, KHL 3 70250 A 14 kA
LH, LHL 3 125400 A 14 kA
3 240 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System MH, MHL 3 3001000 A 18 kA
MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit 3e 300800 A 35 kA
PH 3 2000 A 25 kA
Table 3.62: Application Data for 240 Vac 3 PG, PK Electronic Trip Unit 3e 6001200 A
35 kA, 65 kA
Corner-Grounded Delta System PG, PK Micrologic Trip Unit 3e 2501200 A
PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit 3e 6001200 A
UL Listed Interrupting Rating 65 kA, 100 kA
PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit 3e 2501200 A
Cat. No. Prefix Poles 240 Vac Interrupting
Ampere Rating RG, RJ, RK RL Electronic Trip Unit 3e 12002500 A
Rating 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA
RG, RJ, RK, RL Micrologic Trip Unit 3e 6002500 A
QO-H, QOB-H 2 15100 A 5 kA NT 3 8001200 100 kA
QB, QD, QG, QJ 2a 70250 A 10 kA NW 3 8006000 150 kA
EDB, EGB, EJB 2a 15125 A 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA d The grounded phase should be connected through the center pole only.
HD, HG, HJ, HL 2a 15150 A 18 kA, 35 kA, e Electronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System
JD, JG, JJ, JL 2b 150250 A 65 kA, 100 kA Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip
FH, FHL 2b 15100 A System.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

42 kA
KH, KHL 2b 70250 A
LH, LHL 2b 125400 A 30 kA
MH, MHL 2b 3001000 A
BREAKERS
65 kA
MG, MJ Electronic Trip 2bc 300800 A
PH 2b 2000 A 125 kA
PG, PJ, PK, PL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 6001200 A 65 kA
RJ Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 12002500 A 100 kA
RL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 12002500 A 125 kA
MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit 3c 300800 A
PG, PK Electronic Trip Unit 3c 6001200 A 65 kA
PG, PK Micrologic Trip Unit 3c 2501200 A
PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit 3c 6001200 A
100 kA
PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit 3c 2501200 A
RG, RK Electronic Trip Unit 3c 12002500 A
65 kA
RG, RK Micrologic Trip Unit 3c 6002500 A
3
RJ Electronic Trip Unit 3c 12002500 A
100 kA
RJ Micrologic Trip Unit 3c 6002500 A
RL Electronic Trip Unit 3c 12002500 A
125 kA
RL Micrologic Trip Unit 3c 6002500 A
a Standard labeling includes grounded B phase.
b Built using 3P module.
c Electronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System
Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip System.

All Rights Reserved
Special Construction Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications
These circuit breakers with the properly selected trip range provide
protection for trailing cables in compliance with the Federal Register for Table 3.65: Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications
Mining Applications.
Adjustable Magnetic Trip Rangea
The thermal-magnetic circuit breakers listed below have thermally- Cat. No. $ Price
responsive trip elements in addition to adjustable instantaneous trip Low High
mechanisms. They allow for independent selection of thermal and 750 A 1500 A
MAL3630026T 7560.00
magnetic trip characteristics. See selection chart below. For MAL3635026T 7560.00
Mag-Gard instantaneous trip magnetic-only circuit breakers refer to MAL3630030T 7560.00
Digest. MAL3635030T 7560.00
1000 A 2000 A MAL3640030T 7560.00
Table 3.64: Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications MAL3645030T 7560.00
Adjustable Magnetic Trip Rangea MAL3650030T 7560.00
Cat. No. $ Price MAL3635032T 7560.00
Low High
MAL3640032T 7560.00
50 A 180 A FAL3603013T 996.00 1250 A 2500 A MAL3645032T 7560.00
75 A 260 A FAL3605014T 996.00 MAL3650032T 7560.00
150 A 580 A FAL3610016T 1226.00 MAL3660032T 7560.00
LAL3612522T 4619.00 MAL3630033T 7560.00
LAL3615022T 4619.00 MAL3635033T 7560.00
LAL3617522T 4619.00 MAL3640033T 7560.00
500 A 1000 A
LAL3620022T 4619.00 MAL3645033T 7560.00
LAL3622522T 4619.00 1500 A 3000 A
MAL3650033T 7560.00
LAL3625022T 4619.00
10
MAL3660033T 7560.00
n c e 2 0
LAL3620030T
LAL3622530T
4619.00
4619.00
MAL3670033T
MAL3680033T
9927.00
9927.00
s
1000 A
c e 1 Q
2000 A
LAL3625030T 4619.00 MAL3640036T 7560.00
e
ol ed fo r LAL3630030T
LAL3635030T
4619.00
4619.00
MAL3645036T
MAL3650036T
7560.00
7560.00
O b s l
LAL3640030T
LAL3625032T
4619.00
4619.00 2000 A 4000 A
MAL3660036T 7560.00
e d u
1250 A 2500 A
LAL3630032T 4619.00
e 0
MAL3670036T
MAL3680036T
9927.00
9927.00
Sch
LAL3635032T 4619.00
c 0 1 MAL3690036T 12705.00
en 2
LAL3640032T 4619.00 MAL36100036T 12705.00
LAL3630033T 4619.00
s c 1 Q MAL3650040T 7560.00
le d for
1500 A 3000 A LAL3635033T 4619.00 MAL3660040T 7560.00
LAL3640033T 4619.00
s o2500 A 5000 A
MAL3670040T 9927.00
Ob dule
LAL3635025T 4619.00 MAL3680040T 9927.00
1750 A 3500 A
LAL3640035T 4619.00 MAL3690040T 12705.00
e MAL36100040T 12705.00
Sch
MAL3660042T 7560.00
MAL3670042T 9927.00
3000 A 6000 A MAL3680042T 9927.00
MAL3690042T 12705.00
MAL36100042T 12705.00
3
MAL3680044T 9927.00
3500 A 7000 A MAL3690044T 12705.00
MAL36100044T 12705.00
MAL3680045T 9927.00
4000 A 8000 A MAL3690045T 12705.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
MAL36100045T 12705.00
MAL3690046T 12705.00
4500 A 9000 A
MAL36100046T 12705.00
BREAKERS
a Magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20% and +30% from nominal values shown.

Special Construction UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used aboard a boat or vessel is
included in Supplement SA to UL 489, Standard for Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures
(also referred to as UL product category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast
Guard regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA 302 Standard for Motor
Craft (Pleasure and Commercial). In order to be UL Listed for marine use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or
aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit
breakers should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers.
The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in
length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.)
Table 3.66: CIrcuit Breakers for Marine Applications
Ampere
Cat. No. Prefix Poles Application Cat. No. $ Price
Rating
2 15100 A
For use on vessels over 65 ft. FA, FAL
3 15100 A
(19,8 m) in length
Para utilizarse en embarcaciones FH, FHL 2, 3 15100 A
mayores a 65 pies (19,8 m) de FI, FIL 2, 3 20100 A
longitud KI, KIL 2, 3 110250 A
utiliser sur des navires ayant LA, LAL 2, 3 125400 A Add the number 9 after the catalog
plus de 65 pi (19,8 m) de long LH, LHL 2, 3 125400 A number prefix of the standard circuit
MA, MAL 2, 3 3001000 A For use only on breaker catalog number.
vessels over 65 feet There is a 20%
MH, MHL 2, 3 3001000 A (19.8 m) in length. Example: adder to the price of
ME, MEL, MX, MXL 2, 3 100800 A Standard FAL36100 the equivalent standard
Marine FAL936100 circuit breaker. All
NA, NE, NC, NX marine
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2, 3 6001200 A circuit breakers are
PAF 2, 3 6002000 A supplied with copper
lugs.
PHF 2, 3 6002000 A
PCF 2, 3 16002500 A
PE, PEF, PX, PXF 2, 3 6002000 A
PowerPact HD, HG, HJ, HL 2, 3 15150 A For use on vessels over and under Add a YA after the standard circuit
PowerPact JD, JG, JJ, JL 2, 3 150250 A 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. breaker catalog number.
PowerPact MG, MJ 2, 3 300800 A For use only on Example:
PowerPact PG, PJ, PL 2, 3, 4 1001200 A vessels over 65 feet Standard HGL36100
PowerPact RG, RJ, RL 2, 3, 4 6002500 A (19.8 m) in length. Marine HGL36100YA
UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended or use aboard non-combatant and auxiliary naval ships
is included in Supplement SB to UL 489, Standard for Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures.
The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Naval Listed for use on vessels under 65 feet (19.8 m) in
length.
Table 3.67: CIrcuit Breakers for Navel Applications

Ampere
Rating
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

Add a YA after the standard circuit There is a 20%
HD, HG, HJ, HL 2, 3 15150 A For use on non-combat and breaker catalog number. adder to the price of
auxiliary naval the equivalent standard
BREAKERS
ships over and under 65 feet Example: circuit breaker. All marine
JD, JG, JJ, JL 2, 3 150250 A (19.8 m) in length. Standard HGL36100 circuit breakers are
Marine HGL36100YA supplied with copper lugs.

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Circuit Breaker Factory-Installed Accessories
Accessories
Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories

Electrical accessories are available on all molded case circuit breakers except FY and QOM1 circuit breakers.
1A Alarm Switch Alarm switch is the only accessory available for the 1-pole FA circuit breaker.
Configuration Combination accessories may be ordered by description, i.e., 1021 and 1212.
Color Code: Red Leads
All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz.
Add 20% to accessory price for each field-installable accessory that is factory-installed.
See page 3-27 for field-installable accessories. See Digest page 7-35 for PowerPact circuit breaker accessories.
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

Table 3.68: Factory-Installed Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Rated Coil $ Price
Accessory Description Suffix
Voltage Burdena Adder
Circuit Breaker Tripped
24 Vac 21 VA -1042b 755.00
Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate circuit. 120 Vac 24 VA -1021c 755.00
A 120 V shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% 208 Vac 107 VA -1021 755.00
or more of rated voltage.
240 Vac 154 VA -1021 755.00
Application 277 Vac 14 VA -1037b 755.00
Shunt Trip
480 Vac 45 VA -1037b 755.00
For use with momentary or maintained push button. 24 Vdc 36 VA -1027 755.00
1B Alarm Switch Sure Trip Capacitor Unit requires 48 Vdc shunt trip. 48 Vdc 36 VA -1028 755.00
Configuration Leads: (2) Black.18 AWG Cu. 125 Vdc 44 VA -1029 755.00
250 Vdc 15 VA -1030d 755.00
Color Code: Red Leads
Trips the circuit breaker electrically using the signal from a Micrologic Ground-Fault Module.
Ground-
Fault Application -Gd 755.00
Shunt Trip For use only with obsolete GP Ground-Censor system or add on ground-fault module.
Circuit Breaker Tripped Leads: (2) Orange 18 AWG Cu.
Trips the circuit breaker electrically when a control circuit falls below 35 to 70% of nominal (not field
adjustable). Picks up at 3585% of nominal voltage. 24 Vac 5 VA -1143d 755.00
120 Vac 8 VA -1121 755.00
Undervoltage 240 Vac 8 VA -1124 755.00
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Trip (UVR) Application 24 Vdc 2 VA -1127 755.00
UVR must be energized in order to close the circuit breaker. 48 Vdc 3 VA -1128 755.00
Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu leads.
Provides adjustable time delay for UVR of 0.1 to 0.6 second before circuit breaker trips. Cat. No.
Auxiliary Switch Unit Mt. I-Line
Application
Contact Configuration Time Delay
For use only with -1121 UV trip. 120 Vac
Unit 690UVTD 690UVTDI 1941.00
Color Code: Adjustable time delay (0.1 to 0.6 second).
"A" Contact - Yellow Leads I-Line unit requires 1.5 in. (38 mm) of mounting space.
"B" Contact - Blue Leads Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu and (2) Black/White 18 AWG Cu.
Common-Striped Leads
Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating
1A/1B the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. 1A/1B -1212 312.00
See load See load
Auxiliary Application 2A/2B info. in info. in -1352 623.00
Switches 3A/3B App. text App. text -1364e 800.00
A B Max. Load = FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH, LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI. at left at left
3
10 A @ 125250 Vac, hp @ 125250 Vac, 5 A @ 30 Vdc

Leads: Yellow for A, Blue for B, Striped for common 18 AWG Cu.
Circuit Breaker Closed Used with control circuits and actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. 1A 250 Vac -2100 312.00
Standard construction includes a normally-open contact. See
load
Alarm 1A 28 Vdc -2100 312.00
Application info. in
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
A B Switches App.
Max. Load = 10 A @ 125250 Vac 1B 250 Vac text -2103 312.00
Max. Load = 15 A @ 30 Vdc at left
Leads: (2) Red 18 AWG Cu. 1B 48 Vdc -2103 312.00
BREAKERS
Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped a Coil burden values do not apply to LC, LE, LI, LX and LXI. Consult Field Sales office for more information.
b Not available on FI, KI or KC circuit breakers.
c LC, LE, LI, LX, and LXI circuit breakers operate at 75% or more of rated voltage.
d Not available on LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers.
e Not available in FA, FC, FH, FI and KI circuit breakers.
Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip

Wiring Diagram Wiring Diagram
Brown Black
Brown Wires To Be Shunt Black Wires To Be
UVR Connected To Trip Connected To
Control Power Control Power
Brown Black
690UVTD Wiring Diagram

Circuit Breaker Field-Installable Accessories
Accessories
Field-Installable Electrical Accessories

Auxiliary Switch Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from 3-26 between
Contact Configuration the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: NA11212)
Color Code:
See 3-26 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-installable devices.
"A" Contact - Yellow Leads
"B" Contact - Blue Leads
Common-Striped Leads
Table 3.69: Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip
1A/1B
Circuit Breakers
Ground-Fault
Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches Alarm Switch
A B Shunt Tripb
Miniature Circuit Breakers, Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Factory-Installed
Not Available Not Available
EH and EH-PL Only Only Only
Circuit Breaker Closed FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH, Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Factory-Installed
KC, KI Only Only Only Only Only
LA, LH Factory-Installed
LA1( ) LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( )
A B Series 4c Only Right Pole
Factory-Installed
Q4 LA1( ) LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( ) Only Right Pole
Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped Factory-Installed
LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI LC1( ) LC1G LC1 ( ) LC1( ) Only
MA, MH Factory-Installed
MA1( ) MA1G MA1 ( ) MA1( )
1A Alarm Switch 1B Alarm Switch Series 2 Only Center Pole
Configuration Configuration ME, MX Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Factory-Installed
Only Only Only Only Only
Color Code: Red Leads Color Code: Red Leads NA, NC, NE, NX NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( )
Series 1, 2, 3
PA, PH, PC Factory-Installed PA11121 Factory-Installed
PA1( ) PA1( )
Series 4 Only PA11124 Only
Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Circuit Breaker Tripped PE, PX Factory-Installed PA11121 Factory-Installed
PA1( ) PA1( )
Series 4, 5, 6 Only PA11124 Only
a Combination accessory in right pole with factory-installed alarm switch must also be factory-installed on MA circuit
breakers.
b Used with obsolete GP Ground-Censor system or add-on ground-fault modules.
Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Open or Closed c With LA and LH top-feed circuit breakers (suffix MT, I-Line jaws on OFF end) all accessories must be factory
installed.
Undervoltage Trip
Wiring Diagram Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from 3-26 between
the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: NA11212)
Brown See 3-26 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-installable devices.
Brown Wires To Be
UVR Connected To
Control Power Table 3.70: Accessory Mounting Locations
Brown
LA, LH, Q4 Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = Field-
Shunt Trip installable accessories
Wiring Diagram LC, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers = Field-installable
accessories
Black
Black Wires To Be
MA, MH Series 2 circuit breakers or newer = Field-
Shunt installable accessories
Connected To R
Trip L
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

Control Power
ME/MX circuit breakers = Not field-installable accessories
Black
Both accessory ports will accept shunt trips, UVRs and
auxiliary switches. Alarm switches are factory installable
BREAKERS
only (right pole). Maximum of one device per port.
NA, NC, NE, NX circuit breakers - FIeld-installable

accessories
L port and R port will accept shunt trips, alarm switches
R2
and UVRs; R2 port will accept auxiliary switches.
Maximum of one device per port.
3
L R1
PA, PH, PC, PE, PX Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = FIield-installable

accessories.
L1 and L2 or R1 and R2 port combinations are

required to mount a single shunt trip. Both L2 and R2
L1 R1 ports will accept a UVR. Both L1 and R1 ports will
L2 R2 accept auxiliary switches. If alarm switch is factory
installed in PA or PC circuit breaker, it will be installed in
R2 port. For a PE or PX circuit breaker, the alarm switch
will be factory installed in L2 port.

All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and
Accessories Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks
Electrical Operators
Provides remote ON, OFF/RESET control of molded case circuit breakers.
A complete line of field-installable electrical operators.
Not applicable on LC/LI/LE/LX/LXI, ME/MX, or NA/NC/NE/NX circuit breakers.
Installing side mounted motor operators on non I-Line circuit breakers requires the use of a separate mounting pan.
Side mounted electrical operators require an additional 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) of mounting space in I-Line installations.
When remote indication of circuit breaker status is required, order circuit breaker with 1A-1B auxilliary switch for ON-
OFF Indication and alarm switch for TRIP Indication. Electrical operators require SPDT maintained contact switch.
KAMO2120AC Refer to Class 9001 control unit listing for operators and pilot lights.
With KAL Circuit Breaker NOTE: Not available on Mag-Gard circuit breakers and molded case switches.
Table 3.71: Electrical Operators

Circuit Top Mount Side Mount Mounting Pan
Breaker
Prefix Voltage Cat. No. $ Price Voltage Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
FA, FH, FC 120 Vac FAMO1 1304.00
FAL, FHL, FCL 120 Vac FAMO1 1304.00 FAMOP 108.00
FI, KA, KH, KC, KI 120 Vac KAMO1 3506.00
120 Vac KAMO2120AC 3642.00
FIL, KIL, 240 Vac KAMO2240AC 3642.00
FAMO1 and FAMOP KAL, KHL, 120 Vac KAMO1 3506.00 KAMOP 134.00
KCL 24 Vdc KAMO224DC 3642.00
With FAL Circuit Breaker
125 Vdc KAMO2125DC 3642.00
LA, LH, Q4 120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00
120 Vac LAMO2120AC 4704.00
LAL, LHL, 240 Vac LAMO2240AC 4704.00
120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00 LAMOP 185.00
Q4L 24 Vdc LAMO224DC 4704.00
125 Vdc LAMO2125DC 4704.00
MA, MH 120 Vac MAMO1 4518.00
120 Vac MAMO2120AC 4704.00
240 Vac MAMO2240AC 4704.00
MAL, MHL 120 Vac MAMO1 4518.00 MAMOP 1856.00
24 Vdc MAMO224DC 4704.00
125 Vdc MAMO2125DC 4704.00
PA, PH, PC, PE, PX 120 Vac PAMO2 5544.00
Handle Accessories
Table 3.72: Handle Accessories
Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. $ Price Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. $ Price
Handle Tie Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)
(2)FA 3 FKHT 215.00 FY Series 1 1 HPAFYQ 19.80
(2)KA, (2)FI,(2)KI, or (1)FI + (1)KI 2,3 FKHT 215.00 FA, FH, FC, FI 1,2,3 HPAFK 24.20
(2)LA or (2)Q4 2,3 LAHT 497.00 FY Series 2, KA, KH 2,3 HPAFK 24.20
California Title 24 Comb. Handle Tie and Lock Off KC, KI 2,3 HPAFKFa 32.60
3
FY (3)1P FY3HT 53.00 HPALMb 26.00

LA, LH, Q4, MA, MH, ME, MX 2,3
FA (3)1P FA3HT 53.00 HPAXLMc 27.60
Handle Extension LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI 2,3 AHPALI 25.20
LA, LC, LH, LE, LI, LX, LXI, Q4 2,3 AHEXLI 95.00 NA, NC, NE, NX 2,3 HPANE 26.00
MA, MH, ME, MX, NA, NC, NE, NX 2,3 MAHEX 95.00 PA, PC, PH, PE, PX 2,3 PAPAF 119.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
a Locks OFF only.

b MA and MH circuit breakers will not lock in ON position
c Use with MAHEX handle extension.
BREAKERS
Cylinder Lock
Used to lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position. Circuit breaker cannot be reset when locked OFF.
Table 3.73: Cylinder Lock

Circuit Breaker Factory Installed Field Installable $ Price
Prefix Suffix Cat. No.
FA, FAL, FH, FHLd Factory-installed 315.00
CL
KA, KAL, KH, KHLd only 315.00
LA, LAL, LH, LHL, Q4 Field-installable LA1CL 315.00
MA, MAL, MH, MHL only MA1CL 315.00
d Not available on Mag-Gard circuit breakers and molded case switches.
Interlocks
Table 3.74: Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentse
Manually Operated Electrically Operated
Circuit Walking Beam Walking Beam
Breaker Operator $ Price Mounting Pan Operator $ Price Mounting Pan
Ass'y. Ass'y.
Prefix Suffix Adder Suffix Adder
FAL, FHL WB 246.00 FA4WB 134.00 FAWBP4 177.00 WBMO 246.00 FA9WB 200.00 FAWBP9 242.00
LAL, LHL WB 246.00 LA6WB 179.00 LAWBP6 242.00 WBMO 246.00 LA10WB 213.00 LAWBP10 309.00
MAL, MHL WB 246.00 MA9WB 215.00 MAWBP9 309.00 WB 246.00 MA13WB 251.00 MAWBP13 429.00
e Fully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The
completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric local sales office for more
information.
Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock

Requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix,
1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.

Circuit Breaker Mechanical Lug Information
Accessories
Table 3.75: Mechanical Lug Kit Information

Circuit Breaker Application Lugs
(Number of Wires Per Lug ) $ Price
Ampere Ampere Cat. No. Per
Standard Optional Wire Rangea Per Kit
AL50FA Rating Rating Kit
AL100FA
Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire
FA, FH FA, FH (1) 144 AWG Cu or
1530 A 35100 A AL50FA 3 37.20
FI FI (1) 124 AWG Al
(1) 143 AWG Cu or
FC 35100 A FC 1530 A AL100FA4 3 37.20
(1) 121 AWG Al
FA, FH FA, FH (1) 141/0 AWG Cu or
35100 A 1530 A AL100FA 3 37.20
AL250KI FI FI (1) 121/0 AWG Al
FA, FH, FC 15100 A (1) 123 AWG Cu AL100TFb 3 37.20
AL250KA
150 A
FA (1) 23/0 AWG AL150FA 3 37.20
(only)
KA, KH 70250 A
(1) 4 AWG350 kcmil AL250KA 3 113.00
KI, KC 110175 A
KI, KC 200250 A KI 110175 A (1) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil AL250KI 3 107.00
KD, KG 100250 A (1) 6 AWG350 kcmil AL250KD 3 107.00
(1) 1 AWG600 kcmil or
Q4, LA, LH 125400 A AL400LA 1 35.70
(2) 1 AWG250 kcmil
Q4, LA, LH 125400 A (1) 350750 kcmil AL400LH7 1 47.10
AL400LA
LE, LX, LXI 100250 A LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 300600 A (2) 1 AWG350 kcmil AL600LI35 1 49.60
LC, LI, LE, 300600 A LE, LX, LXI 100250 A (2) 4/0 AWG500 kcmil AL600LI5 1 47.10
LX, LXI
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI (1) 500750 kcmil AL600LI7 1 53.00
MA, MH 3001000 A (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil AL900MA 1 95.00
MA, MH 3001000 A (2) 500750 kcmil AL800MA7 1 192.00
MA, MH 3001200 A (4) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil AL1000MA 1 95.00
ME, MX 100250 A (1) 6 AWG350 kcmil AL250ME 3 472.00
AL600LI5 ME, MX 250400 A (1) 350750 kcmil AL400ME7 1 300.00
ME, MX 100800 A (2) 500750 kcmil AL800MA7 1 192.00
ME, MX 300800 A ME, MX 100250 A (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil AL900MA 1 95.00
ME, MX 3001200 A (4) 1/0 AWG350 kcmil AL1000MA 1 95.00
NA, NC, NE, NX 6001200 A (4) 3/0 AWG600 kcmil AL1200NE6 1 215.00
PAF, PHF, PEF, PXF,
6002500 A (1) 1/0 AWG750 kcmil AL2500PA 2 132.00
PCF
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c
FC 1530 A (1) 1410 AWG Cu CU30FA4 3 37.20
FA, FH, FC, FI 15100 A (1) 141 AWG Cu CU100FA 3 37.20
FA, FH, FC 15100 A (1) 123 AWG Cu CU100TFb 3 62.00
AL400LH7 KA, KH 70250 A
(1) 4 AWG250 kcmil Cu CU250KA 3 113.00
KC, KI 110250 A
125400 A (1) 1 AWG600 kcmil Cu or
Q4, LA, LH CU400LA 1 70.00
(2) 1 AWG250 kcmil Cu
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI (2) 1 AWG350 kcmil Cu CU600LI35 1 230.00
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI (2) .4/0 AWG500 kcmil Cu CU600LI5 1 230.00
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI (1) 500750 kcmil Cu CU600LI7 1 230.00
KD, KG 100250 A (1) 6 AWG350 kcmil Cu CU250KD 3 134.00
MA, MH 3001000 A (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil Cu CU1000MA 1 299.00
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

ME, MX 125250 A (1) 4 AWG250 kcmil Cu CU250ME 3 732.00
AL900MA ME, MX 100800 A (3) 3/0 AWG500 kcmil Cu CU1000MA 1 299.00
NA, NC, NE, NX 6001200 A (4) 3/0 AWG600 kcmil Cu CU1200NE6 1 598.00
BREAKERS
a Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
b For use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end.
c Use suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.)
AL800MA7
AL1000MA
AL2500PA

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Circuit Breaker Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors
Accessories
Crimp lug or
Compression Lug Kits
power distribution connectors
extension past end of
circuit breaker A See Table Table 3.76: Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa
Circuit Breaker Dimension A Max. Lugs Lug Qty. $ Price Per
Wire Rangec Cat. No.
Type (In) Per Terminal Per Kit Kit
Aluminum Compression Lug Kits
FA, FH, FC, FI 81/0 AWG 1.3 1 VC100FA 3 175.00
4 AWG300 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250KA3 3 255.00
Extremity KA, KH, KC, KI
of 250350 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250KA35 3 194.00
Molded Case 250350 kcmil 1.25 2 VC400LA35 2 194.00
w/Mechanical 4 AWG300 kcmil 1.0 2 VC400LA3 2 202.00
Lugs LA, LH, Q4
2/0 AWG500 kcmil 2.2 1 VC400LA5 1 166.00
500750 kcmil 2.5 1 VC400LA7 1 198.00
4 AWG300 kcmil 1.05 2 VC600LI3 2 295.00
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI b 2/0 AWG500 kcmil 3.20 2 VC600LI5 2 308.00
500750 kcmil 3.45 1 VC600LI7 1 311.00
A See Table
2/0 AWG500 kcmil 1.9 2 VC600MA5 2 293.00
MA, MH
500750 kcmil 2.1 2 VC800MA7 2 312.00
4 AWG300 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250ME3 3 823.00
ME2, MX2
250350 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250ME35 3 194.00
CVC100FA VC250KA3 2/0 AWG500 kcmil 2.2 1 VC400ME5 1 379.00
ME4, MX4 500750 kcmil Al 2.5 1 VC400ME7 1 412.00
or 500 kcmil Cu
2/0 AWG500 kcmil 1.9 2 VC600MA5 2 293.00
ME, MX, MA, MH 500750 kcmil Al 2.1 2 VC800MA7 2 312.00
VC400LA7 VC400LA7 or 500 kcmil Cu
2/0 AWG500 kcmil 3.3 4 VC1200NE5 4 942.00
NA, NC, NE, NX 500750 kcmil Al 3.6 4 VC1200NE7 4 942.00
or 500 kcmil Cu
2/0 AWG500 kcmil d 68 VC2000PA5 4 96.00
PAF, PHF, PCF, PEF
2/0 AWG500 kcmil d 68 VC2500PA7 4 194.00
Copper Compression Lug Kits
FA, FH, FC, FI 61/0 AWG Cu 1.4 1 CVC100FA 3 156.00
VC1200NE5 KA, KH, KC, KI 2/0 AWG300 kcmil Cu 1.5 1 CVC250KA3 3 301.00
2/0 AWG300 kcmil Cu 1.3 2 CVC400LA3 2 271.00
LA, LH, Q4
250500 kcmil Cu 2.3 1 CVC400LA5 1 118.00
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI b 250500 kcmil Cu 3.20 2 CVC600LI5 2 491.00
ME4, MX4 250500 kcmil Cu 2.6 1 CVC400ME5 1 295.00
ME, MX 250500 kcmil Cu 2.4 2 CVC600MA5 2 425.00
250500 kcmil Cu 3.3 4 CVC1200NE5 4 944.00
NA, NC, NE, NX
500750 kcmil Cu 3.6 4 CVC1200NE7 4 944.00
a See instruction bulletins for recommended tools.

b These lug kits cannot be used on I-Line circuit breakers.
c Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
3
CVC600MA5 d All P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type.
Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakersfor Field Replacement of Mechanical
Lugs
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save
space and time.
BREAKERS
Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for
Square D FA, KA, LA, MA, MH, ME, MX, Q4 and P-frame molded case circuit breakers.
PDC6FA6 Connectors are UL Listed:
For use on load end of circuit breaker only
For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only
For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment
For copper wire only
Table 3.77: PDC Lugs

Wires Per Terminal
PDC6KA4 Use With Circuit Cicuit Breaker Lug Quantity Dimension $ Price Per
& Wire Rangef Cat. No.
Breakere Ampere Rating Per Kit A (i.) Kit
Cu
(6) 146 AWG PDC6FA6 3 1.0 92.00
FAL, FHL, FCLg 15100 A
(3) 142 AWG PDC3FA2 3 1.2 92.00
(6) 144 AWG PDC6KA4 3 1.0 171.00
KAL, KHL 70250 A (2) 141 AWG PDC3KA20 3 1.5 171.00
(1) 122/0 AWG
(6) 122/0 AWG PDC6LA20 1 2.25 182.00
(12) 144 AWG PDC12LA4 1 1.25 129.00
LAL, LHL, Q4L 125400 A
(3) 142 AWG PDC4LA250 1 2.0 129.00
PDC12LA4 (1) 2 AWG250 kcmil
MAL, MHL, MEL, (6) 122/0 AWG Cu PDC6MA20 1 0.0 194.00
1251000 A
MXL (12) 144 AWG Cu PDC12MA4 1 0.0 129.00
e Not for use with I-Line circuit breakers.
f When using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced.
g OFF end only when OFF end is the load end.

Electronic Products Micrologic Trip Unit Test Sets
Class 690
NOTE: Listed below are the catalog numbers and the components required for testing
the entire family of Micrologic trip systems. The listing includes obsolete series
trip systems.
Micrologic Series B Trip Systems
Identified by label on front of trip unit
(LE/LX/LXI, ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breaker 9/92 to present)
(SE circuit breaker 10/92 to present)
This is the latest series of standard (LX/LXI, MX, NX and PX) and full-function (LE, ME, NE,
PE and SE) Micrologic trip systems.
Table 3.78: Universal Test Set
Description Cat. No. $ Price
Universal Test Set includes the following:

1. Self-test module (CBTMT)
2. Standard and full-function Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB)
includes rating plug adapter
UTS3 14022.00
3. Power cord
4. Ribbon cable for making the connection from the test set to the rating
plug adapter
5. Instruction manual
For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set and want to
test the latest standard and full-function (Series B) trip systems, all that is
CBTMB 2349.00
needed is Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB). Included is the rating
plug adapter and instruction manual.
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB CBTMBRK 627.00
Long-time and ground-fault memory reset module (Series B Electronics) MTMB 381.00
Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Trip Systems

Identified by two rows of rotary switches
(ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breakers 11/89 to 9/92)
(SE circuit breakers 5/90 to 10/92)
For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set (CBTU1 or UTS3) and want
to test these earlier series Micrologic trip systems, see the following chart.
Table 3.79: Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Circuit Breaker Test Module
Circuit Breaker Test Module Cat. No. $ Price
Includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM4A 2349.00

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTM4A CBTM4RK 627.00
Micrologic Series 2 Trip Systems

Identified by only one row of rotary switches
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

Micrologic Series 2 Test Modules are obsolete and no longer available.
BREAKERS
Table 3.80: Micrologic Series 2 Circuit Breaker Test Module
Circuit Breaker Test Modules Cat. No. $ Price
SE (5/85-5/90) includes rating plug adapter and instruction pages CBTM1 Not Available
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM1 CBTM1A Not Available
ME, PE (4/85-11/89) CBTM2 obsolete, no longer available CBTM2 Not Available
ME, NE, PE (10/86-11/89) includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM3 Not Available
Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM3 CBTM3A Not Available
3
Table 3.81: Micrologic Series 1 Trip Systems for Circuit Breakers Manufactured
Before Micrologic
ME/PE (8/78-4/85) Identified by slide type switches instead of rotary switches. The very first Test Set
series ME and PE electronic trip circuit breakers offered by Square D. Not Available
SE (7/83-5/85) The very first series of SE electronic trip circuit breakers had rotary switches and Test Set
can be identified by a three-digit serial number. Not Available
Note: For trip systems of this type that require testing, contact Technical Services toll free at 1-800-634-2003.

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Electronic Products Neutral Current Transormers and
Micrologic Series B Trip Unit Accessories
Table 3.82: Neutral Current Transformers

Cat. No. $ Price Sensor Where Used
LE25CT2 588.00 250 A

LE4CT2 588.00 400 A LXL, LEL, LXIL
LE6CT2 588.00 600 A
ME25CT2 588.00 250 A
ME4CT2 588.00 400 A MXL,MEL
ME8CT2 588.00 800 A
NE12CT2 588.00 1200 A NXL,NEL
PE12CT2 588.00 1200 A
PE16CT2 588.00 1600 A PXF, PEF
PE20CT2 588.00 2000 A
PE25CT2 588.00 2500 A
Table 3.83: Electronic Trip Indicator and Current Meter Field-installable Kits
Combination Local Current Meter Included With
Device Cat. No. Optional $ Price
and Trip Indicator Circuit Breaker
Local Trip Indicator Kit ALTI LXL, LXIL, MXL, NXL 1461.00
Local Current Meter Kit/Trip Indicator ALAM LEL, MEL, NEL, SE LXL, LXIL, MXL, NXL 2286.00
Local Trip Indicator Kit ALTIP PXF 1461.00
Local Current Meter Kit/Trip Indicator ALAMP PEF PXF 2286.00
Table 3.84: Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for all Circuit Breakers with
Micrologic Series B Trip System
Cat. No. Sensor Multiplier Value $ Price
ARP040 0.400 297.00
ARP050 0.500 297.00
ARP056 0.563 297.00
ARP058 0.583 297.00
ARP060 0.600 297.00
ARP063 0.625 297.00
ARP067 0.667 297.00
ARP070 0.700 297.00
ARP075 0.750 297.00
ARP080 0.800 297.00
ARP083 0.833 297.00
ARP088 0.875 297.00
ARP090 0.900 297.00
3
ARP100 1.000 297.00
Complying with NEC

The National Electrical Code, Section 240-6(c) exception allows conductor ampere ratings
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
equal to the selected long-time pick-up setting. Square D offers the seals below to restrict
access to trip unit once settings are selected.
BREAKERS
Table 3.85: Trip Unit Seals

Description Cat. No. Package Quantity $ Price
Trip Unit Seal TUSEAL 100 102.00
Electronic Trip Unit with Seals Installed
to Restrict Access
Table 3.86: Communication Adapter
Communication Adapter CIM3Fa 465.00

a Required for Micrologic to communicate with PowerLogic system.
CIM3F Communication Adapter

Electronic Products Restraint Interface Module
RIM32 Restraint Interface Module S48890 and S48895 Restraint Interface Modules
Table 3.87: ZSI Combinations Table 3.89: RIM Requirements
ZSI Combinations
(Where All Inputs Driven Are Same Column) Upstream Device
(receives input
Relay for Equipment Protection

Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault
Square DGC-200 Ground-Fault

from RIM)
USRC and USRCM Trip Units

Circuit Breaker Series
LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B,

SE 2 (Ground Fault)
ME 4 & 5, NE 2 & 3
SE 2 (Short Time)
ME 3, NE1, PE 4
Square D Micrologic
ME 5A, NE 3A,
Series B Trip Units

PE 5 & 6, SE 3
PE 6A, SE 3A
PE 6B, SE 3B
Inputs
STR58 Trip Units
Federal Pioneer
#.0x Trip Units
Merin Gerin
RIM 32
GC100
Micrologic
Downstream Device
(sends output to RIM))
Output
SE 2 (Ground Fault) 50 R R R R R 50
SE 2 (Short Time) 1 R R R R R 50
ME 3, NE1, PE 4 50 R 15 2 13 47 R 50 Micrologic #.0x Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R
ME 4, 5 & 5A, NE 2, 3 & 3A, PE 5, 6 50 R R 1 1 7 R 14 Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units R 26 R R R 15
& 6A, SE 3, 3A
LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B, PE 6B, SE 3B 50 R 10 1 R 26 R 44 Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault
GC 100 R R R R R R 7 50 R R 7 R R R
GFMa 50 2 1 1 5 R 10
RIM32 50 6 50 7 37 50 15 50 Square D GC-200 Ground-Fault
15 R R 15 15 R
a GFM is an output device only.
Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R
Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

# Maximum inputs without RIM32. Self-restraint counts as one input.
Federal Pioneer USRC
R 15 R R R 15
R RIM32(s) required to restrain any devices. and USRCM Trip Units
Note:
Note: Square D Add-on Ground-Fault Module
Present design. R 5 R R R R
for Equipment Protection
Invalid combination. Note: R=RIM module is required to restrain any devices.
Numerical References=Maximum number of upstream circuit breakers which can be
restrained without requiring a RIM module.
The RIM32 Restraint Interface Module is used to interface the restraint The Restraint Interface Module (RIM) is used to allow zone-selective
signals between various Square D Micrologic circuit breakers, Interlocking communications between circuit breakers with Micrologic
Micrologic ground-fault modules, and GC-100 ground-fault protection Series B trip units or
systems. Micrologic #.Ox trip units, Compact STR53 trip units, Masterpact
The restraint interface module operates on either 120 or 240 Vac, 50/60 STR58 trip units, Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM trip units, and
Hz. The module is protected by a 1/4 A fuse. Square D GC series ground-fault relays.
Allowable ZSI combinations are shown in Table 3.87. (Series numbers Upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A,
for current design circuit breakers end in B, for example NE Series 3B.) 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can receive up to 15 input signals without
For double-ended or larger systems, or systems which contain devices requiring a restraint interface module. If the number of input signals
exceeds 15, then a RIM is required. Contact your local Sales Office for
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

from different columns in Table 3.87, contact your local Sales Office for
combination information. RIM requirements.
If more inputs or outputs are needed, another restraint interface module The restraint interface module operates on either 120 Vac/24 Vdc, or
BREAKERS
is necessary. Contact your local Sales Office for information on multiple 240 Vac/24 Vdc, 50/50 Hz.
module installations. NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is 1000 ft. (305 m)
NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is 1000 ft.
(305 m).
Table 3.90: Restrain Interface Moldule (RIM)
Cat. No. Voltage $ Price
Table 3.88: RIM32 S48890 120 Vac/24 Vdc 1860.00
Cat. No. $ Price S48895 240 Vac/24 Vdc 1860.00
RIM32 2768.00
3
OUT GND OUT GND OUT GND OUT GND COM 240
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 GC-100 Vac
Ground Fault Short Time Ground Fault
Restraint Restraint Restraint Restraint
OUTPUTS
PUSH
CAT. NO. RIM32 TO TEST
INPUTS
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 GC-100
Ground Fault Short Time Ground Fault 1/4 AMPERE
Restraint Restraint Restraint Restraint 120
IN GND IN GND IN GND IN GND COM Vac

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Ground-Fault Protection Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)
and Ground Censor Type GA600 Vac
Class 931, 940, 960

Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)
The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a UL Listed circuit breaker accessory for
equipment protection. It is a combination ground-fault relay and ground-fault sensing
device.
Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module Features:
Used in combination with the FA, KA, FC, KC, FI, and KI type circuit breakers with a ground-fault
shunt trip factory installed (add the suffix G to the circuit breaker)
Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels
Adjustable ground-fault time delays
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault indicator
All GFMs supplied for I-Line mounting, easily convertible to unit mount by removing the
I-Line brackets
Neutral current transformer is supplied for 3-phase 4-wire applications. Refer to instructions for
proper installation
GFM250 Zone-selective interlocking capability is standard with upstream Micrologic trip system circuit
breakers. The GFM can also be zone interlocked with the GC ground-fault system by using a
restraint interface module.See Supplementary Digest
120 Vac control power is required for integral test feature. Meets NEC 230-95(c)
NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be reverse fed.
Table 3.91: Module/Enclosure Selection Chart

Companion Enclosure Space Required Ground-Fault
Circuit Breaker Cat. No. I-Line Pickup Adjustment GFM $ Price
Prefix Individual Enclosure a Range
Switchboard
FAL, FHL, FCL, GFM100FA LA KA 20100 A 4250.00
FA, FH, FC
FI GFM100FI LA 20100 A 4250.00
KAL, KHL, KI, GFM250 LA LA 40200 A 4250.00
KA, KH, KC
FIL GFM100FI Factory installed only. 20100 A 4250.00
KCL, KIL GFM250 See Digest page 7-55. 40200 A 4250.00
a Use NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures only. See page 3-35 for dimensions.
Ground-Censor Type GA600 Vac

The Type GA Ground-Censor equipment ground-fault protection system is recommended
for protection of motor branch circuits. The type GA system is not recommended for service
entrance applications, see GC200 in Section 7 of the Digest. The GA system requires the
following components: GA relay, GA sensor, and circuit interrupter with 120 Vac shunt trip.
GA test panel is optional, however sensor selected must be compatible with test panel
3
when one is useda.
Consider substituting GC-200 or Vigirex ground-fault relays.

Type GA System Features:
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
Ground-fault current pickup adjustable from 41200 A, dependent on the sensor used and the
connections
BREAKERS
Time delay field adjustable from instantaneous to 36 cycles

Test panel available to meet NEC 230-95. Test with or without tripping. Requires 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
GA12 GA375 power (50 VA min.)
120 Vac shunt trip is required on the circuit breaker to interrupt the circuit
Relay contacts are rated for 10 A continuous @ 250 Vac UL Listed
Table 3.92: GA Catalog Numbers
Ground-Fault
Trip Range
Instantaneous relay Dependent on sensor GA12 990.00
Time delay relay and connections GAT12 1428.00
(for motor starter applications)
Window Size
3-3/4 in. Dia. 412, 1236 A GA375T 671.00
3-3/4 in. Dia. 412 A GA375a 611.00
Sensor 2-1/2 in. Dia. 412 A GA250a 566.00
Type GAb 7-7/8 in. x 11-1/4 in. 2575, 50150, 150450, 4001200 A GA811 1211.00
7-7/8 in. x 15-3/4 in. 50150, 150450, 4001200 A GA816 1376.00
7-7/8 in. x 24-5/8 in. 150400, 4001200 A GA825 1665.00
Test Panel Same As Sensor GA12TPM 1589.00
a Does not have connections for test panel.
b Requires 2 inch clearance from current carrying wires on all sides.

Circuit Breaker
Dimensions
E B E B
G Table 3.93: Circuit Breakers Dimensions
Circuit Breaker DimensionsInches
No. Fig.
C/L Catalog No. Poles No. A B C D E F G H
Prefix
A F A F 1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50
FCL 2 22 6.00 3.00a 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13
3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75
1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50
E E FAL, FHL 2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13
Figure 21 Figure 22 3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75
FIL, KAL,
B 2&3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75
KHL, KIL
G D
E KCL 2&3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75
HH C
LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 2&3 23 11.86 7.50 5.48 6.74 0.55 10.75 2.50
Q4L, LAL, LHL 2&3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 9.25 2.00 1.00
C/L MAL, MHL 2&3 23 14.00 9.00 4.53 6.50 1.66 10.69 3.00 1.50
NA, NC, NX, NE 2&3 24 12.12 14.98 6.40 8.07 1.69 8.75 5.0
A F
PA, PH, PX, PE 2&3 25 20.06 13.70 7.25 10.47 14.00 12.00 12.75
PC, PX-25, PE-20-25 2&3 26 26.10 23.30 13.33 16.55 14.10 12.00
a FCL 2-pole circuit breaker dimension B is 4.50 as in Fig. 23.
E Table 3.94:
Figure 23 Approx. Shipping Weight Approx. Shipping Weight
Frame Size Frame Size
(Lbs.) (Lbs.)
B D FAL LAL 15
G C FHL 2-pole 3 LHL
FCL LXL
E FAL LEL
25
FHL 3-pole 5 LCL
FCL LIL
A F FIL 8 MAL 34
KAL MHL
7
KHL PAF 69
KCL PHF
9
E KIL PXF 80
Q4L 15 PEF
Figure 24
B
G D
F C
A E
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

Figure 25
BREAKERS
G D
F C
A E
3
Figure 26

All Rights Reserved
Enclosures Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Class 610
Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as
footnoted.
The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted.
Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation.
For enclosure accessories refer to page 3-38 . For enclosure dimensions refer to page 3-37.
Table 3.95: Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Circuit Breaker Enclosure
Cat. No. Prefix Rating Poles Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
NEMA 1 Flush NEMA 1 Surface NEMA 3Ra
LAL, LHL, Q4L, 125400 A 2, 3 LA400F 356.00 LA400S 356.00 LA400R 1655.00
KAL, KHL
FA100X NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless NEMA 12/3R, 12K (HubsSee page 3-9)
Steel (HubsSee page 3-9) With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) Without Knockoutsd (NEMA 12/3R, 5)
KAL, KILe, KCL, KHL 110250 A 2, 3 IK250DS 5238.00 IK250AWK 878.00
NEMA 7c Cast Aluminum NEMA 9f Cast Aluminum
1560 A 1, 2, 3 FA060Xh 1620.00 FA060Yb 1227.00
FALg
15100 A 1, 2, 3 FA100Xh 2006.00 FA100Yb 1389.00
KALg 70225 A 2, 3 KA225Xibh 4083.00 KA225Ybi 2834.00
a Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls
and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see Digest Section 3.
b Not CSA Certified.
c NEMA 7Indoor Hazardous LocationsDivision 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III.
d Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
e Short circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum.
f NEMA 9Indoor Hazardous LocationsDivision 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III
g Use 75oC Copper conductors only.
h Suitable for rainproof applicationsincludes PKDB1 breather and drain kit.
FA100Y i Not UL Listed due to wire bending space requirements.
Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.
Motor-operated enclosed circuit breakers are utilized whenever it is desired to control the operation of an individually
mounted circuit breaker from a remote location. Enclosed motor operated circuit breakers are available in either NEMA
1 or 3R construction. 120 Vac control circuit required for operation of motor operator. Sufficient space is included for
field-installation of a terminal block for convenient end-user control circuit wiring. Not UL Listed.
Enclosed motor-operated circuit breaker with neutral
Specify circuit breaker catalog number (ex: FAL36060)
Specify side mounted operator only.
Specify enclosure type (ex: NEMA 1, 3R, 12)
Specify if neutrals are required (Same price)
3
Table 3.96: Enclosed Motor-Operated Circuit Breakers

$ Price a
Circuit Breaker Type
NEMA 1 NEMA 3R
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
FAL240 V 2915.00 3149.00

FAL480 V 3131.00 3369.00
FAL600 V 3308.00 3525.00
BREAKERS
FHL600 V 3725.00 3950.00

KAL600 V 7050.00 7277.00
KHL600 V 10152.00 10377.00
LAL600 V 11187.00 11477.00
LHL600 V 14147.00 14429.00
MAL600 A600 V 14093.00 14375.00
MAL800 A600 V 16467.00 16766.00
MAL1000 A600 V 18641.00 19065.00
MHL600 A600 V 15948.00 16248.00
MHL800 A600 V 18360.00 18639.00
MHL1000 A600 V 20507.00 20811.00
a Price includes 3P circuit breaker, motor operator, and neutral assembly factory assembled in specified enclosure.

Enclosures Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions
Class 610
Enclosed Molded Case Switches

Enclosed molded case switches are UL Listed devices supplied with factory-installed automatic molded case switch.
Use the Cat. No. listed below and add the enclosure style suffix. An insulated groundable neutral, if required, must be
ordered separately from page 7-58. Enclosed molded case switches are manufactured on order only.
Table 3.97: Enclosed Molded Case Switches
$ Price
600 Vac
Ampere Cat. No.
System Short Circuit NEMA 1 NEMA 3Ra NEMA 4,4X,5 NEMA 12
Rating Add Suffix Withstand Ratings
(F) or (S) (RB) or (R) (DS) (AWK)
FH100 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.
2P 100 FHE26000( ) 18 kA 963.00 1277.00 2273.00 1083.00
3P 100 FHE36000( ) 18 kA 1187.00 1499.00 2432.00 1310.00
KH225 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.
2P 225 KHE26000( ) 25 kA 2064.00 2556.00 4770.00 2339.00
3P 225 KHE36000( ) 25 kA 2523.00 3015.00 5228.00 2799.00
LH400 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.
2P 400 LHE26000( ) 25 kA 3915.00 5174.00 9264.00 4497.00
3P 400 LHE36000( ) 25 kA 4653.00 5982.00 9999.00 5232.00
MH600 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.
2P 600 MHE260006( ) 25 kA 5919.00 7496.00 15462.00 6990.00
3P 600 MHE360006( ) 25 kA 7161.00 8739.00 16706.00 8235.00
2P 800 MHE260008( ) 25 kA 6572.00 8150.00 16118.00 7212.00
3P 800 MHE360008( ) 25 kA 7814.00 9393.00 17361.00 8891.00
2P 1000 MHE26000( ) 25 kA 7814.00 9393.00 17361.00 8891.00
3P 1000 MHE36000( ) 25 kA 9866.00 11442.00 19412.00 10940.00
NC1200 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.
2P 1200 NCE2600012( ) 65 kA 12123.00
3P 1200 NCE3600012( ) 65 kA 13601.00
a FHE and KHE devices accept bolt-on hubs and have a suffix RB. LHE, MHE and NCE devices have blank endwalls and have a suffix R. For details and
hub catalog numbers see page 3-9.
Dimensions: Refer to enclosed circuit breaker dimensions by NEMA type on page 7-58.
Table 3.98: Enclosure Dimensions

Approximate Dimension
Cat. No. H W D
Series
in. mm in. mm in. mm
FA060Xb E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178
FA060Yb E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178
FA100Xb E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

FA100Yb E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178
IK250AWK E2 42.25 1073 13.88 353 7.50 191
IK250DS E2 42.25 1073 13.88 353 7.50 191
BREAKERS
KA225Xb C2 22.63 575 10.88 276 7.75 197
KA225Yb A2 21.88 556 11.00 279 7.50 191
LA400F E2 45.63 1159 16.50 419 6.50 165
LA400R E2 44.00 1118 15.38 391 7.88 200
LA400S E2 44.50 1130 15.38 391 6.50 165
b Tapped conduit opening, top and bottom endwall: FA060X/Y3 4",
FA100X/Y1-1 4", KA225X/Y2-1 2".
H
H
H
3
W D
W
W D
WB enclosure
uses 2 circuit breakers
NEMA Type 7, Type 9
NEMA Type 1 FA, KA
Q2, FA, J, KA...SWB,
LA, MA, MG, PG
H H
W D
WB enclosure uses 2 circuit breakers
NEMA Type 3R W D
Q2, FA, LA, MA, J, MG, PG
KA...RWB (uses side hinge cover) NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K
IK, FA, J, LA, LX, MA, MG, PG

All Rights Reserved
DE1 Schedule
Enclosures Accessories
Class 610
Lock-On Provisions Special Paint
UL Listed circuit breaker enclosures are available painted with special
safety colors. Special colors available are safety red, safety orange,
safety yellow, safety green, safety blue, safety purple, black and white.
All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI
Specification Z535.1 for marking physical hazards.
A minimum quantity of ten is required. Order by description. Not
Lock-on Provision available for NEMA Type 7/9 or stainless steel enclosures.
Shipment: 6 weeks
Table 3.101: Price Adder Each Enclosure
Enclosure Prefix
FA $ Price KA, J $ Price LA $ Price MA, M $ Price P $ Price
113.00 180.00 327.00 429.00 513.00
Stainless Steel Front

NEMA Type 1, flush-mount circuit breaker enclosures are available with
Lock-off provisions are standard on all NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel stainless steel fronts. This modification is desirable in food handling
and NEMA Type 12, 12K circuit breaker enclosures. Provision for one inch areas such as cafeterias and restaurants. Not UL Listed. Minimum
hasp padlock is available factory installed. This modification will allow the quantity of 10 per catalog number is required.
circuit breaker to be locked in the ON position. When locked in the ON
position, the external operator will not indicate if circuit breaker is tripped. Table 3.102: Price Each Enclosure
UL Listed.
Cat. No. $ Price
Table 3.99: Price Adder Each Enclosure
FA100FSS 1659.00
Enclosure Prefix Suffix for Lock-On Provision $ Price KA225FSS 1697.00
FA, KA, J 155.00 LA400FSS 2223.00
SPLO
LA, MA, M, P 234.00 MA1000FSS 2475.00
Pilot LightSelector SwitchPush Button Enclosed Ground-Fault Modules (GFM)

Pilot lights, push buttons or selector switches are available factory Ground-fault modules (GFM) can be factory installed on FAL, FHL,
installed in the cover of NEMA Type 3R, (4-4X-5) stainless steel or 12 FCL, KAL and KHL circuit breakers and enclosed in the next larger size
enclosures. Wiring to contact blocks is not available. Customer must NEMA 1 or 3R enclosure, KA requires G suffix (ground fault shunt trip)
furnish catalog number of device desired. Price = circuit breaker + circuit breaker.
enclosure + neutral + ground + pilot light, push button and/or selector Enclosed circuit breaker with ground-fault module
switch + factory-installed adder. Order by description. Not UL Listed.
Specify circuit breaker catalog number: (ex: KAL36225G)
Table 3.100: Price Adder Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R)
Quantity $ Price Adder
Ground-fault modules are available factory installed. See table below for
pricing and availability.
For Each Device Installed 297.00
Table 3.103: Enclosed Circuit Breaker with Ground Fault Module
Phenolic Legend Plate
3
Circuit Breaker $ Price b

Available engraved and mounted on most circuit breaker enclosures. Prefix NEMA 1 NEMA 3R
Legend engraved in 1 4-inch high white letters on black background. FAL, 600 V, 1560 A 6585.00 7091.00
Customer must provide legend. UL Listed. Not available on NEMA FAL, 600 V, 70100 A 6797.00 7307.00
Type 7 or 9 enclosures.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
KAL, 600 V 8424.00 8918.00

To order, add suffix NP to standard catalog number (i.e. LA400SNP). b Price includes 3P circuit breaker, GFM, neutral assembly and neutral CT factory
assembled in specified enclosure
Price adder per legend plate: $167.00
BREAKERS
Table 3.104: Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly

Circuit Breaker Neutral Assembly For Use With
Terminal Lug DataTotal Available
Ampere NEMA 1 & 3R NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K NEMA 7 & 9 (Line plus Load)
Cat. No. Prefix AWG/kcmil
Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. $ Price
KAL, KHL 225 SN225KA 201.00 (2) 4300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 141/0 Al/Cu
KAL, KHL, KIL, KCL 225 SN225KA 201.00 (2) 4300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 141/0 Al/Cu
KAL, KHL 225 225SNA 198.00 (4) 6300 Cu
KAL, KHL, KIL, KCL 250 SN400LA 251.00 (2) 1600 or (4) 1250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4300 Al/Cu
Requires (2) SN20A (2) @$266.00 ea
KAL...WB 200 (4) 6250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 141/0 Al/Cu
plus (1) SN20NI link plus (1) @$36.80 ea
KAL...WB 225, 250 Requires (1) SN400LAc 251.00 (2) 1600 or (4) 1250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4300 Al/Cu
c For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only.
Equipment Ground Kit

Price adder includes price of ground bar kit.
Table 3.105: Ground Kit Price Adder
Enclosure Number of Field-Installable Factory-Installedd
Conductors Wire Range
Terminals Ground Bar
Enclosure Type Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Per Terminal AWG/kcmil $ Price Suffix $ Price
per Kit Ki t Cat. No.
FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL
NEMA Type 1 and 3R KAL, KHL, KCL, KIL
LAL, LHL 102/0 Cu or
2 1 PKOGTA2f 263.00 GL 191.00
62/0 Al
NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL
KAL, KHL, KCL, KIL
and NEMA Type 12 LAL, LHL, Q4L
M, Pe 2 1 102/0 Cu or 62/0 Al 263.00 263.00
d For factory installation of equipment ground lugs in these or any other enclosures, add suffix GL.
e Use of PKOGTA2 with M, and P enclosure prefix not UL Listed
f Quantity (2) may be required for some wire installation.

Enclosures Key Interlock SystemsFactory Installed Only
Class 736, 1130
Key Interlock Systems

(Factory installed only)
Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator from making an unauthorized
operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9.)
The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock
units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined
sequence. UL Listed.
Table 3.106: Locking Position Designations

Locking Quoting:
Designation
Position Contact local Field Sales office for catalog number, availability and pricing prior to quoting a
job.
Device locked open with key removed. Ordering:
L-O-R Order cannot be released for production until the following information has been provided.
End UserCompany name, address
Function of each lock (e.g., circuit breaker to be locked open with key removed, key held when
Device locked closed with key removed.
circuit breaker is closed)
Existing Equipmentif circuit breaker is to be interlocked with equipment already on site, provide
L-C-R brand of existing lock and key number
Other New Equipmentif circuit breaker is to be interlocked with new equipment not yet installed at
the site, then provide contact person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated
Device locked open or closed with key removed. Additional information may be required upon order entry
L-O-C-R Federal Pioneer locks supplied unless otherwise specified
Table 3.107: Price Adder Per Lock, Each Complete Enclosed Devicea
Device $ Price
Device locked open with key held.
Enclosed industrial circuit breaker 2055.00
L-O-H a Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these schemes
normally require more than one key assembly per device.
Device locked closed with key held.

L-C-H
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

Device locked open or closed with key held.
BREAKERS
L-O-C-H
Multi-lock interlock.
(More than one key per lock.)
NOTE: 1. Device locked open (circuit
3
breaker in OFF position).
2. Device locked closed (circuit
breaker in ON position).

All Rights Reserved
DE1 Schedule
Enclosures Special Applications
Class 610
Sample Application3
Diagram Symbols To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.
. . . . . . . . Device normally open Permits reclosing of circuit breaker for servicing when switch is locked
. . . . . . . . Device normally closed open.
. . . . . . . . Direction of key transfer
A-1 A-2 A-3 . . . . . . . . Key interchange number A
. . . . . . . . Key B
Sample Application1
To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously. A-1 A1
L-O-C-R L-O-R
A B
Figure 3
Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in
A-1 A-1 circuit breaker interlock.
A 1 1. Open circuit breaker.
L-O-R L-O-R
2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is
now free.
Figure 1 3. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.
4. Open switch A.
Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are not closed at
the same time. With the interlocks arranged as shown only one key is 5. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open. Key A-1 is now
required in the interlocking system. Both devices are shown open, free.
therefore, the key is free. To close any one device the key is inserted 6. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for operation during
and turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock until the servicing period.
device is again locked open. This simple interlocking sequence lends Reverse sequence to restore service.
itself to a multitude of applications. The procedure is the same for two
devices, neither of which is to be opened at the same time. Sample Application4 (Main-Tie-Main)
Sample Application2 To prevent paralleling of lines A and B.Two loads, fed from either
source.
To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.
A A B
A-1
B
L-O-R
3
A-1 A1 A B
A1 A1
L-C-R L-O-R C
L-O-R L-O-R
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT
M N
Figure 2
Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in Figure 4
BREAKERS
circuit breaker B interlock.

1. Open circuit breaker. Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit breaker B is closed
to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C is open. Keys A-1 are held in
2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is interlocks on both circuit breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot
now free. be closed unless either A or B is locked open.
3. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.
To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:
4. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to restore service.
1. Open circuit breaker B.
2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is
now free.
3. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and turn to unlock.
Key A-1 is now held.
4. Close tie-circuit breaker C.
Reverse sequence to restore service.
Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar manner.

All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 4
04 Panelboards
Factory Assembled Panelboard Special Features

General Instructions 4-2
Pricing Instructions 4-2
Metric Conversion 4-2
Metering 4-3
Current Transformers 4-3
Customer Equipment Space 4-3
Keyed Interlocks 4-4
Motor Operators 4-4
Increased Enclosure Depth 4-5
Increased Side Gutters 4-5
Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters 4-5
Ground Lugs 4-5
NQ Panelboard with
Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Drip Hoods 4-6
Special Finishes 4-6
(non-standard paint color, painted enclosures, etc.)
Free Standing Enclosures 4-6
Special Trims (hinged, stainless steel, etc.) 4-6
Padlock Hasp 4-7
Special Locks 4-7
Multi-section Panels 4-7
(equal-height enclosures, common trims, etc.)
Panel Skirts 4-8
Wireway 4-8
Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures 4-9
Space Heater 4-9
Special Enclosures 4-10
(Type 1, 3R-12, 4, 4X, etc.)
MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch Wireway and Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise
Mono-Flat Trim with 12-inch Wireway Cover
Copper Equipment Ground Bars 4-11
Field Installable I-Line Door Kits 4-11
Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts 4-11
Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards

Trim Clamps and Screws 4-12
Locks and Keys 4-13
Datasheet for the Retrofit of an Existing Enclosure 4-14

PANELBOARDS
4

All Rights Reserved
Panelboards General Information
General Instructions
The special feature options covered in this Panelboard estimating procedure are applicable to factory-assembled
panelboards only. Do not apply this pricing to ready-to-assemble panelboards.
Special features are listed in three major categories:
Mains
Branches
Cabinets
Pricing Instructions
All special feature entry prices are list prices.
Price the panelboard in the standard manner, then add for any special features required to obtain the total price.
Certain features already appear in the Q2C or EQM panelboard quotation system. For those features not listed in the
quotation system, enter the information as it appears in this publication with the appropriate price in the Other Special
Features screen in Q2C or EQM. Follow the example below:
Quantity Description $ Price
1 Corbin Locks 704.00
Metric Conversion
Inches (in.) x 25.4 = millimeters (mm).
If you have any questions, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
4
PANELBOARDS
4-2 PE1 Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Special Features Mains
MeteringType 1 Enclosures Only (1200 A Maximum)

Refer to SW-2A publication, Low Voltage Switchboards and Panelboards with PowerLogic
Power Monitoring and Control Supplementary Pricing, for additional selection and pricing
information. Include current transformers or potential transformers as required. Enclosures
and Interiors are shipped fully assembled.
NQ, NF and Powerlink require a 7-inch left side gutter extension and a 6-inch main end
extension for PowerLogic Power Meter applications. Refer to SW-2A for prices and
dimensional information.
7-inch side gutter extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $960.00
6-inch main end extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428.00
NOTE: I-Line and QMB require a 14-inch side gutter extention for PowerLogic
Circuit Monitor and Power Meter applications. Refer to SW-2A for side gutter
prices.
Current Transformers In Mains (ac only and line side only)a

Prices listed are based on transformers having a 5 A secondary and mounted under a
separate cover. Apply appropriate charge from the table below
Table 4.1: Current Transformers
Primary Amperes $ Price Per Additional Enclosure

(5 ASecondary) C/T Height Required b
1001200 1804.00 6 inches
Customer Equipment Spacea

NOTE: End user must specify end use equipment to be installed.
Available with NQ, and NF lighting panelboards only. Must be opposite the mains end, both
main breaker and main lug, to prevent interference with incoming cables. Customer
equipment space is not available with thru-feed lugs or sub-feed breakers.
18-inch space only with separate door, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992.00
A barrier exists between the equipment space and the panelboard compartment; a separate
door is provided as standard (requires 18-inch additional enclosure height).
a Feature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

b For NQ, and NF panelboards.
PANELBOARDS
NQ Panelboard
with Customer Equipment Space
Feature Added
4

All Rights Reserved
PE1 Schedule
Special Features Branches
Keyed Interlocks
NOTE: Not available for use in NQ, NF or I-Line HCN panelboards with door, or in
Type 4 or 4X fiberglass enclosures.
Keyed mechanical interlocking of two or more circuits is available on request. Individual locks are furnished for each
circuit. All locks operate by one key, which can be removed only when the circuit is locked in the desired position.
I-Line Circuit BreakersA 3-inch filler adjacent to the circuit is necessary for mounting the interlock; contact your
nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance with power distribution panelboards with doors. Feature not
available on vertically mounted main circuit breaker.
To the standard panelboard pricing, per interlock, add. . . . . . . . . . $1940.00
QMB Fusible SwitchesAvailable on 100 A singles (100 A single QMB requires 9 inches of mounting space) through
800 A switches plus LA circuit breaker adapters. Requires 3 inches of branch mounting space per switch for interlock
installation.
Per interlock, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940.00
Motor OperatorsI-Line Circuit Breakers Only

Motor operators provide remote open, close, and reset control of molded case circuit breakers. Price panelboard from
the latest Digest, and, for each motor operator, add per table below. In I-Line panelboards, motor operators require 4.5
inches of circuit breaker mounting space. This can be provided on I-Line main circuit breaker only when the main is
branch-mounted and back-fed.
Table 4.2: Motor Operators
Circuit Breaker Type Voltage $ Price Each
F-, H-framea 1198.00
J-frame 2975.00
120, 240, 480, 600 Vac
LA, LHb 3908.00
PG, PJ, PLc 4450.00
a 240, 480 and 600 Vac includes motor operator and separate Class 9070, EO-1 control circuit transformer.
b 240, 480 and 600 Vac includes motor operator and separate Class 9070, EO-3 control circuit transformer.
c Option internal to circuit breaker, not mounted adjacent to circuit breaker.
4
PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets
Increased Enclosure Depth

Type 1 Enclosure a
For 8-inch depth (HC26 ), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $640.00
For 12-inch depth (HC32, 42, 4412-inch only), add. . . . . . . . . . . . . 640.00
Type 3R, 5, or 12 Enclosure a

For 8-inch or 12-inch depth, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690.00
NOTE: No other depths are available.
Increased Side Gutters (Type 1 Enclosures Only)

NOTE: Available on MH enclosures (right or left) in
3, 6 and 12-inch added widths,
26-inch wide HC enclosures up to a maximum of 14 additional inches and
32-inch wide HC enclosures up to a maximum of 10 additional inches.
Not available on 42-inch wide HC enclosures.
No barrier will be supplied unless specified.
Includes one-piece trim.
Provide extended side gutters.
Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508.00
Steel Barrier in Enclosure

MH38 Enclosure with Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410.00
6-inch Increased Left-side Gutter
NOTE: The enclosure will be extended on one side only. If extension is required on
both sides, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.
Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters

NOTE: Available for Type 1 enclosures only
Type MH Enclosures
6-inch, 12-inch, 18-inch or 24-inch extension. Includes one-piece trim.a
Type HCN, HCM Enclosures

9-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and enclosure extension cover.a
Type HCP, HCR-U Enclosures

12-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and enclosure extension cover.a
Type QMB Enclosures

MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch
Extended Bottom End Gutter 38-inch W x 11.5-inch D may have a 6-inch maximum increased end gutter. This is the only
and One-Piece Trim QMB enclosure with an increased end gutter option. Available only with a four-piece trim.
PANELBOARDS
For lengths other than those listed above, refer to the Wireway section on page 4-8.
Ground Lugs
Furnish equipment ground bar kits as listed in the Digest. In addition, if an individual ground
lug is required for a larger wire termination, choose from the aluminum lugs listed below.a
#4250 kcmil maximum cable size, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78.00
300 kcmil1000 kcmil maximum cable size, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176.00
4

All Rights Reserved
PE1 Schedule
Drip Hoods a
For each surface-mounted-only panelboard, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $294.00
a Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.
Special Finishes
NOTE: The standard finish of the enclosure fronts is ANSI 49. The enclosures are galvanized steel.
ANSI 49 Enclosure a
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00
ANSI 61 Front or Enclosure a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700.00
Front and Enclosure with Polyester Acrylic Powder Paint Finish

Provides increased salt spray performance in coastal areas and increased resistance to UV fading.
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350.00
Special or Custom Paint for Trim and/or Enclosure

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4400.00
Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) a

Supports extending out front and back, welded to bottom of enclosure
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876.00
Special Trims
Hinged Trim a
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646.00
Hinged Trim with Outer Door Lock a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.00 b
NOTE: Outer door lock, must be priced with hinged trim.

For door-in-door trim, use hinged trim with outer door lock.
4
Stainless Steel Trim Fronts a

NQ 20-inch-wide flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00
NF flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00
I-Line HCNStandard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14800.00
Hinged Trim I-Line HCMStandard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14800.00
I-Line HCPStandard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15400.00
PANELBOARDS

b $846.00 price includes a hinged trim with an integrated outer door lock.

Padlock Hasp
For hasp, staple and standard lock (padlock not included)
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $600.00
NC38S with
Padlock Hasp
Special Locks
On trim with a 3-point latch, special locks will be installed as a secondary latch. Special
locks include Corbin 60, Corbin 15767, GE 75, Yale 511S and Best 5L7RL2-626. For all
other locks, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.
Standard key change, Corbin 60, Corbin 15767 or GE 75, adda . . . 704.00
Standard key change, Yale 511S, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700.00
Standard key change, Best 5L7RL2-626, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500.00
Quarter turn fasteners

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00
NOTE: Special locks for all HC trims and NF panelboards with three-point latches, will
be installed as secondary locks. Special locks are not available on I-Line
42-inch and 44-inch wide panelboards or QMB type panelboards.
NC38S with NOTE: Many key configurations can be accommodated with our standard Square D
Corbin 15767 Lock Yale Lock Installed brand lock. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.
Multi-Section Panels
Equal-Height Enclosuresa
NQ, and NF, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.00
I-Line or QMB, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2198.00
Common Trim in Place of Two Individual Fronts a

Used to cover two equal-height enclosures mounted side-by-side; available on MH non-
hinged trims only.
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2334.00
Sheared on Inside Edges

Allows enclosures to be butted together.
Common Trim Front for Use with Multiple-Section
Add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1644.00
Panelboards Mounted Side-By-Side
PANELBOARDS
4

All Rights Reserved
PE1 Schedule
Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a

Panel skirts are intended for cosmetic purposes only; they are meant to hide cables which are enclosed in conduit.
Do not use a panel skirt as a wireway; see the Wireway section below.
NOTE: Panel skirts are for Type 1 surface-mounted applications with standard depth and width,
Square D brand enclosures only.
Table 4.3: Panel Skirts

$ Price
Skirt Length
NQ, NF I-Line, QMB
460 inches 912.00 1298.00
6192 inches 1142.00 1908.00
Panel skirt framework

to be bolted to the wall. Panel skirt bolted Panel skirt
in place below completely
an MH26 enclosure. installed.
Wireway a
Allows for terminating conduit in the wireway endwall. Only the cable passes through the wireway into the panelboard
enclosure. Includes trim and wireway cover.
NOTE: Wireway is for Type 1, surface-mounted applications with standard depth
and width, Square D brand enclosures only.
Table 4.4: Wireway

$ Price
Wireway Length
NQ, NF I-Line, QMB
460 inches 1014.00 1482.00
6192 inches 1264.00 2160.00

4
PANELBOARDS
MH38 enclosure with

12-inch wireway and
Mono-Flat trim with
12-inch wireway cover.

Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures

Panelboard interiors and special fronts can be furnished to fit existing enclosures. First, price the complete panel along
with the appropriate price adder from below. Next, photocopy the Retrofit Existing Enclosure data sheet found on
page 4-14, record the required dimensions on the photocopy and forward it with your order to the nearest Schneider
Electric sales office. For interiors requiring vented enclosures, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for
assistance.
NOTE: Existing enclosure depth on flush installations must be measured from inside surface of enclosure to outer
wall or plaster surface.
Special Fronts
Existing enclosure the same depth as or deeper than our standard.
Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1040.00
NOTE: Elevating brackets to be supplied by customer for existing enclosures deeper than our standard.
Existing enclosure shallower than our standard. Requires an enclosure extension (surface applications) or
a formed front (flush applications). A hinged trim front option is not available for these applications.
Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080.00
NOTE: A formed front is available on NQ and NQOD (225 A max.) and, NF (250 A max.). When a flush front is
required for an existing enclosure that is shallower than our standard, be sure to indicate the position of the
enclosure with respect to the wall in which it is mounted. This is required in order to determine whether an
enclosure extension with a flat front should be supplied, or whether a flush formed front is more applicable.
The interior must be centered in the enclosure and, if the enclosure is deeper than our standard, the interior
must be leveled within the enclosure. The existing enclosure for NQ, NQOD and, NF panels cannot be
more than 1.5 inches shorter than the standard enclosure. Special trims that are manufactured to fit an
existing enclosure will be within 0.25 inches of the specification. Refer to the table below for standard
enclosure depths and for the maximum depth for which no special mounting brackets are required.
Table 4.5: Panelboard Enclosure Depths

Maximum Enclosure Depth
Standard
Panelboard Type for which No Special
Enclosure Depth Mounting Brackets Required
NQ or NQOD standard widthmain lugs only 5.75 inches 5.75 inches
NQ or NQOD standard widthmain circuit breaker 5.75 inches 5.75 inches
NF 5.75 inches 5.75 inches
I-LineMaximum F, H or Q-frame branch circuit breaker 6.5 inches 7.25 inches
I-LineMaximum KA or J-frame branch circuit breaker 8.25 inches 9.0 inches
I-LineMaximum NA or R-frame branch circuit breaker 9.25 inches 10.25 inches
Space Heater
NOTE: Enclosure, interior and trim ship fully assembled. 120 V is standard. Top feed applications only.
Unwired (provisions for wiring to external source), add . . . . . . . . . . . . 800.00

Wired (with overcurrent device, thermostat), add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570.00 PANELBOARDS
4

All Rights Reserved
PE1 Schedule
Special Enclosures a
Type 1 Gasketed Enclosure (gasketing between front and enclosure)
20-inch maximum panel width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $494.00
Over 20-inch panel width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716.00
NOTE: For 250 A and below enclosures only.
Stainless Steel Enclosure (Type 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12; UL Listed)

NQ, and NF
For panelboard heights up to 56 inches, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17564.00
For panelboard heights of 5980 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21076.00
I-Line a
HCN and HCM, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36190.00
HCP, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42482.00
I-Line Door-in-Door Enclosure
QMB b
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47978.00
a Not available for HCR-U interiors.

b Not available for QMB interiors over 800 A.
Fiberglass Enclosures (Type 4X, Non-Vented; UL Listed)

NQ a, and NF b
28-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6780.00
33-inch, 40-inch and 50-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11482.00
I-Line and QMB

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Available
a Not available for NQ interiors over 225 A.

b Not available for NF interiors over 250 A.
Access to Circuit Breaker Handles
Type 12 Door-In-Door Enclosures

Table 4.6: Available Enclosures
Enclosure Size
$ Price
Interior Type Adder
Height Width Depth
NQ 50 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00
NF a 56 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00

4
I-Line (HCN) 92 inches 26 inches 9.5 inches 7278.00
I-Line (HCM) 91 inches 32 inches 11.5 inches 7854.00
I-Line (HCP) 68 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00
I-Line (HCP) 86 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00
a Not available for NF interiors over 250 A.

PANELBOARDS
Access to Wiring Gutters

Ready-to-Install (RTI) Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories
Merchandise Class 1630, 1640, 1660, 2110, 2120
Copper Equipment Ground Bars Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts

Copper equivalents of our aluminum PKGTA equipment Features
ground bars are available. These copper ground bars
accept #144 Cu only. Meets door-in-door specifications
Provides continuous piano hinge
Permits one-person maintenance
Table 4.7: Copper Ground Bars for NQOD and NF

Panelboards (see the Digest, Section 9
for NQ copper ground bar kits) Table 4.9: Hinged Trim
I-Line Fronts NQ and NF Fronts
Maximum Number Maximum Catalog No. $ Price
of Circuits Ampere Rating
Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. ab $ Price
12 225 8010302651 35.00
HC2652T( )HR 720.00 NC26( )HR 620.00
20 225 8010302652 41.00
HC2665T( )HR 926.00 NC32( )HR 657.00
25 225 8010302653 57.00
HC2674T( )HR 1254.00 NC38( )HR 687.00
25 400/600 PK27GTACU 75.00
HC2683T( )HR 1557.00 NC44( )HR 830.00
Catalog No.
NC44SHR HC2692T( )HR 1751.00 NC50( )HR 912.00
HC3248T( )HR 846.00 NC56( )HR 983.00
HC3264T( )HR 1109.00 NC62( )HR 1109.00
HC3273T( )HR 1514.00 NC68( )HR 1185.00
HC3291T( )HR 2129.00 NC74( )HR 1215.00
Field Installable I-Line Door Kits HC4250T( )HR 1298.00 NC80( )HR 1245.00
HC4259T( )HR 1448.00 NC86( )HR 1430.00

Table 4.8: I-Line Door Kits
HC4268T( )HR 1841.00 NC50V( )HR 912.00
Panel Type Catalog No. a $ Price HC4286T( )HR 2351.00 NC56V( )HR 983.00
HCN52D( ) 77.00 HC4486T( )HR 2351.00 NC62V( )HR 1109.00
HCN65D( ) 90.00 NC68V( )HR 1185.00
HCN HCN74D( ) 122.00 NC74V( )HR 1215.00
HCN83D( ) 137.00 NC80V( )HR 1245.00
HCN92D( ) 155.00 NC86V( )HR 1430.00
HCM48D ( ) 227.00 a Add S for surface or F for flush in place of the parentheses.
b For welded metal directory, add WMD sufix to the end of the catalog
HCM64D ( ) 254.00 number and add $75.00 to the price.
HCM
HCM73D ( ) 333.00
HCM91D ( ) 390.00
HCW50D 323.00
HCW59D 351.00
HCP
HCW68D 422.00
HCW86D 467.00
HCRU HCW86D 467.00
a Add S for surface or F for flush in place of the parentheses.
PANELBOARDS
4

All Rights Reserved
PE1A Schedule
Replacement Parts for Trim Clamps and Screws
Standard Panelboards Class 1600
Table 4.10: Trim Clamps and Screws

Application Catalog No. $ Price
NQO and NQOB Panelboards: PK1TC 24.80

All fronts
I-Line Panelboards: PK2TC 24.80

HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts
NQOD Panelboards:
Series E1 a 400 A and 600 A fronts
NEHB Panelboards: LP9501 65.00

Series E1 a 600 A fronts
I-Line Panelboards:
All Series E1 a fronts
NQOD Panelboards:
All Series E1 a vented fronts and hinged fronts manufactured after July 1994.
NF Panelboards:
Catalog No. All vented fronts and hinged fronts.
PK1TC LP9502
NEHB Panelboards: (includes 8 trim screws 81.00
All Series E1 a hinged fronts manufactured after and captive hardware)
July 1994.
I-Line and QMB Panelboards:

I-Line front with door manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997; and
I-Line hinged fronts and QMB front with door manufactured after July 1994.
NQ and NQOD Panelboards:

Screws for all fronts through 225 A.
NF Panelboards:
Screws for all fronts through 250 A. 4020513001K 3.80
(package of 10)
I-Line Panelboards:
4-piece trim and trim with door manufactured after July 1997.
QMB Panelboards:
Screws for 4-piece covers.
I-Line Panelboards: 8002506701 0.80

4-piece trim manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997.
a Panelboards that meet 1984 NEC Wire Bending Space are Series E1.
Catalog No.
PK2TC
Table 4.11: Lock Attachments

Description Catalog No. $ Price
Catalog No.
Handle lockoff/padlock attachment (for branch circuit breakers) HPAFD 25.50
LP9501
4
PANELBOARDS
4-12 PE1A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Replacement Parts for Locks and Keys
Standard Panelboards Class 1600
Locks a
Table 4.12: LocksType 1 Enclosures
NQ, NQOD, NQO, and NQOB Panelboards
All fronts on enclosures up to and including 50-inch high and 53-inch PK4FL (Before 01/06/97)
90.00
through 68-inch high vented trims PK22FL (After 01/06/97 NQ or NQOD only)
I-Line Panelboards
HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures up to 54 inches high
HCN: Series E1a front on enclosures up to 74 inches high PK4FL
HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on 38-inch high enclosures 90.00
PK4FL (Before 11/14/97)
HCN: Series E1a front on 48-inch high enclosures
PK22FL (After 11/14/97)
I-Line Panelboards (4-piece trim with door kit)
HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures up to 74 inches high PK4FL
PK4FL (Before 02/22/02) 90.00
HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures up to 91 inches high b
PK22FL (After 02/22/02)
NQ and NF Panelboards
Catalog No. PK4FL Catalog No. PK5FL
All frontsc d with the exception of those for use on panels PK22FL 90.00
using LC or LI main circuit breakers
NQOD, NQO, and NQOB Panelboards
All fronts on enclosures 56 inches high or higher, excluding 53-inch PK5FL (Before 11/01/99) 165.00
through 68-inch high vented fronts PK22FL (After 11/01/99) 90.00
I-Line Panelboards
HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 63 inches high or higher PK5FL 165.00
PK5FL (Before 04/05/02) 165.00
HCN: Series E1afronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher
PK22FL (After 04/05/02) 90.00
HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 47 inches high or higher PK5FL 165.00
PK5FL (Before 04/05/02) 165.00
HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 64 inches high or higher
PK22FL (After 04/05/02) 90.00
PK5FL (Before 02/23/02) 165.00
HCW, HCWM, HCWM-U, HCR-U: Series E1a
PK22FL (After 02/23/02) 90.00
I-Line Panelboards (4-piece trim with door kit)
HCN: Series E1e fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher PK5FL (Before 02/23/02) 165.00
Catalog No. PK4NVL Catalog No. 30007 11851 HCW, HCWM, HCWM-U, HCR-U: Series E1a PK22FL (After 02/23/02) 90.00
HCP-SU PK22FL 90.00
NQ and NF Panelboards
Fronts on enclosures 68 inches high or higher for panels using LC or LI PK5FL 165.00
main circuit breakers
b Fronts on enclosures 73 inches or higher require two locks.
c Fronts 56 inches or higher on 250 A maximum interior require two locks.
d Front 74 inches or higher on 600 A maximum interior require two locks.
e One NSR-251 key is included with each lock.
Table 4.13: LocksType 3R/12 Enclosures

NQOD, NQO, NQOB, NF all enclosures Series E1 PK4NVL 167.00
8011604350 (one handle) 90.00
NQ, NQOD, NF Series E2
8011604351 (two handles) 159.00
I-Line and QMB Series E1 a PK4NVL 167.00
I-Line and QMB Series E2 8012106350 75.00
I-LineHandle for padlocking Series 1 and 2 3000711851 Order from the Raleigh, NC plant.
Keys PANELBOARDS
Catalog No.
LP9618
Table 4.14: Replacement Keys

4
For use on all locks LP9618 28.80

All Rights Reserved
PE1A Schedule
Replacement Parts for Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet
Standard Panelboards
Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures
Distributor:
Job Name:
Contractor:
Panel Marking:
The following dimensions are necessary for quotation and production of a panel to fit an
Front View existing enclosure. Provide dimensions in inches only.
Existing Flush-Mounted Enclosures

Height dimension A:
Width dimension B:
Depth dimension C:
Flange width dimension D:
If enclosure is not flush with Plaster Line, dimension E:
A
Existing Surface-Mounted Enclosures
Height dimension A:
Width dimension B:
Depth dimension C:
Flange dimension may be either dimension D or F
(select one)
Dimension D:
B
Dimension F:
Plaster Line
NOTE: Trims are furnished so that the interior must be centered within the enclosure.
D E
If the enclosure is deeper than the standard panelboard enclosure for the
C required type of panelboard, customer-supplied mounting brackets may be
necessary to bring the interior out to the front of the enclosure.
Top View
If interior requires a vented enclosure, contact your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office for assistance.
F
Top View
This data sheet is also available on-line.

1. Go to http://intranet.us.schneider-electric.com
2. Click on U.S. Business, then select Sales & Marketing Home from the pulldown menu
3. On the Sales & Marketing page, select Support and Resources
4. On the Support and Resources page, select Mentor from the Tools options
5. On the Mentor page, select Mentor Order Quality from the Mentor Application options
6. When the Mentor order page appears, type in a project name in the Project Name: field, an
4
8-character number in the Q2C # field and your name in the Prepared by: field. Click on the box
next to Panelboards, and then click on the Next---> button at the top of the page.
7. On the Panelboards Mentor page, click on the box next to Trims to Fit, and then click on the
Next---> button at the top of the page.
8. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option.
9. When the Mentor document opens, click on the Trims to Fit Data Sheet link at the bottom of the
PANELBOARDS
page.
10. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option to display the data sheet, or
click the Save option to save the data sheet to your hard drive.

All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 5
05 Switchboards
Power-Style Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboards
SWITCHBOARDS
Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits 5-2
Tenant Main Disconnects 5-3
Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads 5-4
5
Power-Style Commercial Multi-Metering
Switchboard Lineup

All Rights Reserved
Power-Style Commercial Replacement Parts
Multi-Metering Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601
Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits

5
Meter socket kits include meter socket (ringless type or ring typesee tables below) and instruction bulletin. The
connection cables from the line bus to the meter socket and from the meter socket to the tenant main disconnect are
not included. These should be provided by the contractor.
SWITCHBOARDS
Table 5.1: EUSERC Meter Socket with Test Block Kit (Ring Type; Class 2756)
Catalog No.
Voltage System Poles Description $ Price
Single-Phase 3-Phase
AB CM522ABE
AC Old design: plug on to line side bus CM522ACE
120/240 V, 208Y/120 V, or 240/120 V Delta 1087.00
BC CM522BCE
AC New design: lugs on line side CMLL522E
Old design: plug on to line side bus CM732E
208Y/120 V, 240/120 V Delta, or 480Y/277 V ABC 1349.00
New design: lugs on line side CMLL732E
Table 5.2: Lever Bypass Meter Socket (Ringless Type; Class 2755)
Catalog No.
Voltage System Poles Description $ Price
Single-Phase 3-Phase
Old design: plug on to line side bus CM732
480Y/277 V ABC 1349.00
New design: lugs on line side CMLL732
Table 5.3: Cover and Hardware Kits

Description Tenant Main Structure Catalog No. $ Price
CMM Circuit Breaker Cover Kit a
Allows PowerPact H, J, and Q circuit 3-Socket CM3BKRCVR 137.00

breakers to be installed in legacy
design CMM structures. 6-Socket CM6BKRCVR 173.00
CMM Meter Cover Kit for EUSERC Applications
3-Socket CM7CR20ER 373.00

Includes meter cover, test block cover,
and hardware. CM3BKRCVR
6-Socket CM7CR32ER 536.00
CMM Meter Cover Kit for Lever Bypass Applications
Meter socket cover CM7CR20Rb 419.00

Blank cover CM20BLK b 353.00
CMM Universal Hardware Kit
Required to add any tenant main disconnect. CMUHWKIT 58.00
a A new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q, H, or J circuit breaker to a legacy
design tenant metering structure. The new cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock
attachment for these circuit breakers.
b Order point: PDS. CM6BKRCVR
For additional information or for custom applications, please contact your local Schneider Electric
representative. Or, visit us on the web at www.schneider-electric.us.

Power-Style Commercial Replacement Parts
Multi-Metering Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601
Tenant Main Disconnects
Table 5.4: Circuit Breakers

(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)
SCCR
SWITCHBOARDS
Ampacity Catalog No. $ Price Load Lug Information
240 V 480 V
100 A F-frame Circuit Breaker
60 A FAL34060 521.00
25 kA 18 kA
70100 A FAL34xxx a 616.00
#12 - 1/0 AWG Al or Cu
60 A FHL36060 905.00
65 kA 25 kA
70100 A FHL36xxx a 1027.00
Padlock Attachment HPAFK 16.10
PowerPact Q-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) b c
110200 A QDL32xxx d 25 kA N/A 1189.00
110200 A QGL32xxx d 65 kA N/A 1628.00 #4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu
110200 A QJL32xxx d 100 kA N/A 1864.00
Padlock Attachment QBPAF 51.50
PowerPact H-frame 150 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
5
60 A HDL36060 725.00 #4 - 3/0 kcmil Al or Cu
70100 A 25 kA 18 kA 885.00
HDL36xxx e
110150 A 1733.00
60 A HGL36060 995.00
70100 A 65 kA 35 kA 1134.00
HGL36xxx e
110150 A 2399.00
60 A HJL36060 1299.00
70100 A 100 kA 65 kA 1399.00
HJL36xxx e
110150 A 3449.00
60 A HLL36060 1899.00
70100 A 100 kA 100 kA 2099.00
HLL36xxx e
110150 A 4499.00
Padlock Attachment S37422 51.00
PowerPact J-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)
175200 A JDL36xxx f 25 kA 18 kA 1820.00
175200 A JGL36xxx f 65 kA 35 kA 2519.00
#4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu
175200 A JJL36xxx f 100 kA 65 kA 3621.00
175200 A JLL36xxx f 100 kA 100 kA 4724.00
Padlock Attachment S37422 51.00
a To complete the catalog number for these PowerPact F-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, or 100).
b A shunt trip is not available on PowerPact Qframe circuit breakers.
c A new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q-, H-, or J-frame circuit breaker to an olddesign tenant metering structure. This new
cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock attachment for these circuit breakers. See page 2 for ordering information.
d To complete the catalog number for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (110, 125, 150, 175, or 200).
e To complete the catalog number for PowerPact H-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, or 150).
f To complete the catalog number for PowerPact J-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (175 or 200).

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Power-Style CMM Replacement Parts
Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601
Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads

5
Table 5.5: Class T Fusible Pullouts (Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT Required)
(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)
SCCR
Ampacity Catalog No. $ Price b Wire Size Al or Cu
SWITCHBOARDS
240 V a 480 V
100 A FTL3100 100 kA N/A 1000.00 #14 - 1/0 AWG
200 A FTL3200 100 kA N/A 1045.00 #4 - 250 kcmil
60 A FTL43060 N/A 100 kA 839.00 #14 - #2
100 A FTL43100 N/A 100 kA 840.00 #14 - 1/0 AWG
200 A FTL43200 N/A 100 kA 1877.00 1/0 AWG - 300 kcmil
a 240 V fusible pullouts cannot be used on a Lever Bypass CMM. Only 480 V pullouts can be used.
b Discount schedules: FTL3100 and FTL3200 = DE5; FTL43060, FTL43100, and FTL43200 = PE1A.
Table 5.6: CMM Pullout Heads

Mains Pullout Head
(No Base) $ Price c
Voltage System Rating (A) Poles Catalog No.
13W 120/240 V 100 3 4050707050 d 196.00
34W 240/120 V Delta
34W 208Y/120 V 200 3 4050705950 d 288.00
60 3
34W 480Y/277 V 100 3
200 3
c Discount schedule: DE5.
d Order point: Lexington, KY.
5-4 DE5 PE1A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Table of Contents
Section 6
06 Transformers
Dry Type, 600 Volts and Below

Three-Phase, General Purpose Transformers 6-2
Three-Phase, Copper Wound Transformers 6-2
Single-Phase, General Purpose Transformers 6-3
Watchdog Low Temperature Rise Transformers 6-3
K-Rated Transformers 6-4
Open Core and Coil 6-5
Industrial Control
Dry Type, General Purpose Type EO Transformers 6-6

see pages 6-2 and 6-3 Type T and MultiTap Transformers 6-7
Type TF Transformers 6-7
Instrument, 600 Volt Class
Voltage and Current Transformers 6-8
TRANSFORMERS
Torroidal Current Transformers 6-9
Shorting Terminal Blocks 6-10
Multi-Ratio Current Transformers 6-11
Rectangular Window Current Transformers 6-11
Split Core Current Transformers 6-11
Bushing Current Transformers 6-12
Auxiliary Current Transformers 6-12
Watchdog Low Termpeature Rise
see page 6-3
6
Type EO
see page 6-6
460R Voltage Transformer

see page 6-8
260R Rectangular Window

Current Transformer
see page 6-11
66R Current Transformer

see page 6-8
270R Split-Core
Current Transformer
see page 6-11

All Rights Reserved
Dry Type 600 Volts and Three-Phase
Below Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT0601, 7400CT9601
Three-Phase General Purpose C

Catalog Weight a Enclosure
General purpose standard transformers are intended for kVA Number Full Capacity Taps Temp. (lbs) ab
power, heating, and lighting applications. Rise
208 V Delta Primary, 480Y/277 V Secondary, 60 Hz
NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no CULUS Listed
longer be ordered. The information in this 15 15T64H 25%FCBN c 150 200 17D
table is for reference only. 30 30T64H 25%FCBN c 150 250 17D
45 45T64H 25%FCBN c 150 340 18D
Table 6.1: Three-Phase General Purpose 75 75T64H 25%FCBN c 150 500 19D
112.5 112T64H 25%FCBN c 150 750 21D
Transformer Selection 150 150T64H 25%FCBN c 150 800 22D
C 225 225T64H 25%FCBN c 150 1025 24D
Catalog Weight a Enclosure
kVA Full Capacity Taps Temp. 300 300T64H 25%FCBN c 150 1450 25D
Number (lbs) ab
Rise
500 500T64H 25%FCBN c 150 2100 30D
480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz 480 V Delta Primary, 480Y/277 V Secondary, 60 Hz
CULUS Listed
CULUS Listed
15 15T3H 62.5%2+4 150 200 17D 15 15T76H 42.5%2+2 150 200 17D
30 30T3H 62.5%2+4 150 250 17D 30 30T76H 42.5%2+2 150 250 17D
45 45T3H 62.5%2+4 150 340 18D 45 45T76H 42.5%2+2 150 340 18D
75 75T3H 62.5%2+4 150 500 19D 75 75T76H 42.5%2+2 150 500 19D
112.5 112T3H 62.5%2+4 150 750 21D 112.5 112T76H 42.5%2+2 150 750 21D
150 150T3H 62.5%2+4 150 800 22D 150 150T76H 42.5%2+2 150 800 22D
225 225T3H 62.5%2+4 150 1025 24D 225 225T76H 42.5%2+2 150 1025 24D
6
300 30T3H 62.5%2+4 150 1450 25D 300 300T76H 42.5%2+2 150 1450 25D
500 500T68H 42.5%2+2 150 2460 30D 500 500T76H 42.5%2+2 150 2100 30D
750 750T68H 42.5%2+2 150 3950 31D a Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales
1000 1000T77H 25%1+1 150 6300 33F office for certified prints.
600 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz b For enclosure styles, see Dimensions Table, page 6.
CULUS Listed c FCBN = full capacity below normal
d These are electrostatically shielded transformers, as indicated by the
TRANSFORMERS
15 15T8H 62.5%2+4 150 200 17D

letters IS at the end of catalog number.
30 30T8H 62.5%2+4 150 250 17D
e Caution: Single Phase load is limited to maximum 5% of rated kVA.
45 45T8H 62.5%2+4 150 340 18D Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for other loading.
75 75T8H 62.5%2+4 150 500 19D
112.5 112T8H 62.5%2+4 150 750 21D NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer.
150 150T8H 62.5%2+4 150 800 22D Taps on transformers 225 kVA and larger may
225 225T8H 62.5%2+4 150 1025 24D
vary in 35% steps to obtain best design.
300 300T8H 62.5%2+4 150 1450 25D
500 500T79H 42.5%FCBN c 150 2100 30D
750 750T79H 42.5%FCBN c 150 3950 31D
1000 1000T79H 42.5%FCBN c 150 6600 33F Three-Phase Copper Wound
208 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz d All Square D brand transformers are available with
CULUS Listed optional copper windings.
15 15T85HIS 35%1+2 150 200 17D
NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no
30 15T85HIS 35%1+2 150 250 17D
45 45T85HIS 35%1+2 150 340 18D longer be ordered. The information in this
75 75T85HIS 35%1+2 150 500 19D table is for reference only.
112.5 112T85HIS 35%1+2 150 815 21D
150 150T85HIS 35%1+2 150 800 22D Table 6.2: Three-Phase Copper Wound
225 225T85HIS 35%1+2 150 1025 24D
Transformer Selection
300 300T85HIS 35%1+2 150 1450 25D
500 500T85HIS 35%1+2 150 2100 30D C
Catalog Weighta Enclosure
kVA Full Capacity Taps Temp.
240 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz Number (lbs) ab
Rise
CULUS Listed
15 15T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 200 17D 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz
CULUS Listed. Copper Windings
30 30T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 250 17D
15 15T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 240 17D
45 45T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 340 18D
30 30T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 300 17D
75 75T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 500 19D
45 45T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 385 18D
112.5 112T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 750 21D
75 75T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 600 19D
150 150T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 800 22D
112.5 112T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 780 21D
225 225T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 1025 24D
150 150T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 1100 22D
300 300T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 1450 25D
225 225T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 1300 24D
500 500T239H 3 - 5% 1+2- 150 2100 30D
300 300T3HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 1800 25D
480 V Delta Primary, 240 V Delta Secondary with 120 V Center Tap, 60 Hz e
UL Listed 500 500T68HCU 42.5%2 + 2 150 2550 30D
750 750T68HCU 42.5%2 + 2 150 4800 31D
15 15T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 200 17D
30 30T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 250 17D 480 V Delta Primary, 240 V Delta Secondary, 60 Hz
45 45T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 340 18D
15 15T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 240 17D
75 75T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 500 19D
30 30T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 300 17D
112.5 112T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 750 21D
45 45T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 385 18D
150 150T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 800 22D
75 75T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 600 19D
225 225T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 1025 24D
112.5 112T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 780 21D
300 300T6HCT 62.5%2+4 150 1450 25D
150 150T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 1100 22D
500 500T6HCT 42.5%2+2 150 2100 30D
225 225T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 1700 4D
750 750T6HCT 42.5%2+2 150 3950 31D
300 300T6HCU 62.5%2 + 4 150 1800 25D
1000 1000T6HCT 25%1+1 150 6000 33F
500 500T63HCU 42.5%2 + 2 150 2550 30D

All Rights Reserved
Dry Type 600 Volts and Single-Phase and Watchdog
Below Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT0601, 7400CT9601
Single-Phase, General Purpose Watchdog Low Temperature Rise

General purpose standard transformers are intended for Designed for low energy losses at loads greater than 50% of
power, heating, lighting, and light-duty control applications. nameplate rating.
NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no Extra long life expectancy using 220 oC insulation system
designed for full load operation at a maximum temperature rise
longer be ordered. The information in this table
of 115 oC or 80 oC instead of 150 oC.
is for reference only. Continuous emergency overload capability of 15% on 115 oC
rise and 30% on 80 oC rise.
Table 6.3: Single-Phase, General Purpose
NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no
longer be ordered. The information in this table
C
kVA Catalog Full Capacity Taps Temp. Weighta Enclosure ab is for reference only.
Number (lbs)
Rise
240 X 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz Table 6.4: Watchdog Low Temperature Rise
CULUS Listed through 167 kVA
15 15S1H 62.5%2+4c 150 200 17D
25 25S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 245 17D Weighta Enclosure ab
kVA Catalog Number Full Capacity Taps
37.5 37S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 325 18D (lbs)
50 50S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 350 18D 115 C Rise Single Phase 240x480 V Primary 120/240 V Secondary 60 Hz
CULUS Listed
75 75S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 450 21D
15 15S3HF 62.5%2 + 4c 230 17D
100 100S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 640 22D
25 25S3HF 62.5%2 + 4c 325 18D
167 167S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 975 24D
37.5 37S3HF 62.5%2 + 4c 350 18D
250 200S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 1220 25D
50 50S3HF 62.5%2 + 4c 450 21D
333 250S3H 62.5%2+4c 150 1535 25D
75 75S3HF 62.5%2 + 4c 650 22D
600 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz
CULUS Listed through 167 kVA 100 100S3HF 62.5%2 + 4c 1050 24D
15 15S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 17D 80 C Rise Single Phase 240x480 V Primary 120/240 V Secondary 60 Hz
CULUS Listed
25 25S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 245 17D
TRANSFORMERS
37.5 37S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 325 18D 15 15S3HB 62.5%2 + 4c 230 17D
25 25S3HB 62.5%2 + 4c 325 18D
50 50S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 350 18D
75 75S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 450 21D 37.5 37S3HB 62.5%2 + 4c 350 18D
100 100S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 640 22D 50 50S3HB 62.5%2 + 4c 450 21D
75 75S3HB 62.5%2 + 4c 675 22D
167 167S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 975 24D
250 250S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 1220 25D 100 100S3HB 62.5%2 + 4c 1100 24D
333 333S5H 62.5%2+4c 150 1535 25D 115 C Rise Three Phase480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz
CULUS Listed
208 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz
CULUS Listed through 167 kVA
15 15T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 250 17D
30 30T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 340 18D
15 15S60H 2-5%FCBNd 150 205 17D
25 25S60H 2-5%FCBNd 150 240 17D 45 45T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 500 19D
37.5 37S60H 2-5%FCBNd 150 325 18D 75 75T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 620 21D
112.5 112T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 800 22D
50 50S60H 2-5%FCBNd 150 350 18D
150 150T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 1025 24D
6
75 75S60H 2-5%FCBNd 150 450 21D
100 100S60H 2-5%FCBNd 150 640 22D 225 225T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 1450 25D
300 300T3HF 62.5%2 + 4 2460 30D
167 167S60H 2-5%FCBNd 150 975 24D
277 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz 500 500T68HF 62.5%2 + 4 3950 31D
CULUS Listed through 167 kVA 115 C Rise Three Phase480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz
15 15S61H 2-5%FCBNd 150 205 17D
15 15T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 250 17D
25 25S61H 2-5%FCBNd 150 240 17D
30 30T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 340 18D
37.5 37S61H 2-5%FCBNd 150 325 18D
45 45T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 500 19D
50 50S61H 2-5%FCBNd 150 350 18D
75 75T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 620 21D
75 75S61H 2-5%FCBNd 150 450 21D
112.5 112T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 800 22D
100 100S61H 2-5%FCBNd 150 640 22D
150 150T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 1025 24D
167 167S61H 2-5%FCBNd 150 975 24D
225 225T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 1450 25D
a Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales
office for certified prints. 300 300T3HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 2460 30D
b For enclosure styles, see Dimensions Table, page 6. 500 500T68HFCU 62.5%2 + 4 3950 31D
c When 240 volt connection is used, there will be 35% taps, 1 above and 80 C Rise Three Phase 480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz
2 below 240 volts. CULUS Listed
d FCBN = full capacity below normal 15 15T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 250 17D
30 30T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 340 18D
NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer. 45 45T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 500 19D
75 75T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 750 21D
112.5 112T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 850 22D
150 150T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 1075 24D
225 225T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 1450 25D
300 300T3HB 62.5%2 + 4 2460 30D
500 500T68HB 62.5%2 + 4 3950 31D
80 C Rise Three Phase480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz
15 15T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 250 17D
30 30T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 340 18D
45 45T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 500 19D
75 75T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 750 21D
112.5 112T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 850 22D
150 150T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 1075 24D
225 225T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 1450 25D
300 300T3HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 2460 30D
500 500T68HBCU 62.5%2 + 4 3950 31D

All Rights Reserved
Dry Type 600 Volts and K-Rated
Below Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7455CT0001
Transformers Designed for High Harmonic LoadsNL and NLP Series
Three phase dry type transformers, 480 Delta208Y/120
Aluminum or Copper windings
Electrostatic shield
Class 220 insulation
NLP Series has maximum sound level 3dB below NEMA Standard
115 oC temperature rise standard ; available with optional 80 oC temperature rise.c
Double size neutral terminal for additional customer neutral cables
Additional coil capacity to compensate for higher non-linear load loss
Heavy gauge ventilated indoor enclosures (weathershields available)
cULus Listed
NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no longer be ordered. The information in this table is for reference only.
Table 6.5: NL and NLP Series Transformers

Weighta Enclosure Weighta Enclosure
kVA Catalog Number Taps kVA Catalog Number Taps
(lbs) ab (lbs) ab
NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service
K-4 RatedAluminum Windings, 115 C Rise K-4 RatedAluminum Windings, 150 C Rise
15 15T3HFISNL 62.5% 2+4 240 17D 15 15T3HISNL 62.5% 2+4 250 17D
6
112.5 112T3HFISNL 62.5% 2+4 800 22D 112.5 112T3HISNL 62.5% 2+4 800 22D
TRANSFORMERS
NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service
K-13 RatedAluminum Windings, 115 C Rise K-13 RatedAluminum Windings, 150 C Rise
15 15T3HFISNLP 62.5% 2+4 245 17D 15 15T3HISNLP 62.5% 2+4 250 17D
112.5 112T3HFISNLP 62.5% 2+4 850 22D 112.5 112T3HISNLP 62.5% 2+4 800 22D
NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service
K-4 RatedCopper Windings, 115 C Rise K-4 RatedCopper Windings, 150 C Rise
30 30T3HFISCUNL 62.5% 2+4 380 18D 30 30T3HISCUNL 62.5% 2+4 380 18D
112.5 112T3HFISCUNL 62.5% 2+4 925 22D 112.5 112T3HISCUNL 62.5% 2+4 925 22D
NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service
K-13 RatedCopper Windings, 115 C Rise K-13 RatedCopper Windings, 150 C Rise
15 15T3HFISCUNLP 62.5% 2+4 310 17D 15 15T3HISCUNLP 62.5% 2+4 310 17D
112.5 112T3HFISCUNLP 62.5% 2+4 1100 22D 112.5 112T3HISCUNLP 62.5% 2+4 1100 22D
a Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.
b For enclosure styles, see Dimensions Table, 6-6.
c To order with optional 80 C temperature rise, replace F in catalog number with B. Example: 15T3HBISNL.
NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer.

All Rights Reserved
General Purpose Dry Type Open Core and Coil
600 Volts and Below Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT9601
Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General

Applications for 600 V and Below
Units are designed with 220 C insulation, aluminum windings, top terminations, compact
design to save space, and are UL component recognized for:
Non-energy efficiency (less than 15 kVA)
Single-phase 510 VA
Three-phase 39 VA
Energy efficiency (meets Table 4-2 of NEMA TP12002)
Single-phase 1575 kVA
Three-phase 15112.5 kVA
Table 6.1: Single-Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers240 X 480 V Primary
B C
120/240 V Secondary 60 Hz
Deg. Dimensions a
Weight
Figure
Catalog C Full Capacity
(lbs)
kVA $ Price Temp. A B C D Eb
No. Taps
A Rise in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
5 5S1HFOC 2868.00 115 8.00 203 9.00 229 11.00 279 8.00 203 8.00 203 66 1
7.5 7S1HFOC 3062.00 115 8.00 203 9.00 229 14.25 362 8.00 203 8.50 216 80 1
10 10S1HFOC 3396.00 115 20.50 521 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 4.25 108 140 2
15 EE15S3HOC 3072.00 150 62.5% 2+4b 20.50 521 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 4.25 108 140 2
D E
25 EE25S3HOC 4151.00 150 62.5% 2+4b 20.25 514 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 5.00 127 200 2
Figure 1 37.5 EE37S3HOC 5534.00 150 62.5% 2+4b 22.00 559 18.5 470 18.00 457 17.0 432 5.50 140 255 2
C 50 EE50S3HOC 6731.00 150 62.5% 2+4b 22.00 559 18.5 470 18.00 457 17.0 432 6.50 165 310 2
75 EE75S3HOC 9128.00 150 62.5% 2+4b 22.25 565 28.0 711 22.00 559 27.0 686 8.50 216 460 2
a Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.
TRANSFORMERS
b When 240 V tap is used, there will be 35% taps, 1 above and 2 below.
E D
B
Figure 2
Table 6.2: Three Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers480 V to 208Y/120
6
C
Degree Dimensions a
Weight
Figure
Catalog C
(lbs)
kVA $ Price A B C D Eb
No. Temp.
Rise in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
9 9T3HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 145 3
A 15 EE15T3HOC 4532.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 145 3
30 EE30T3HOC 6799.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 185 3
45 EE45T3HOC 6234.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 285 3
75 EE75T3HOC 9393.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 26.94 684 6.75 171 450 3
112.5 EE112T3HOC 12513.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 26.94 684 6.75 171 460 3
E D 240 V to 208Y/120
B
Degree Dimensions a
Weight
Figure
Figure 3 Catalog C
(lbs)
No. Temp.
9 9T67HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3
15 EE15T67HOC 4434.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3
30 EE30T67HOC 5828.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 185 3
45 EE45T67HOC 7013.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 295 3
75 EE75T67HOC 10567.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 27.00 686 6.38 162 450 3
112.5 EE112T67HOC 14077.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 27.00 686 6.38 162 460 3
600 V to 208Y/120
Degree Dimensions a
Weight
Figure
Catalog C
(lbs)
No. Temp.
9 9T65HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3
15 EE15T65HOC 5122.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3
30 EE30T65HOC 7683.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 215 3
45 EE45T65HOC 7013.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 290 3
75 EE75T65HOC 10567.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 27.00 686 6.75 171 445 3
112.5 EE112T65HOC 14077.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 27.00 686 6.75 171 450 3
a Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.
b Dimensions may vary due to manufacturing process.

All Rights Reserved
PE2E PE2 Schedule
Industrial Control Type EO
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901
Type EO units are designed with exceptional voltage regulation. These control transformers are constructed using
traditional materials and manufacturing techniques, and are designed for 255000 VA with a 55 C temperature rise.
When exceptional regulation and very low temperature rise are an absolute necessity, choose Type EO units.
Table 6.8: Regulation Chart for Type EO Transformers
Secondary Voltage
VA Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor
(60 Hz)
95% 90% 85% 95% 90% 85%
25 95 146 60 119
50 164 213 277 123 168 225
75 387 487 622 284 375 798
100 479 606 770 346 463 613
150 755 1177 1532 567 930 1252
200 1260 1883 2419 910 1462 1950
250 1530 2327 2995 1115 1811 2419
300 2030 2981 3800 1455 2290 3038
350 2920 4586 5981 2180 3637 4903
500 4230 5984 7707 3120 4661 6229
750 7430 11460 14736 5380 8907 11891
1000 10300 16873 21734 7450 13145 17571
1500 19200 30042 39217 14500 23859 32179
2000 27750 45194 60022 21750 36901 50994
6
3000 31800 82333 108205 26750 66072 89509

5000 86100 148768 202077 72600 126887 175552
Table 6.9: Type EO Transformer Dimensions

VA Catalog Number A B C Weight
$ Price
(60 Hz) Class 9070
TRANSFORMERS
IN mm IN mm IN mm lbs kg
220x440 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 230x460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 240x480 V Primary, Secondary
120
25 9070EO17D1 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9
50 9070EO1D1 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0
75 9070EO18D1 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6
100 9070EO2D1 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7
150 9070EO3D1 153.00 4.44 113 3.75 95 3.13 80 6.0 2.7
200 9070EO19D1 214.00 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 95 10.5 4.8
B 250 9070EO15D1 250.00 5.19 132 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0
D
A 300 9070EO04D1 300.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8
500 9070EO51D1 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1
G 750 9070EO61D1 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8
C
1000 9070EO71D1 543.00 7.94 202 6.00 152 5.00 127 45.0 20.4
1500 9070EO81D1 831.00 8.59 218 7.06 179 6.03 153 56.0 25.4
2000 9070EO91D1 1007.00 9.22 234 7.06 179 6.03 153 72.0 32.7
3000 9070EO10D1 1365.00 9.44 239 9.00 229 7.50 191 115.0 52.2
E 240x480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary
F
25 9070EO17D2 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9
50 9070EO10D2 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0
75 9070EO18D2 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6
100 9070EO2D2 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7
250 9070EO16D2 295.00 6.19 157 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0
550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary;
200 9070EO19D5 214.00 5.56 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 10.5 4.8
300 9070EO04D5 276.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8
500 9070EO51D5 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1
750 9070EO61D5 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8
a Appended catalog number example: 9070EO61D5
6-6 CP8 Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Industrial Control Types T and TF
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalogs 9070CT9901, 7400CT9601
Type T and MultiTap Transformers Table 6.11: Type T Transformer Selection

Type T transformers are designed with low impedance VA H W D
Weight
Catalog
(lbs)
windings for excellent voltage regulation and can $ Price
CSA/
NOM
No.
UL/
CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)
accommodate the high inrush current associated with
contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. As the most Primary 480 Secondary 240
popular and complete line of control transformers with 50 50 9070T50D12 135.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5
unmatched design innovations for top performance, Type Ts 75 75 9070T75D12 162.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8
are manufactured using the most advanced insulating 100 100 9070T100D12 182.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8
materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of 150 150 9070T150D12 230.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5
concern. It is available in the MultiTap version, designed to 200 200 9070T200D12 293.00 3.20 3.75 3.59 5.5
respond to the increased need for voltage and stock flexibility. (81.3) (95.3) (91.20)
It combines multiple primary voltages with one or more 3.25 3.75 5.25
250 160 9070T250D12 363.00 7.1
(82.6) (95.3) (133.4)
secondary voltages, all in a single transformer.
3.80 4.50 4.70
300 200 9070T300D12 372.00 8.5
Selection Guide (96.5) (114.3) (119.4)
3.80 4.50 5.09
350 250 9070T350D12 432.00 10.5
1. Determine the inrush and sealed VA of each coil in the control (96.5) (114.3) (129.3)
circuit, and the VA of all other components. 3.80 4.50 5.46
500 300 9070T500D12 471.00 11.9
(96.5) (114.3) (138.7)
2. Total the sealed VA of all operating coils and the VA of all other 4.43 5.25 5.66
750 500 9070T750D12 665.00 11.0
loads. (This determines the minimal VA size required for the (112.5) (133.4) (143.8)
circuit.) 1000 630 9070T1000D12 837.00 4.43 5.25 6.04 20.6
(112.5) (133.4) (153.4)
3. Total the inrush VA of all coils that are starting at the same
6.16 7.06 5.81
time, and all loads and coils that are running. (Use the 1500 1000 9070T1500D12 1170.00 34.0
(156.5) (179.3) (147.6)
regulation chart to give possible units to be used.) 6.16 7.06 7.04
2000 1500 9070T2000D12 1358.00 47.0
4. Taking the VA size from step 2, go to the standard VA size in (156.5) (179.3) (178.8)
the chart. Make sure the inrush VA from the chart is greater 8.46 9.00 6.86
3000 2000 9070T3000D12 1914.00 60.0
(214.9) (228.6) (174.2)
than the total VA from step 3. (If not, go to the next larger VA
8.46 9.00 8.73
size and repeat.) 5000 3000 9070T50000D12 3015.00 89.0
TRANSFORMERS
(214.9) (228.6) (221.7)
If your supply voltage is stable and fluctuates less than 5%,
we recommend you use the 90% secondary voltage
column. If your supply voltage is not stable and fluctuates Type TF Transformers
more than 10%, we recommend you use the 95% Schneider Electric offers Type TF transformers with
secondary voltage column. We recommend that you never factory-installed overcurrent protection fuse blocks. The
use the 85% secondary voltage column since magnetic Type TF transformer consists of two primary fuse blocks
devices lose life expectancy if they are continuously and one secondary fuse block, a configuration that meets
started at 85% of rated voltage. the majority of overcurrent needs by panel builders and
machinery OEMs.
Table 6.10: Regulation Chart for Type T Transformers
Since the fuse blocks are pre-wired and mounted on top
Secondary Voltage
of the transformer, the Type TF transformer has the
(60 Hz)
VA
Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor same footprint as the Type T transformer. This design
6
95% 90% 85% 95% 90% 85% frees up space normally used for separate fuse blocks.
50 193 266 339 151 215 282
75 271 396 20 210 318 430
Schneider Electric also offers an extensive fuse block
100 339 499 659 266 404 549 offering for custom applications.
150 666 893 1120 529 731 942
200 588 815 1041 459 659 866 Table 6.12: Type TF Transformer Selection
250 1416 1910 2388 1057 1494 1936
VA H W D
Weight
300 1634 2184 2709 1194 1681 2169 Catalog
(lbs)
$ Price
CSA/
NOM
350 1894 2592 3261 1392 2005 621 No.

UL/
CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)

500 3197 4104 4981 2374 3195 4019
750 3770 5515 7231 2887 4391 5945 Primary 600 Secondary 120; Primary 575 Secondary 115; or Primary 550
1000 6587 9079 11430 4706 6886 9051 Secondary 110
1500 19324 23983 28607 15066 19361 23756 4.00 3.00 3.09
2000 31384 38777 6161 24794 31630 38667 50 50 9070TF50D5 185.00 (101.6) 2.5
(76.2) (78.5)
3000 26539 39934 52713 19355 30721 42216 4.25 3.38 3.34
5000 53111 85265 116277 39368 66309 93882 75 75 9070TF75D5 477.00 (107.9) 3.8
(85.8) (84.8)
4.25 3.38 3.34
Table 6.11: Type T Transformer Selection 100 100 9070TF100D5 230.00 (107.9) 3.8
(85.8) (84.8)
VA H W D 4.55 3.75 3.59
150 150 9070TF150D5 276.00 (115.6) 5.5
Weight
Catalog (95.3) (91.2)

(lbs)
$ Price
CSA/
NOM
No.
UL/
CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 4.55 3.75 3.59

200 200 9070TF200D5 293.00 (115.6) 5.5
(95.3) (91.2)
Primary 600 Secondary 120; Primary 575 Secondary 115; or Primary 550 4.55 3.75 5.25
250 160 9070TF250D5 687.00 (115.6)
Secondary 110 (95.3) (133.4) 7.1
50 50 9070T50D5 135.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5 5.10 4.50 4.70
300 200 9070TF300D5 486.00 (129.6)
75 75 9070T75D5 162.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8 (114.3) (119.4) 8.5
100 100 9070T100D5 182.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8 5.10 4.5 5.09
350 250 9070TF350D5 696.00 (129.6) (114.3) (129.3) 10.5
150 150 9070T150D5 230.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5
5.10 4.50 5.46
500 300 9070TF500D5 522.00 (129.6)
200 200 9070T200D5 293.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5 (114.3) (138.7) 11.9
3.25 3.75 5.25 5.73 5.25 5.66
250 160 9070T250D5 363.00 (82.6) (95.3) (133.4) 7.1 750 500 9070TF750D5 716.00 (145.6) (133.4) (143.8) 11.0
3.80 4.50 4.70 5.73 5.25 6.04
300 200 9070T300D5 372.00 (96.5) (114.3) (119.4) 8.5 1000 630 9070TF1000D5 869.00 (145.6) (133.4) (153.4) 20.6
3.80 4.50 5.09 7.46 7.06 5.81
350 250 9070T350D5 432.00 (96.5) (114.3) (129.3) 10.5 1500 1000 9070TF1500D5 1221.00 (189.5) (179.3) (147.6) 34.0
3.80 4.50 5.46 7.46 7.06 7.04
500 300 9070T500D5 471.00 (96.5) (114.3) (138.7) 11.9 2000 1500 9070TF2000D5 1409.00 (189.5) (179.3) (178.8) 47.0
4.43 5.25 5.66
750 500 9070T750D5 665.00 (112.5) (133.4) (143.8) 11.0
4.43 5.25 6.04
1000 630 9070T1000D5 837.00 (112.5) (133.4) (153.4) 20.6
6.16 7.06 5.81
1500 1000 9070T1500D5 1170.00 (156.5) (179.3) (147.6) 34.0
6.16 7.06 7.04
2000 1500 9070T2000D5 1358.00 (156.5) (179.3) (178.8) 47.0
8.46 9.00 6.86
3000 2000 9070T3000D5 1914.00 (214.9) (228.6) (174.2) 60.0
8.46 9.00 8.73
5000 3000 9070T5000D5 3015.00 (214.9) (228.6) (221.7) 89.0

All Rights Reserved
CP8 Schedule
Instrument Voltage Transformers, Current Transformers
600 Volt Class Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701
Voltage Transformers
These voltage transformers are designed for line-to-line or line-to-ground connection on the primary voltage indicated. See the table
below to determine the applicable configuration for proper system voltage indication.
Model 450R is designed for switchboard use. This model features high accuracy and burden capacity for excellent performance in
metering and indication.
Model 460R is a compact, lightweight design, providing exceptional performance in indicating applications.
Model 470R is a compact, low cost design optimized for maximum accuracy and performace when used with Powerlogic circuit
monitors.
Table 6.13: Voltage Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized. 60 Hz

Model 450R MODEL 450R MODEL 460R MODEL 470R
Thermal Rating: 500 VA @ 30 oC; Thermal Rating: 150 VA @ 30 oC; Thermal Rating: 150 VA @ 30 oC;
300 VA @ 55 oC. 100 VA @ 55 oC. 100 VA @ 55 oC. System Winding
Accuracy 0.3W. X.M & Y: 1.2 Z Accuracy 0.6W: 1.2 X Accuracy 0.3W: 1.2 X Voltage Ratio
Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each
450R069 1097.00 460R069 759.00 470R069 558.00 69/120Y 0.58:1
450R120 1053.00 460R120 786.00 470R120 578.00 120/208Y 1:1
450R208 1053.00 460R208 786.00 470R208 578.00 120/208Y 1.73:1
450R240 1053.00 460R240 786.00 470R240 578.00 240/416Y 2:1
450R288 1053.00 460R288 786.00 470R288 578.00 288/500Yb 2.4:1
450R300 1097.00 460R300 810.00 470R300 596.00 300/520Y 2.5:1
450R380 1398.00 460R380 861.00 470R380 635.00 220/380Y 3.17:1
450R480 1097.00 460R480 810.00 470R480 596.00 480/480Yc 4:1
450R600 1097.00 460R600 810.00 470R600 596.00 600/600Y 5:1
6
Model 460R Current Transformers

Model 470R
Table 6.14: General Purpose Compact Units, UR/cUR Recognized
Rating
Window Size Catalog Number Current Rating Accuracy $ Price
VA 60 Hz VA 400 Hz Factor
TRANSFORMERS
(inches) (without brackets) a (Amperes) (At Rated Current) Each

30 oC Ambient
B 2NR500 50:5 1.0 2.0 = 2% 1.0 96.00
2NR600 60:5 1.0 2.0 = 2% 1.0 96.00
2NR750 75:5 1.5 3.0 = 2% 1.0 96.00
2NR800 80:5 1.5 3.0 = 2% 1.0 96.00
2NR101 100:5 2.0 4.0 = 1% 1.0 96.00
A 1-1/8 2NR121 120:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 96.00
2NR1250 125:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 96.00
2NR151 150:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 96.00
2NR201 200:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 96.00
2NR251 250:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 96.00
C 2NR301 300:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 96.00
5NR101 100:5 2.0 4.0 = 1% 1.0 114.00
5NR151 150:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 114.00
5NR201 200:5 5.0 12.5 = 1% 1.0 114.00
5NR251 250:5 5.0 12.5 = 1% 1.0 114.00
1-9/16
Dimensions (inches) 5NR301 300:5 5.0 12.5 = 1% 1.0 114.00
Model 5NR401 400:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.0 123.00
A B C 5NR501 500:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.0 123.00
450R 6 7-1/8 5-7/8 5NR601 600:5 25.0 50.0 = 1% 1.0 123.00
460R 4-3/4 4-1/2 3-7/8 54R101 100:5 2.0 4.0 = 1% 1.0 120.00
470R 4-3/4 4-1/2 3-7/8 54R151 150:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.0 120.00
54R201 200:5 5.0 12.5 = 1% 1.0 120.00
54R251 250:5 5.0 12.5 = 1% 1.0 120.00
1-9/16 54R301 300:5 5.0 12.5 = 1% 1.0 120.00
54R401 400:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.0 134.00
54R501 500:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.0 134.00
54R601 600:5 25.0 50.0 = 1% 1.0 134.00
7RL500 50:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
7RL101 100:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
7RL151 150:5 2.5 5.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
Model 54R 7RL201 200:5 5.0 10.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
7RL251 250:5 5.0 10.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
7RL301 300:5 5.0 10.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
.20 Dia. D 7RL401 400:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
Mtg. Hole 2-1/4 7RL501 500:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
(2) 7RL601 600:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
7RL751 750:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
7RL801 800:5 12.5 25.0 = 1% 1.5 137.00
A H1 BEC 7RL102 1000:5 25.0 50.0 = 1% 1.5 158.00
7RL122 1200:5 25.0 50.0 = 1% 1.5 158.00
7RL152 1500:5 25.0 50.0 = 1% 1.5 158.00
a Mounting brackets on 6-12.
b Use on 277/480 Wye systems
.
c Use on 480 V Delta systems
d Designed for 50 Hz applications
Dimensions (inches)
Model
A B C D E
2NR 1.13 2.38 .94
5NR 1.56 3.50 1.06
54R 1.56 3.50 4.56 1.06 4.00 .
7RL 2.25 4.38 1.38
6-8 PA1 Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Instrument Current Transformers: Torroidal
Torroidal Current Transformers

Table 6.15: Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25400 Hz
Catalog ANSI Accuracy Classification60 Hz Rating
Window Current
Number Relay Metering Class Factor
Size Rating $ Price
(without Class 30 oC
(inches) brackets)a (Amperes) B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 Ambient
64R101 100:5 1.2 2.4 1.33 140.00
64R151 150:0 1.2 1.2 1.33 140.00
64R201 200:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 140.00
64R251 250:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 140.00
1-15/16 64R301 300:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 140.00
64R401 400:5 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 164.00
64R501 500:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 164.00
64R601 600:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 189.00
64R751 750:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 192.00
66R101 100:5 1.2 2.4 1.33 264.00
Models 64R, 74R 66R151 150:0 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.33 264.00
66R201 200:5 C10 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 264.00
66R251 250:5 C10 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 264.00
1-15/16 66R301 300:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 264.00
66R401 400:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 297.00
66R501 500:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 297.00
66R601 600:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 327.00
66R751 750:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 337.50
74R201 200:5 1.2 1.2 0.6 1.33 192.00
74R251 250:5 1.2 1.2 0.6 1.2 1.33 192.00
74R301 300:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 192.00
74R401 400:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 192.00
74R501 500:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 192.00
2-11/32 74R601 600:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 192.00
74R751 750:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 192.00
74R801 800:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 206.00
74R102 1000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 203.00
74R122 1200:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 219.00
TRANSFORMERS
74R152 1500:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.00 243.00
76R201 200:5 C10 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.33 260.00
Models 66R, 76R 76R251 250:5 C10 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 297.00
76R301 300:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.33 297.00
76R401 400:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 297.00
76R501 500:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 297.00
2-11/32 76R601 600:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 297.00
76R751 750:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 297.00
76R801 800:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 297.00
76R102 1000:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 378.00
76R122 1200:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 392.00
76R152 1500:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.00 459.00
100R201 200:5 C10 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 386.00
100R301 300:5 C10 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 386.00
100R401 400:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.33 386.00
100R501 500:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 386.00
100R601 600:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 386.00
6
4 100R801 800:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 386.00
100R102 1000:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 480.00
100R122 1200:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 480.00
100R152 1500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 561.00
100R162 1600:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 561.00
Models 100R, 110R, 120R, 140R 100R202 2000:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 561.00
110R201 200:5 C20 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 543.00
110R301 300:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 543.00
110R401 400:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 543.00
110R501 500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 543.00
110R601 600:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 543.00
4 110R801 800:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 618.00
110R102 1000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 672.00
110R122 1200:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 672.00
110R152 1500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 723.00
A B 110R162 1600:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 723.00
110R202 2000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 723.00
120R201 200:5 C10 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.33 426.00
120R301 300:5 C10 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.33 426.00
120R401 400:5 C20 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 426.00
120R501 500:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 426.00
120R601 600:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 426.00
B C 120R801 800:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 443.00
120R102 1000:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 486.00
5-3/4 120R122 1200:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 486.00
120R152 1500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 524.00
Table 6.16: Dimensions 120R162 1600:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 524.00
Dimensions (inches) 120R202 2000:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 524.00
Model 120R252 2500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 618.00
A B C 120R302 3000:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 618.00
120R402 4000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.00 780.00
64R 1-15/16 4-3/16 1-1/2 140R500 50:5 1.33 894.00
66R 1-15/16 4-3/16 31/16 For Ground Fault Sensing
140R101 100:5 1.33 894.00
74R 2-11/32 4-11/16 1-5/8 140R401 400:5 C20 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 894.00
76R 2-11/32 4-11/16 3-1/4 140R501 500:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.33 894.00
100R 4 7 2-1/8 140R601 600:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 894.00
110R 4 7 2-7/8 140R801 800:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 894.00
120R 5-3/4 8-1/2 2-1/8 140R102 1000:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 962.00
140R 8-1/8 11 3 8-1/8 140R122 1200:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 962.00
140R152 1500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1131.00
140R202 2000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1131.00
140R252 2500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1131.00
140R302 3000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1131.00
140R402 4000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1202.00
140R502 5000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.00 1418.00
140R602 6000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.00 1691.00

All Rights Reserved
PA1 Schedule
Instrument Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks
Torroidal Current Transformers

Table 6.17: Dimensions Table 6.18: Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25400 Hz
Models 152R, 170R, 180R, 210R Window Catalog Current ANSI Accuracy Classification60 Hz Rating
Number Relay Metering Class Factor
Size Rating $ Price
(without Class 30 oC
(inches) (Amperes) B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8
brackets)a Ambient
X1
152R500 50:5 C10 1.2 1.33 1461.00
152R101 100:5 C20 1.2 2.4 1.33 1601.00
152R151 150:5 C50 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 1722.00
152R201 200:5 C50 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.33 1799.00
A 152R251 250:5 C50 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 1857.00
HI CL B 152R301 300:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.33 1917.00
152R401 400:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 2019.00
152R501 500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 2087.00
152R601 600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 2163.00
6-7/8 152R801 800:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2265.00
152R102 1000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2373.00
152R122 1200:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2441.00
152R152 1500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2528.00
CL 152R162 1600:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2576.00
152R202 2000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2660.00
B C 152R252 2500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2765.00
152R302 3000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 2862.00
Dimensions (inches) 152R402 4000:5 C800 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 3000.00
Model 170R201 200:5 1.2 0.6 2.4 1.33 294.00
A B C 170R251 250:5 0.6 0.6 2.4 1.33 294.00
6
152R 6.88 12.25 4.12 170R301 300:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 294.00
170R 4.25 6.75 1.31 170R401 400:5 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 294.00
180R 2.50 4.50 2.12 170R501 500:5 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 294.00
210R 6.25 9.50 2.87 170R601 600:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 294.00
4-1/4 170R751 750:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 308.00
170R801 800:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 308.00
Models 200R, 201R, 202R, 203R 170R102 1000:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 402.00
TRANSFORMERS
170R122 1200:5 C10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 402.00
8.50 170R152 1500:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 500.00
1.0 1.0 3.25 170R162 1600:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 500.00
170R202 2000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 500.00
X1 170R252 2500:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 500.00
180R101 100:5 2.4 2.4 1.33 227.00
180R151 150:5 1.2 2.4 1.33 227.00
180R201 200:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 227.00
A 180R251 250:5 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.33 227.00
CL HI 180R301 300:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 227.00
180R401 400:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 227.00
2-1/2 180R501 500:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 227.00
180R601 600:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 227.00
180R751 750:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 246.00
180R801 800:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.33 246.00
CL 180R102 1000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 318.00
180R122 1200:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 318.00
180R152 1500:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 338.00
210R122 1200:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1131.00
4.62 210R162 1600:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1131.00
210R202 2000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1131.00
2-1/2 210R252 2500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1286.00
210R302 3000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.0 1286.00
8.50 210R402 4000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.0 1434.00
200R101 100:5 C50 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.5 1493.00
Modelb Dimension A (Inches) 200R151 150:0 C50 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.5 1493.00
200R201 200:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.5 1493.00
200R 2.50 200R251 250:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.5 1493.00
201R 3.50 2-1/2
202R 4.50 200R301 300:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.5 1493.00
203R 5.25 200R401 400:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1493.00
200R501 500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1493.00
200R601 600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1493.00
Shorting Terminal Blocks 201R101
201R151
100:5
150:5
C20
C50
1.2
0.3
1.2
0.6
2.4
1.2
2.4
2.4

2.4
1.5
1.5
1218.00
1218.00
201R201 200:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.5 1218.00
Catalog No. Description $ Price 201R251 250:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.5 1218.00
3090TB4 Shorting Terminal Block (4-pole) 75.00 201R301 300:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.5 1218.00
3-1/2 201R401 400:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.5 1256.00
3090TB6 Shorting Terminal Block (6-pole) 86.00 201R501 500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1256.00
201R601 600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1256.00
a Mounting brackets on 6-12 201R751 750:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1293.00
201R801 800:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1361.00
b Base is included
202R101 100:5 C20 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.5 1064.00
202R151 150:5 C20 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.5 1064.00
202R201 200:5 C50 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.5 1064.00
202R251 250:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.5 1094.00
202R301 300:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.5 1094.00
4-1/2 202R401 400:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.5 1115.00
202R501 500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.8 1.5 1115.00
202R601 600:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1128.00
202R751 750:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1128.00
202R801 800:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1155.00
202R102 1000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1277.00
203R101 100:5 C20 1.2 2.4 1.5 939.00
203R151 150:5 C20 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.5 939.00
203R201 200:5 C20 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.5 939.00
203R251 250:5 C20 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.5 939.00
203R301 300:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.5 939.00
203R401 400:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.5 939.00
203R501 500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.5 939.00
203R601 600:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.5 939.00
5-1/4 203R751 750:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 962.00
203R801 800:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 962.00
203R102 1000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 962.00
203R122 1200:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 962.00
203R152 1500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1002.00
203R162 1600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1002.00
203R202 2000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1002.00
203R252 2500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1002.00
203R302 3000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.33 1002.00

Instrument Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core
Multi-Ratio Current Transformers

Table 6.19: Dimensions Table 6.20: Multi-Ratio Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized
Models 151R, 312R 60 Hz-Model 312R, 25400 Hz-Model 151R
Catalog ANSI Accuracy Classification 60 Hz Rating
Window Currentb Relay
Number Metering Class Factor
Size Rating Class $ Price
(without 30 oC
X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 (inches) (Amperes) c B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8
brackets)a Ambient
312R601 600:5MR C100 1.5 1628.00
312R122 1200:5MR C200 1.5 1863.00
4-1 2 312R202 2000:5MR C400 1.5 2123.00
A 312R302 3000:5MR C400 1.5 2282.00
312R402 4000:5MR C400 1.33 2420.00
HI CL B
151R601 600:5MR C200 1.33 2697.00
151R122 1200:5MR C400 1.33 3149.00
6-7 8 151R202 2000:5MR C400 1.33 3396.00
151R302 3000:5MR C400 1.33 3534.00
151R402 4000:5MR C800 1.33 3635.00
CL Rectangular Window Current Transformers

B C
Table 6.21: Rectangular Window Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 50400 Hz
Rating
Dimensions (inches) Catalog ANSI Accuracy Classification60 Hz Factor
Model Window Current
A B C Size Number Rating Metering Class 30 oC $ Price
(without Ambient
151R 6.88 12.25 4.12 (inches) (Amperes)
brackets)a
312R 4.50 11.00 2.38 B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8
260R101 100:5 1.2 2.4 1.33 621.00
260R151 150:5 1.2 2.4 1.33 621.00
Multi-Ratio Taps 260R201 200:5 1.2 1.2 1.33 621.00
(Models 151R, 312R, 781R, 786R) 260R301 300:5 0.6 0.6 1.33 621.00
TRANSFORMERS
260R401 400:5 0.6 0.6 1.33 621.00
Nominal Current Ratioc 2-1/8 260R601 600:5 0.3 0.3 1.33 621.00
Ratio (Amperes) x 260R801 800:5 0.3 0.3 1.33 713.00
4-1/4 260R122 1200:5 0.3 0.3 1.33 821.00
600:5 600/500/450/400/300/250/200/150/100/50:5 260R162 1600:5 0.3 0.3 1.33 821.00
1200:5 1200/1000/900/800/600/500/400/300/200/100:5
2000:5 2000/1600/1500/1200/1100/800/500/400/300:5 260R202 2000:5 0.3 0.3 1.33 894.00
3000:5 3000/2500/2200/2000/1500/1200/1000/800/500/300:5 260R252 2500:5 0.3 0.3 1.0 894.00
4000:5 4000/3500/3000/2500/2000/1500/1000/500 260R302 3000:5 0.3 0.3 1.0 894.00
260R402 4000:5 0.3 0.3 1.0 1040.00
c Taps in accordance with ANSI C57.13 and NEMA SG-4.
560R401 400:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 500.00
560R501 500:5 0.6 1.2 2.4 1.33 500.00
560R601 600:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.33 500.00
560R751 750:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 500.00
560R801 800:5 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 500.00
560R102 1000:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.33 507.00
3-3/4 560R122 1200:5 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.33 507.00
6
x 560R152 1500:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 507.00
7-7/16 560R162 1600:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 507.00
B E 560R202 2000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.33 524.00
560R252 2500:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 524.00
560R302 3000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 524.00
560R322 3200:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 561.00
560R402 4000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 561.00
560R502 5000:5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.33 611.00
Split-Core Current Transformers

A C
D
Table 6.22: Split-Core Transformers, Model 270R is UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz
Catalog ANSI Accuracy Classification 60 Hz Rating
Window Current
Dimensions (inches) Number Metering Class Factor
Size Rating $ Price
Model (without 30 oC
A B C D E (inches) (Amperes) B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8
brackets)a Ambient
260R 2.13 4.25 2.12 4.88 7.25 3-9/16 270R401 400:5 1.33 1563.00
270R 3.56 8.81 3.00 9.25 13.06 x 270R501 500:5 1.33 1563.00
273 3.50 6.25 3.27 9.25 11.28 8-3/16 270R601 600:5 1.33 1563.00
560R 3.75 7.45 1.13 5.53 11.19
270R801 800:5 1.2 2.4 1.33 1353.00
270R102 1000:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1493.00
270R122 1200:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1493.00
270R152 1500:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1493.00
3-9/16 270R162 1600:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1493.00
x
8-3/16 270R202 2000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1596.00
270R252 2500:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1596.00
270R302 3000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.0 1674.00
270R402 4000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1772.00
270R502 5000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1971.00
273201 200:5 1.33 1245.00
273251 250:5 1.33 1245.00
273301 300:5 2.4 1.33 1245.00
273401 400:5 2.4 1.33 1245.00
273501 500:5 2.4 1.33 1245.00
273601 600:5 2.4 2.4 1.33 1509.00
3-1/2 273801 800:5 1.2 2.4 1.33 1245.00
x 273102 1000:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1245.00
6-1/4 273122 1200:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1245.00
273162 1600:5 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1245.00
273202 2000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1425.00
273252 2500:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.33 1425.00
273302 3000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.00 1425.00
273402 4000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.00 1604.00
b See chart at left for multi-ratio (MR) taps.
c Relay class applies to nominal ratio only.

All Rights Reserved
PA1 Schedule
Instrument Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary
Bushing Current Transformers 50400 Hz

Table 6.23: Dimensions Table 6.25: Bushing Current Transformers
Models 780R, 781R, 785R, 786R Window Current a ANSI Accuracy Classification60 Hz Rating
Catalog Relay Metering Class Factor
Size Rating $ Price
Number Class 30oC
(inches) (Amperes) B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8
9.88 Ambient
251 T
780R500 50:5 2.0 723.00
780R750 75:5 C10 1.2 2.4 2.0 723.00
780R101 100:5 C10 2.4 2.4 2.0 723.00
780R151 150:5 C20 0.6 1.2 2.0 723.00
780R201 200:5 C20 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.0 723.00
780R251 250:5 C20 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.0 723.00
H2 6.5 H1
9.88 780R301 300:5 C50 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.0 723.00
251
780R401 400:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.0 723.00
780R501 500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.0 723.00
780R601 600:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 723.00
6-1 2
780R751 750:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 780.00
780R801 800:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 780.00
780R102 1000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00
Model T (inches)
780R122 1200:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00
780R 3.38 780R152 1500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00
781R 3.38
785R 6.75 780R162 1600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00
6
786R 6.75 780R202 2000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00
780R252 2500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00
780R302 3000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00
Model 81X 780R402 4000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 867.00
781R601 600:5 MR C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 972.00
10-32 Studs 781R122 1200:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1023.00
6-1 2 781R202 2000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1064.00
TRANSFORMERS
781R302 3000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1083.00
.75 781R402 4000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1118.00
19
785R500 50:5 C10 2.4 2.4 2.0 1317.00
785R750 75:5 C20 1.2 1.2 2.0 1317.00
785R101 100:5 C20 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.0 1317.00
6.38 785R151 150:5 C50 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 _ 2.0 1317.00
162
785R201 200:5 C50 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 2.0 1317.00
785R251 250:5 C50 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.0 1317.00
785R301 300:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.0 1317.00
785R401 400:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.0 1317.00
785R501 500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 1317.00
785R601 600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 1317.00
5.88 3.25 6-1 2
785R751 750:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1317.00
149 83
785R801 800:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00
785R102 1000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00
Table 6.24: Mounting Brackets 785R122 1200:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00
Model Bracket $ Price 785R152 1500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00
2NR MB1 9.00 785R162 1600:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00
5NR MB1 9.00 785R202 2000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00
7RL MB7 11.70 785R252 2500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00
54R Included 785R302 3000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00
64R MB10 9.00 785R402 4000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1577.00
66R MB12 13.10 786R601 600:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1566.00
74R MB16 13.10 786R122 1200:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1664.00
76R MB18 13.10 6-1 2 786R202 2000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1722.00
81X MB81 27.20 786R302 3000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1749.00
100R MB31 27.20 786R402 4000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1823.00
110R MB32 27.20 a See chart on 6-11 for multi-ratio (MR) taps.
120R MB31 27.20
140R MB32 27.20
151R MB30 27.20
Auxiliary Current Transformers
152R MB30 27.20 Table 6.26: Auxiliary Current Transformers
170R MB30 27.20
180R MB9 16.40 Catalog Number Ratio $ Price
(without brackets)
200R Included
81X05000100 5:1 990.00
201R Included 81X05000200 5:2 990.00
202R Included 81X05000250 5:2.5 990.00
203R Included 81X05000500 5:5 990.00
81X07500500 7.5:5 990.00
210R MB32 27.20 81X10000500 10:5 990.00
260R Not Available 81X12500500 12.5:5 990.00
270R Not Available 81X15000500 15:5 990.00
273 Not Available NOTE: Model 81X Accuracy 0.3B0.1, B0.2, B0.5@60 Hz, RF=1.5@30 oC

Table of Contents
Section 7
07 International Load Centers
Circuit Breaker Load Centers

International Miniature Circuit Breakers
QO Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches 7-2
Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD 7-3
Load Centers
IEC Certified QO Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) 7-4
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
7 CENTERS

All Rights Reserved
International Miniature QO Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches
Circuit Breakers
General Description
In 1955 Square D Company introduced the QO Plug-on System and revolutionized the way electrical contractors install
miniature circuit breakers in the United States. Today as part of Schneider Electric we offer the same Plug-on System
technology around the world. IEC certified QO products are available for residential, commercial and industrial
applications.
Table 7.1: International Miniature Circuit Breaker Description
Circuit Breaker Description 1 Consumer Units 3 Distribution Boards
QOXD Branch circuit breaker X X
Characteristics
Circuit breakers are rated 240 Vac single phase and 415 Vac three phase, 50/60 Hz.
Circuit breakers are available in 1-, 2- or 3-pole construction.
Thermal trip elements are factory calibrated to 40C (IEC 947-2) and 30C (IEC 898) ambient temperature.
Trip-free handle ensures tripping even when the circuit breaker is held or locked in the ON position.
Circuit breakers are in compliance with international standards set by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).
The CE marking is located on each circuit breaker in accordance with the low voltage directive of the European Union.
The entire QO circuit breaker family provides the advantage of a plug-on connection. (Bolt-on connections also available)
Accessories
Table 7.2: Accessories
Accessory Description Cat. No. QOXD
Handle Tie Ties two 1P circuit breakers together QO1HT X
Handle Lock-Off Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles QO1LO X
(Clamp) Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles HLO1 X
Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles QOEPLA
Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles QOE1PL
Handle Padlock Attaches to 1P circuit breaker escutcheon (fixed) QO1PA X
Attachment Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles (removable) QOHPL X
Attaches to 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles (removable) QO1HPL X
Attaches to 2P circuit breaker handles (removable) GFI2PA
Circuit Breaker Operating Characteristics

Table 7.3: Branch Circuit Breakers
Cat. No. Prefix Continuous IEC 898 Service Rating Icn
Number of Poles Tripping Characteristics
Plug-on Bolt-on Ampere Rating 240 V 415 V
7
QOXD QOBXD 1, 2, 3 1032 A 3000 3000 Type D (1020 In)

Cat. No. Prefix Continuous IEC 947-2 Service Rating Icu (Ics)
Number of Poles
Plug-on Bolt-on Ampere Rating 240 V 415 V
1, 2, 3 1032 A 3000 (100%) 3000 (100%)
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
QOXD QOBXD 1 4063 A 3000 (50%)

2, 3 40100 A 3000 (50%)
CENTERS
Main Switches
Table 7.4: QO-M Plug-On Main Incomer Switch
240 V Certified to IEC 947-3
1P 2P 3P and 4P
Ampere Rating
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
100 A N/A N/A N/A
125 A N/A N/A QO3100M 116.00
125 A4P N/A N/A QO4100M 200.00

International Miniature Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD
Circuit Breakers Class 738, 739
Table 7.5: QOXD Thermal-Magnetic, Plug-On Miniature Circuit Breakers

240/415 V 1032 A Certified to IEC 898 @ 3 kA, 40100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 @ 3 kA
Ampere 1P 2P 3P Terminal Capacity
Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Range
10 A QOXD110 20.40 QOXD210 46.90 QOXD310 165.00 2.5-6 mm2
40 A QOXD140 20.40 QOXD240 46.90 QOXD340 165.00 10-25 mm2
80 A N/A QOXD280 132.00 QOXD380 244.00 25-50 mm2
100 A N/A QOXD2100 132.00 QOXD3100 244.00 25-50 mm2
Table 7.6: QOBXD Thermal-Magnetic, Bolt-On Miniature Circuit Breakers

240/415 V 1032 A Certified to IEC 898 @ 3 kA, 40100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 @ 3 kA
1P 2P 3P Terminal Capacity
Ampere Rating
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Range
10 A QOBXD110 26.50 QOBXD210 59.00 QOBXD310 195.00 2.5-6 mm2
40 A QOBXD140 26.50 QOBXD240 59.00 QOBXD340 195.00 10-25 mm2
80 A N/A QOBXD280 160.00 QOBXD380 279.00 25-50 mm2
100 A N/A QOBXD2100 160.00 QOBXD3100 279.00 25-50 mm2
Short circuit ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
7 CENTERS

All Rights Reserved
DE2A Schedule
Load Centers IEC Certified QO Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor)
Application Data
QO 3 Phase Circuit Breaker Load Centers from Square D can be certified to IEC 60439-1 and 60439-3. Contact your
local Square D Field Sales office for more information. They are designed to meet residential, commercial, and
industrial requirements to protect electrical systems and equipment.
Features
Three phase construction
100, 125, 150, 200 and 225 A mains ratings with main lugs, main circuit breaker, and main switch ratings
9-42 circuit indoor version
Flush or surface mounting
Straight-in wiring to minimize service cable installation
Top or bottom feed
Automatic flush adjustment cover to speed installation
Covers sold separately
Products are stocked in USA
Bus on 12-60 circuit load centers is one piece, solid copper
Order entry point is Lexington
For more information, contact your local Field Sales office.
Table 7.7: Load Centers
Type 1
Mains Rating Spaces/ Box and Interior Cover With Door
Ampere Max. Poles
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No.a $ Price
Main Lugs 240/415 Vac 34W
12 QO312L125G 221.00 QOC16UF/Sb 25.10
125 A 20 QO320L125G 314.00 QOC24UF/Sb 25.10
24 QO324L125G 360.00 QOC24UF/Sb 25.10
18 QO318L200G 295.00 QOC30UF/Sb 58.00
200
30 QO330L200G 413.00 QOC30UF/Sb 58.00
225 42 QO342L225G 561.00 QOC42UF/Sb 74.00
Main Circuit Breaker 240/415 Vac 34W
125 30 QO330MQ125 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00
30 QO330MQ150 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00
150
42 QO342MQ150 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00
30 QO330MQ200 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00
200
42 QO342MQ200 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00
225 42 QO342MQ225 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00
a F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device.
b Discount Schedule DE3A
7
INTERNATIONAL LOAD
CENTERS

Table of Contents
Section 8
08 International Safety Switches
General Duty Safety Switches

CSA Certified General DutyFusible 240 Vac 8-2
Heavy Duty Safety Switches
CSA Certified Heavy DutyFusible 240 Vac 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy DutyFusible 600 Vac 8-3
CSA Certified Heavy DutyNon-Fusible 600 Vac 8-4
CSA Certified Heavy DutySpecial Applications 8-4
Double-Throw Safety Switches
CSA Certified Double-Throw 8-5
Accessories
CSA Certified Switch Accessories 8-6
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY
8 SWITCHES

All Rights Reserved
General Duty Safety International
Switches Class 736, 1130
CSA Certified General DutyFusible 240 Vac

Switches have factory-installed ground bars.
Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.
Products are not stocked in the USA.
Order entry point is Lexington.
Table 8.1: General Duty Single-Throw 120/240 Vac (Plug); 240 Vac (Cartridge)
Type 1 Type 3R Field Installable Class R Fuse Kitsc
Ampere Fuse
2-Pole + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30 A Plug CD211Na 104.00
30 A Cartridge CD221Na 137.00 DRK30 25.70
60 A CD222N 221.00 CD222NRB 339.00 RFK03H 25.50
100 A CD223N 485.00 CD223NRB 543.00 RFK10b 47.70
200 A CD224N 947.00 CD224NRB 1200.00 HRK1020 47.70
400 A CD225N 2610.00 CD225NR DRK40 111.00
600 A CD226N 5166.00 CD226NR DRK600 111.00
30 A Cartridge CD321Na 146.00 CD321NRB 494.00 DRK30 25.70
60 A CD322N 366.00 CD322NRB 743.00 RFK03H 25.50
100 A CD323N 485.00 CD323NRB 1371.00 RFK10b 47.70
200 A CD324N 2019.00 CD324NRB 2454.00 HRK1020 47.70
400 A CD325N 3113.00 CD325NR DRK40 111.00
600 A CD326N 5823.00 CD326NR DRK600 111.00
a Not suitable for use as service entrance equipment.
b F Series only
c Stock
Table 8.2: Light Duty Single-Throw 120 Vac Plug

Type 1
Ampere Fuse
Cat. No. $ Price
30 A Plug L111Nd 54.00
d Not suitable for use as service equipment.
8
SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety International
CSA Certified Heavy DutyFusible 240 Vac

Switches have factoryinstalled ground bars.
Switches 30 A200 A Type 4/4X and 12 have viewing windows.
Table 8.3: Single-Throw 240 Vac, 250 Vdc
Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 12
Ampere
Cat. No. Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
2P + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30 A CH221N 251.00 CH221NRB 480.00 CH221NAWK 620.00
60 A CH222N 504.00 CH222NRB 893.00 CH222NAWK 791.00
100 A CH223N 807.00 CH223NRB 1196.00 Use 3P devices CH223NAWK 1250.00
200 A CH224N 1409.00 CH224NRB 1695.00 listed below. CH224NAWK 1964.00
400 A CH225N 3246.00 CH225NR 4568.00 CH225NAWK 4409.00
600 A CH226N 6219.00 CH226NR 8061.00 CH226NAWK 6936.00
800 A H227Na 10067.00 H227NRa 12216.00 H227NAWKa 12338.00
1200 A H228Na 12422.00 H228NRa 16665.00 H228NAWKa 17184.00
3P + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30 A CH321N 339.00 CH321NRB 596.00 CH321NDS 2201.00 CH321NAWK 750.00
400 A CH325N 3977.00 CH325NR 4650.00 CH325NDS 15321.00 CH325NAWK 4737.00
600 A CH326N 6845.00 CH326NR 9164.00 CH326NDS 21759.00 CH326NAWK 7863.00
800 A H327Na 12189.00 H327NRa 15563.00 H327NAWKa 15879.00
1200 A H328Na 15314.00 H328NRa 19709.00 H328NAWKa 20015.00
a Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.
CSA Certified Heavy DutyFusible 600 Vac

Order entry point is Lexington .
Ampere
3-Pole (3 Blades and Fuseholders)
30 A CH361 379.00 CH361RB 636.00 CH361DS 1714.00 CH361AWK 667.00
400 A CH365 3186.00 CH365R 3872.00 CH365DS 10214.00 CH365AWK 3641.00
600 A CH366 5354.00 CH366R 7703.00 CH366DS 14601.0 CH366AWK 6135.00
800 A H367a 8879.00 H367Ra 11000.00 H367AWKa 10901.00
1200 A H368a 11671.00 H368Ra 13339.00 H368AWKa 13137.00
30 A
60 A
100 A
For 3 pole switches 30 A1200 A with solid neutral
200 A attachment, select switch from 3-Pole table
400 A above and add the Solid Neutral Assembly Kit
from the Accessories 8-6.
600 A
800 A
1200 A
4-Pole (4 Blades and Fuseholders)Not Suitable For Service Entrance Use
30 A H461a 609.00 H461AWKa 743.00

60 A H462a 710.00 H462AWKa 838.00
100 A H463a 1185.00 H463AWKa 1288.00
SWITCHES
200 A H464a 2008.00 H464AWKa 2218.00

400 A CH465 4140.00 CH465AWK 4538.00
600 A CH466 6736.00
a Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.
8

All Rights Reserved
DE1 Schedule
Heavy Duty Safety International
CSA Certified Heavy DutyNon-Fusible 600 Vac

Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 7/9 Type 3R/12
Ampere
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
3P
30 A CHU361 305.00 CHU361RB 530.00 CHU361DS 2184.00 CHU361AWK 692.00
60 A CHU362 530.00 CHU362RB 932.00 CHU362DS 2568.00 H60XFAa 2571.00 CHU362AWK 873.00
100 A CHU363 878.00 CHU363RB 1343.00 CHU363DS 5199.00 H100XFAa 3045.00 CHU363AWK 1281.00
200 A CHU364 1325.00 CHU364RB 1616.00 CHU364DS 7055.00 H225XKAa 6387.00 CHU364AWK 1686.00
400 A CHU365 3054.00 CHU365RB 6216.00 CHU365DS 14397.00 CHU365AWK 4127.00
600 A CHU366 5352.00 CHU366R 8180.00 CHU366DS 19358.00 CHU366AWK 6816.00
800 A HU367a 9978.00 HU367Ra 13050.00 HU367AWKa 13097.00
1200 A HU368a 13421.00 HU368Ra 17867.00 HU368AWKa 17940.00
4P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30 A HU461ab 827.00 HU461AWKab 915.00
60 A HU462ab 914.00 HU462AWKab 1008.00
100 A HU463ab 1647.00 HU463AWKab 1791.00
200 A HU464a 2454.00 HU464AWK 2937.00
400 A CHU465 5201.00 CHU465AWK 5775.00
600 A CHU466 9072.00 CHU466AWK
6P, 600 Vac
30 A HU661AWKa 3357.00
60 A HU662AWKa 3884.00
100 A HU663AWKa 4793.00
200 A HU664AWK 10571.00
a Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified devices.
b F Series devices.
CSA Certified Heavy DutySpecial Applications

Table 8.6: Krydon EnclosuresSingle-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Type 4X
Amperes
Cat. No. $ Price
3P Fusible
30 A H361DFba 3570.00
60 A H362DFba 3968.00
100 A H363DFba 7613.00
200 A H364DFb 9729.00
3P Non-Fusible
30 A HU361DFba 3402.00
60 A HU362DFba 3782.00
100 A HU363DFba 7241.00
200 A HU364DFb 9695.00
a F Series devices.
b Dual UL Listed and CSA Listed device.
Table 8.7: Receptacle SwitchesSingle-Throw 600 Vac

Stainless Steel Type 4/4X Use With Plug Type 12
8
Ampere
3P Fusible
30 A CH361DSWC 4322.00 APJ3485 1235.00 CH361AWC 2243.00

3P Non-Fusible
30 A CHU361DSWC 3927.00 APJ3485 1235.00 CHU361AWC 2058.00
SWITCHES


Double-Throw Safety International
CSA Certified Double-Throw

Order entry point is Lexington..
Table 8.8: Double-Throw
Ampere
2P 240 Vac250 Vdc
30 A C92251 615.00
60 A
100 A For 2P switch applications, select
200 A 3P switch 60 A600 A from 3P table below.
400 A
3P 600 Vac250 Vdc
30 A C92351a 716.00
60 A
For 60100 A, use US devices.
100 A
200 A C82344b 2813.00 C82344RBb 5898.00 C82344DSb 11444.00 CH82344b 7532.00
4P 600 Vac
30 A C92451a 981.00
60 A
For 60100 A, use US devices.
100 A
a 240 Vac Maximum
b For isolation only, not Load-Make/Load-Break.
8 SWITCHES

All Rights Reserved
DE1 Schedule
Double-Throw Safety Accessories
Switch Class 736, 1130
CSA Certified Switch Accessories

Optional
Order entry point is Lexington for non-stock items.
Table 8.9: Electrical Interlock Kits
Single-Throw Double-Throw Type 1 Only
Ampere
Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
30100 A EIK-1 or -2 311.00 EIK-1 or -2a 311.00
200 A-3P EIK-1 or -2b 311.00 EK200DTU2 389.00
200 A-4P EIK-1 or -2b 311.00 EK100DTU2 389.00
400 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 EK400DTU2 389.00
600 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00
800 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00
1200 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00
a Not for C92251, C92351, C92451.
b E-series uses EK1020-1 or -2. Requires 2.
Table 8.10: Fuse Puller Kitsd

Ampere Cat. No. $ Price
30 A FPK03 30.20
60 A FPK0610 42.60
100 A FPK0610 42.60
Table 8.11: Class R Fuse Kits

Voltage Ampere Cat. No. $ Price
30 A RFK03L 25.50
60 A RFK03H 25.50
100 A RFK10 47.70
240 Vac
200 A HRK1020 47.70
400 A HRK4060 111.00
600 A HRK4060 111.00
30 A RFK03H 25.50
60 A RFK06H 25.50
100 A RFK10 47.70
600 Vac
200 A HRK1020 47.70
400 A HRK4060 111.00
600 A HRK4060 111.00
Table 8.12: Solid Neutral Assembly Kitsd

Single-Throw Type 1, 3R Single-Throw (Copper) Type 4, 4X Double-Throw Type 1
Ampere
30 A CSN03 83.00 CSN03C 102.00 SN0310c 114.00
60 A CSN0610 107.00 CSN0610C 114.00 SN0310 114.00
100 A CSN0610 107.00 CSN0610C 114.00 SN0310 114.00
200 A CSN20 200.00 CSN20C 252.00 225SNA 198.00
400 A CH600SN 327.00 CH600SNC 453.00 DT400N 458.00
600 A CH600SN 327.00 CH600SNC 453.00
800 A H800SNE4 753.00
1200 A H1200SNE4 1034.00
c C92251, C92351, C92451 uses DT30SN.
d Not StockedOrder Only.

Optional
Table 8.13: Hubs
Type 4/4X/12
Size Type 3R
Standard Zinc Chrome Plated Zinc
Inches Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
0.50 H050 31.10 H050CP 40.70
0.75 B075 35.00 H075 45.00 H075CP 57.00
1.00 B100 35.00 H100 47.10 H100CP 65.00
8
1.25 B125 35.00 H125 54.00 H125CP 67.00

1.50 B150 35.00 H150 83.00 H150CP 96.00
2.00 B200 65.00 H200 120.00 H200CP 137.00
2.50 B250 107.00 H250 138.00
3.00 H300 177.00

CAP BCAP 3.80
SWITCHES

Table of Contents
Section 9
09 International Circuit Breakers
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
LOAD CENTERS
F-, Q-, K-, L- and M-frame, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. 9-2
Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
P-frame, 3P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-3
R-frame, 3P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-4
P-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-5
R-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-6
Breaking Capacities 9-7
Circuit Breaker Dimensions 9-8

All Rights Reserved
Thermal-Magnetic F-, Q-, K-, L- and M-frame, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max.
9

CE marking.
S-frame circuit breakers are CCC Certified.
International productsfor export use only.
MCCBs in I-Line plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your local Field Sales office.
LOAD CENTERS
Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

Table 9.1: F-frame and Q-frame, Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 1P, 2P, and 3P
1P 2P 3P
Ampere Rating
SFAL
16 A SFAL1016 450.00 SFAL2016 704.00 SFAL3016 906.00
20 A SFAL1020 450.00 SFAL2020 704.00 SFAL3020 906.00
32 A SFAL1032 450.00 SFAL2032 704.00 SFAL3032 906.00
40 A SFAL1040 450.00 SFAL2040 704.00 SFAL3040 906.00
50 A SFAL1050 450.00 SFAL2050 704.00 SFAL3050 906.00
63 A SFAL1063 450.00 SFAL2063 704.00 SFAL3063 906.00
80 A SFAL1080 510.00 SFAL2080 890.00 SFAL3080 1115.00
100 A SFAL1100 510.00 SFAL2100 890.00 SFAL3100 1115.00
125 A SFAL2125 1076.00 SFAL3125 1262.00
160 A SFAL2160 1259.00 SFAL3160 1449.00
SFHL
16 A SFHL2016 1163.00 SFHL3016 1355.00
20 A SFHL2020 1163.00 SFHL3020 1355.00
32 A SFHL2032 1163.00 SFHL3032 1355.00
40 A SFHL2040 1163.00 SFHL3040 1355.00
50 A SFHL2050 1163.00 SFHL3050 1355.00
63 A SFHL2063 1163.00 SFHL3063 1355.00
80 A SFHL2080 1353.00 SFHL3080 1541.00
100 A SFHL2100 1353.00 SFHL3100 1541.00
SFIL Current-limiting I-Limiter
20 A SFIL2020 3317.00 SFIL3020 3999.00
32 A SFIL2032 3317.00 SFIL3032 3999.00
40 A SFIL2040 3317.00 SFIL3040 3999.00
50 A SFIL2050 3317.00 SFIL3050 3999.00
63 A SFIL2063 3317.00 SFIL3063 3999.00
80 A SFIL2080 3317.00 SFIL3080 3999.00
100 A SFIL2100 3317.00 SFIL3100 3999.00
PowerPact Q-frame250 A, Thermal-magnetic (415Y/240 Vac)a
70 A QBL22070 474.00 QBL32070 1248.00
80 A QBL22080 474.00 QBL32080 1248.00
90 A QBL22090 474.00 QBL32090 1248.00
100 A QBL22100 474.00 QBL32100 1248.00
110 A QBL22110 474.00 QBL32110 1248.00
125 A QBL22125 474.00 QBL32125 1248.00
150 A QBL22150 474.00 QBL32150 1248.00
175 A QBL22175 474.00 QBL32175 1248.00
200 A QBL22200 474.00 QBL32200 1248.00
225 A QBL22225 474.00 QBL32225 1248.00
250 A QBL22250 693.00 QBL32250 1812.00
a DE2A Discount Schedule
Table 9.2: K-, L-, and M-frame, Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max.,
50/60 Hz, 2P and 3P
Circuit Breaker Ampere 2P 3P
Frame Size Type Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
125 A SKIL2125 6177.00 SKIL3125 7751.00
160 A SKIL2160 6177.00 SKIL3160 7751.00
175 A SKIL2175 6177.00 SKIL3175 7751.00
250 A SKIL
200 A SKIL2200 6177.00 SKIL3200 7751.00
225 A SKIL2225 6177.00 SKIL3225 7751.00
250 A SKIL2250 7223.00 SKIL3250 9080.00
250 A SLAL2250 3807.00 SLAL3250 4619.00
300 A SLAL2300 3807.00 SLAL3300 4619.00
400 A SLAL
350 A SLAL2350 3807.00 SLAL3350 4619.00
400 A SLAL2400 3807.00 SLAL3400 4619.00

Electronic Trip Circuit P-frame, 3P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated
Breakers Class 612
Table 9.3: P-frame1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic Electronic Trip Unit,

IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 3P
N Interrupting H Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal
Sensor Wire
(AWGkcmil)
LOAD CENTERS
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions
630 A PNLE36063U32R 13958.00 PHLE36063U32R 14792.00 PLLE36063U32R 15626.00
(4) 3/0500
1000 A PNLE36100U32R 18843.00 PHLE36100U32R 19985.00 PLLE36100U32R 21128.00 Al/Cu
1250 A PNLE36125U32R 18843.00 PHLE36125U32R 19985.00
1600 A PNLE36160U32R 20163.00 PHLE36160U32R 21384.00
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions
(4) 3/0500
1250A PNLE36125U33R 19166.00 PHLE36125U33R 20309.00
1600A PNLE36160U33R 20508.00 PHLE36160U33R 21731.00
9
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE36125U42R 19653.00 PHLE36125U42R 20795.00
1600 A PNLE36160U42R 21030.00 PHLE36160U42R 22250.00
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE36125U43R 21077.00 PHLE36125U43R 22218.00
1600 A PNLE36160U43R 22551.00 PHLE36160U43R 23774.00
3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE36125U44R 22850.00 PHLE36125U44R 23993.00
1600 A PNLE36160U44R 24450.00 PHLE36160U44R 25671.00
Micrologic Power Trip Unit
630 A PNLE36063U63RE1 20382.00 PHLE36063U63RE1 21216.00 PLLE36063U63RE1 22049.00
(4) 3/0500
1000 A PNLE36100U63RE1 25268.00 PHLE36100U63RE1 26409.00 PLLE36100U63RE1 27552.00 Al/Cu
1250 A PNLE36125U63RE1 25268.00 PHLE36125U63RE1 26409.00
(4) 3/0500
Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

N H L
Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu)
220/240 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA
380/415 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA
440 V 50 kA 75% 65 kA 50% 130 kA 100%
500/525 V 40 kA 50 kA 100 kA
660/690 V 30 kA 42 kA 25 kA

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Electronic Trip Circuit R-frame, 3P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated
Breakers Class 612
Table 9.5: R-frame3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic Electronic Trip

9
Unit, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 3P

Sensor N Interrupting H Interrupting
Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
1600 A RNFE36160U32R 22004.00 RHFE34160U32R 23120.00
LOAD CENTERS
2000 A RNFE36200U32R 22004.00 RHFE34200U32R 23120.00

2500 A RNFE36250U32R 34607.00 RHFE34250U32R 36384.00
3200 A RNFE36320U32R 34607.00 RHFE34320U32R 36384.00
1600 A RNFE36160U33R 22326.00 RHFE34160U33R 23441.00
2000 A RNFE36200U33R 22326.00 RHFE34200U33R 23441.00
2500 A RNFE36250U33R 34929.00 RHFE34250U33R 36707.00
3200 A RNFE36320U33R 34929.00 RHFE34320U33R 36707.00
1600 A RNFE36160U42R 22812.00 RHFE34160U42R 23928.00
2000 A RNFE36200U42R 22812.00 RHFE34200U42R 23928.00
2500 A RNFE36250U42R 35414.00 RHFE34250U42R 37194.00
3200 A RNFE36320U42R 35414.00 RHFE34320U42R 37194.00
1600 A RNFE36160U43R 24234.00 RHFE34160U43R 25352.00
2000 A RNFE36200U43R 24234.00 RHFE34300U43R 25352.00
2500 A RNFE36250U43R 36837.00 RHFE34350U43R 38618.00
3200 A RNFE36320U43R 36837.00 RHFE34320U43R 38618.00
1600 A RNFE36160U44R 26010.00 RHFE34160U44R 27126.00
2000 A RNFE36200U44R 26010.00 RHFE34200U44R 27126.00
2500 A RNFE36250U44R 38612.00 RHFE34250U44R 41199.00
3200 A RNFE36320U44R 38612.00 RHFE34320U44R 41199.00
1600 A RNFE36160U63RE1 28425.00 RHFE34160U63RE1 29543.00

N H
Icu Ics Icu Ics (%Icu)
220/240 V 85 kA 125 kA
380/415 V 70 kA 85 kA
440 V 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 75%
500/525 V 65 kA
660/690 V 65 kA

Electronic Trip Circuit P-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated
Breakers Class 612
Table 9.7: P-frame1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic Electronic Trip Unit,

IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 4P
N Interrupting H Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal
Sensor Wire
(AWGkcmil)
LOAD CENTERS
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE46125U32R 23367.00 PHLE46125U32R 24783.00
1600 A PNLE46160U32R 25002.00 PHLE46160U32R 26517.00
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE46125U33R 23768.00 PHLE46125U33R 25182.00
1600 A PNLE46160U33R 25430.00 PHLE46160U33R 26945.00
9
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE46125U42R 24371.00 PHLE46125U42R 25787.00
1600 A PNLE46160U42R 26076.00 PHLE46160U42R 27591.00
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE46125U43R 26135.00 PHLE46125U43R 27551.00
1600 A PNLE46160U43R 27964.00 PHLE46160U43R 29480.00
(4) 3/0500
1250 A PNLE46125U44R 28335.00 PHLE46125U44R 29750.00
1600 A PNLE46160U44R 30317.00 PHLE46160U44R 31833.00
(4) 3/0500
(4) 3/0500

N H L
Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu)
220/240 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA
380/415 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA
440 V 50 kA 75% 65 kA 50% 130 kA 100%
500/525 V 40 kA 50 kA 100 kA
660/690 V 30 kA 42 kA 25 kA

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Electronic Trip Circuit R-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated
Breakers Class 612
Table 9.9: R-frame3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic Electronic Trip

9
Unit, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 4P

Sensor N Interrupting H Interrupting
Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
1600 A RNFE46160U32R 27284.00 RHFE44160U32R 28667.00
LOAD CENTERS
2000 A RNFE46200U32R 27284.00 RHFE44200U32R 28667.00

2500 A RNFE46250U32R 42911.00 RHFE44250U32R 45117.00
3200 A RNFE46320U32R 42911.00 RHFE44320U32R 45117.00
1600 A RNFE46160U33R 27684.00 RHFE44160U33R 29067.00
2000 A RNFE46200U33R 27684.00 RHFE44200U33R 29067.00
2500 A RNFE46250U33R 43311.00 RHFE44250U33R 45518.00
3200 A RNFE46320U33R 43311.00 RHFE44320U33R 45518.00
1600 A RNFE46160U42R 28287.00 RHFE44160U42R 29670.00
2000 A RNFE46200U42R 28287.00 RHFE44200U42R 29670.00
2500 A RNFE46250U42R 43914.00 RHFE44250U42R 46119.00
3200A RNFE46320U42R 43914.00 RHFE44320U42R 46119.00
1600 A RNFE46160U43R 30051.00 RHFE44160U43R 31436.00
2000 A RNFE46200U43R 30051.00 RHFE44300U43R 31436.00
2500 A RNFE46250U43R 45678.00 RHFE44350U43R 47885.00
3200 A RNFE46320U43R 45678.00 RHFE44320U43R 47885.00
1600 A RNFE46160U44R 32252.00 RHFE44160U44R 33636.00
2000 A RNFE46200U44R 32252.00 RHFE44200U44R 33636.00
2500 A RNFE46250U44R 47879.00 RHFE44250U44R 51087.00
3200 A RNFE46320U44R 47879.00 RHFE44320U44R 51087.00

N H
Icu Ics Icu Ics (%Icu)
220/240 V 85 kA 125 kA
380/415 V 70 kA 85 kA
440 V 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 75%
500/525 V 65 kA
660/690 V 65 kA

Breaking Capacities
CE Marking
International productsIEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and IEC 60947-2.
MCCBs in I-Line plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your nearest Field Sales office.
Table 9.11: Circuit Breaker Breaking Capacities
Circuit Breaker Cat. Prefix Short-circuit Ratings (415 Vac)
LOAD CENTERS
Current Rating Isolator Rating Impulse
Ultimate Service Withstand Rating Insulation
International North America (Amps) Uimp (kV) Rating Ui (Vac)
lcu Ics Icw
FA, FH 15100 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
FA, FH (1 pole)a 15100 A 18 kA 9 kA N/A Yes 6 750
SFA (1 pole)a 16100 A 25 kA 12.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SFAb 16160 A 25 kA 12.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
FC 15100 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
1663 A 65 kA 50 kA N/A Yes 6 750
SFH 80100 A 65 kA 33 kA N/A Yes 6 750
FI 20100 A 6 kA 1.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
SFI 20100 A 150 kA 75 kA N/A Yes 6 750
QBc 70250 Ad 10 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
KA, KH 70250 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
9
SKI KI 125250 A 130 kA 65 kA N/A Yes 6 750
LA 125400 A 20 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
SLA 250400 A 36 kA 18 kA N/A Yes 6 750
300400 A 65 kA 65 kA N/A Yes 6 750
LC LC 450630 A 65 kA 50 kA N/A Yes 6 750
LE LE 100400 A 65 kA 65 kA N/A Yes 6 750
LX LX 450600 A 65 kA 50 kA N/A Yes 6 750
LH 125400 A 20 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750
MA 300800 A 30 kA 30 kA N/A Yes 6 750
MAL 3001000 A 30 kA 30 kA N/A Yes 6 750
300800 A 50 kA 25 kA N/A Yes 6 750
SMA, SMAL 3001000 A 50 kA 25 kA N/A Yes 6 750
MH 300800 A 65 kA 33 kA N/A Yes 6 750
SMH, SMHL MHL 3001000 A 65 kA 33 kA N/A Yes 6 750
ME, MX ME, MX 450800 A 65 kA 33 kA 8.0 kA Yes 6 750
SNA 6301250 A 50 kA 25 kA N/A No 6 750
SNC 6301250 A 70 kA 35 kA N/A No 6 750
NE, NX NE, NX 6001200 A 70 kA 35 kA 16.0 No 6 750
NC 6001200 A 70 kA 35 kA N/A No 6 750
NA 6001200 A 50 kA 25 kA N/A No 6 750
PG 35 kA 17.5 kA 25 kA
PJ 50 kA 25 kA 10 kA
2501200 A Yes 6 750
PL 85 kA 42.5 kA 10 kA
PK 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA
RG 35 kA 17.5 kA 32 kA
RJ 50 kA 25 kA 32 kA
6002500 A Yes 6 750
RL 85 kA 42.5 kA 32 kA
RK 70 kA 52.5 kA 32 kA
PA 6002000 A 50 kA 38 kA N/A No 6 750
PC, PH 6002500 A 70 kA 53 kA N/A No 6 750
PE, PX PE, PX 6002500 A 70 kA 53 kA 12.5 No 6 750
a Single pole ratings are 240 V.
b SFA 2 & 3 pole marked Line and Load.
c IEC rating 415Y/240 Vac; NEMA/UL rating 240 Vac.
d 250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only.

All Rights Reserved
Circuit Breaker
Dimensions
B
CE Marking
9
E G D International productsIEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and
H H C IEC 60947-2.
MCCBs in I-Line plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact
your nearest Field Sales office.
A
F Table 9.12: Dimensions
LOAD CENTERS
Circuit No. Fig. Dimensions mm

C/L
Breaker Poles No. A B C D E F G H
SFA, SFH/FS, FH 3 1 152 114 80 105 11 130 38 19
E Figure 1
SFI/FI 3 1 203 114 93 121 11 181 38 19
KA, KH, KC 3 1 203 114 93 121 11 181 38 19
B D SKI/KI 3 1 203 114 93 121 11 181 38 19
E
G C SLA/LA, LH 3 1 279 152 103 148 22 235 51 25
SMA, SMH/MA, MH 3 1 356 229 115 165 42 272 76 38
SNA, SNC/NA, NC 3 2 308 381 163 205 43 222 127
PA, PH 3 3 511 348 184 364 356 305 324
A F PC 3 4 663 592 339 419 356 305
2 5 164 76 77 100 a 108
QB
3 6 164 114 77 100 a 108 38 19
PG, PJ, PL 2, 3 7 414 210 140 204 106 200 200
E Figure 2 RG, RJ, RL 2, 3 8 381 420 160 365 222 362 390
a Dimensions E are 40 mm at ON end and 16 mm at OFF end.
B
B
G D
G D E B
F C
F C
C/L
A A F
A
E
E
E
Figure 3
Figure 5
Figure 4
B B D B
G D G C G D
E HH C F C
E
C/L
A F AF
AE
E
E
Figure 6 Figure 7
Figure 8

All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 10
10 International Panelboards
NQX Panelboards (Replace NQODX panelboards)

Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards 10-1
NQX Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards

Application For export application only. Not UL Listed.
13W 110/220, 115/230/ Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz

Service 34W 220/110, 220/127, 230/115, 380/220, 415Y/240 Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz
Mains
Mains Rating Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker

70 A QOBXDa, QB, HD
100 A Yes QOBXDa, QB, HD
INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS
150 A QB, HD
225 A Yes QB
250 A JD
400 A Yes SLA
600 A Yes
a Available at 240 Vac maximum.
Distributed Phase Bussing

Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker
NQX Panelboard 100 A (1) #6-2/0 Al or Cu 100 A QOXD/QOBXD (1) #4-2/0 Al or Cu

225 A (1) #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu 150 A HD (1) #14-3/0 Al or Cu
(1) 1/0-750 kcmil, or QB (1) #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu, or
400 A 225 A
(2) 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu JD (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu
10
600 A (2) 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu 250 A JD (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) #1-600 kcmil, or
400 A SLA
(2) #1-250 kcmil Al or Cu
Branches Plug-on QOXD and Bolt-on QOBXD

10100 A QOXD and QOBXD 1-, 2-, and 3-pole (3000 AIR)
Boxes Galvanized steel with removable endwalls with knockouts on one end.
Two sizes:
NQB 14 in. W x 5.75 in. D 225 A interior maximum (availability to be announced)
MH 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D 600 A main lug interior maximum
Fronts Features:
Gray baked enamel finish (ANSI49)
Door with flush lock
Mono-Flat fronts on 100225 A. Front mounts to the interior with trim screws.
(Both trim screws and door hinges are concealed.)
Fronts for 400A600 A interiors are louvered and mount to the enclosure with trim screws.
(Door hinges are concealed.)
Common Sub-Feed Lugs, Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker, Split Bus, Feed-Through Lugs
Features
Bus Bars Aluminum bus, standard 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors
Copper bus, optional 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors
Copper bus, standard 600 A interiors
Neutrals 100% Aluminum neutral, standard

100% Copper neutral, optional
200% Neutral, optional
Enclosures Type 1, standard

Type 3R, 5, and 12, optional
Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Stainless Steel, optional
NOTE: Price factory assembled NQX panelboard in the Quote to Cash Product Selector.
Select "NQ" panelboard, then select the appropriate "International Voltage".
Order Point Peru, IN

All Rights Reserved
10
INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS

All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 11
11 Obsolescent and Obsolete Circuit Breakers
Obsolescent and Obsolete Types

Circuit Breaker Availability 11-2
Pictorial and Dimensions 11-311-4
Obsolescent Circuit Breakers
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-5
K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-6
Automatic Molded-Case Switches, Thermal-Magnetic Circuit 11-7
Breakers for Mining Applications
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector 11-8
UL Listed Marine and 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 11-9
Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch 11-10
Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards
Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 11-11
EH/EHB Circuit Breakers 11-12
FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-13
QE Metering Circuit Breakers 11-14
KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-15
IL/ ILL Circuit Breakers and Adapter Kit for Rotary Handle Operator 11-16
NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker 11-17
SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit 11-18
SE Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-19

Compact CK Circuit Breaker, UL 489 11-20
Compact CK Trip Units, Rating Plugs 11-21
Compact CK and Compact C Circuit Breaker 11-22
Compact CK and Compact C Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-23
Compact CM Circuit Breakers, UL 489 Listed 11-24
OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Compact CM Circuit Breaker Accessories IEC 947-2 11-25
Compact CM 1250/1600/2000/3200 Circuit Breakers 11-26
Masterpact Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed 11-2711-28
Masterpact Circuit Breaker Control Units 11-29
Masterpact Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-3011-34
Masterpact Circuit Breaker Spare Parts 11-3511-36
11

All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent and Circuit Breaker Availability
Obsolete Types Class 600
Table 11.1: Circuit Breaker Availability

Availability
Series of Frame Size Volts Poles Amperes Obsolete
Cat. No. Obsolescent
No Longer Available
115A130A MO-1 (Add-on) 120 Vac 1 1530 X
215A250A MO-2 (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 1550 X
215B250B MO-2B (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 1550 X
70000 Multi-Breaker 120 Vac 4 S.P. 1550 X
111600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 1530 X
131600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 1530 X
151101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 1530 X
151600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 1530 X
161101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 With SN 1530 X
161600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 With SN 1530 X
161700 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 1530 X
260000 MB (Left-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 1550 X
270000 MB (Right-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 1550 X
460000 MO-8 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 1550 X
470000 MO-4 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 1540 X
480000 MO-4 (Plug-in) 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 1550 X
940000 LM 600 Vac 2-3 125800 X
950000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 1, 2, 3 1550 X
951000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 1550 X
952000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 1550 X
953000 Flip-on Form W 230 Vac 1, 2, 3 1550 X
954000 100 A Form W (Trip Unit) 250 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
955000 100 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
956000 225 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 70225 X
957000 400 A (KL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 125400 X
958000 600 A (WL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 225600 X
959000 KL Frame Only 600 Vac 2, 3 125400 X
961000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 1550 X
962000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 1550 X
964000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
965000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
966000 225 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 70225 X
967000 400 A (KL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 125400 X
968000 600 A (WL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 225600 X
970000 Type L Form W 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 1050 X
971000 Type L Form W (Flip-on) 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 1050 X
972000 M1 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 1570 X
973000 M2 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
974000 MM (M) (Bolt-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 1550 X
975000 100 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
976000 225 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 70225 X
977000 KL Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 125400 X
978000 LM Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 225800 X
979000 WL Frame 600 Vac 2, 3 225600 X
11
982000 50 A Form W (Flip-on) 125/250 Vac 1, 2, 3 1550 X

984000 ML-2 250 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
985000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50100 X
986000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 10100 X
987000 ML-3 250 Vac 2, 3 125225 X

988000 ML-1 250 Vac 2, 3 15100 X
989000 ML-1 480 Vac 2, 3 15100 X
991000 QB 120/240 Vac 1 1550 X
992000 ML 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 1050 X
992900 ML Form Y 277 Vac 1 1020 X
994000 ML-2 600 Vac 2, 3 15100 X
995000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15100 X
996000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15100 X
997000 ML-3 600 Vac 2, 3 50225 X
998000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15100 X
999000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15100 X
A1B 100 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 15100 X
EH, EHB 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15100 See page 11-12
FD, FG, FJ 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15100 FD, FG FJ, page 11-13
IF, IFL 100 A 480 Vac 2, 3 20100 X
IK, IKL 225 A 480 Vac 2, 3 110225 X
IL, ILL 400 A 480 Vac 2, 3 300400 See page 11-16
KD, KG 250 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100250 See page 11-15
LA(JKL) 0000 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 125400 X
MA-0000 1000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1251000 X
Masterpact 6300 A 600 Vac 3, 4 8006300 See pgs. 11-2011-36
MEC 225 A 600 Vac 2, 3 100225 X
MEC 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 250400 X
MEC 800 A 600 Vac 2, 3 400800 X
MHAB, BC, CA MM (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 1550 X
MHAB, BC, CA M1 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 1570 X
MHAB, BC, CA M2 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70100 X
NHL 1200 A 480 Vac 2, 3 8001200 See page 11-17
PEC 1200 A 600 Vac 2, 3 6001200 X
PEC 1600 A 600 Vac 2, 3 10001600 X
PEC 2000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 10002000 X
QOT Series 1 120/240 Vac 1, 2 30 X
Q1, Q1B 150 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 15100 X
Q1, Q1B 150 A 240 Vac 3 15100 X
Q1-H, Q1B-H 100 A 240 Vac 2 15100 X
Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 125 A 120/240 Vac 2 1530 X
Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 100 A 240 Vac 3 1530 X
Q2, Q2-H, Q2H 225 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100225 X
QE 200 A 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70200 See page 11-14
SE 4000 A 600 Vac 3 2004000 See pgs. 11-1811-19
XO 50 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 1550 X
Y1B 100 A 277 Vac 1 15100 X
Contact your local Sales Office for availability.

All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent and Obsolete Pictorial and Dimensions
Types Class 600
ILL
LA (W) MA (W)
ML-1 ML-2
Table 11.2: Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Dimensions
Circuit Cat. No. Number
Breaker A B C D E F G H
Prefix Poles
Type
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
QB 991 1 3.75 95 1.00 25 2.50 63 3.06 78
992 1 6.00 152 1.00 25 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 .33 8
ML 992 2 6.00 152 2.00 51 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 .19 5
992 3 6.00 152 3.00 76 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 1.83 46
ML-1 999 2&3 6.50 165 4.47 113 3.06 78 3.94 100 .94 24 4.25 108 1.50 38 .75 19
ML-2 994 2&3 9.56 243 4.47 113 3.75 95 4.88 124 1.69 43 6.50 165 1.50 38 .75 19
ML-3 997 2&3 10.38 264 5.97 152 3.88 98 5.31 135 1.69 43 6.63 168 2.00 51 1.00 25
LA (W) LA 2&3 10.75 273 8.25 209 4.31 109 5.50 140 .63 16 9.50 241 2.75 70 1.38 35
MA (W) MA 2&3 16.00 406 8.25 209 4.06 103 6.06 154 .88 22 14.25 362 2.75 70 1.38 35
KL 967 2&3 22.00 559 8.25 209 5.50 140 7.00 178 .63 16 20.75 527 2.75 70 1.38 35
LM 940 2&3 22.00 559 8.25 209 5.50 140 7.00 178 .63 16 20.75 527 2.75 70 1.38 35
IFL (4) IFL 2&3 8.29 210 4.46 113 3.67 93 4.70 119 .44 11 7.41 188 1.50 38 .75 19
IKL (4) IKL 2&3 11.00 279 6.00 152 4.02 102 5.51 140 .88 22 9.25 235 2.00 51 1.00 25

ILL ILL 2&3 11.00 279 12.00 305 4.05 103 6.11 155 .88 22 9.25 235 4.00 102 2.00 51
NHL NHL 2&3 20.00 508 12.00 305 5.75 146 8.12 206 5.87 149 7.76 197 4.00 102 2.00 51
G D
E H H C
A F
11

All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent and Obsolete Pictorial and Dimensions
Types Class 600
D B
A A A C G D
E B E HH C
B E B E B E C/L C/L
A F A F
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 EH, EHB
E E
Figure 4 Figure 5 Q2L
B
G D B D
E HH C G C
B E
E
C/L
A F A F
A C
D E
Figure 6 E
Figure 7 Figure 8
Table 11.3: Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Circuit Breaker No. Fig. DimensionsIn.
Cat. No. Prefix Poles No. A B C D E F G H
1 1 1.00 3.50 2.00 2.97 2.44
EH, EHB 2 2 2.00 3.50a 2.00 2.97 2.44
3 3 3.00 3.50a 2.00 2.97 2.44
1 Width 1.50
FDA, FGA, FJA
2, 3 Width 3.00
2 4 6.44 3.00 3.16 3.92 b 4.25
Q2L, Q2L-H
3 5 6.44 4.50 3.16 3.92 b 4.25 1.50 0.75
KD, KG 2, 3 6 4.12 7.35 3.20 4.17 3.34
MXL, MEL 2&3 7 14.75 9.00 4.37 6.50 1.66 11.43 3.00 1.50
11
NAL, NCL, 2&3 8 12.12 14.98 6.40 8.07 1.69 8.75 5.00
NEL, NXL
a 70100 A is 4.00 in.
b Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.

All Rights Reserved
Obsolescent Circuit F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 650
Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on pages 11-5 through 3-13 are permanent trip UL Listed,
CSA Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements of Federal Specification WC375B/GEN as indicated on
Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7.
NOTE: Consider using PowerPact circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest
Section 7 for more information.
Table 11.4: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac

Extra-High Interrupting
Fixed AC Magnetic 2P 3P
FAL/FHL 2P Terminal
Ampere Trip 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc Wire Range
15100 A Rating (AWG)
15 A 275 A 600 A FCL34015
20 A 275 A 600 A FCL34020 CU30FA4
25 A 275 A 600 A FCL34025 (1) 1410 Cu
30 A 275 A 600 A FCL34030
35 A 400 A 850 A FCL34035 For pricing contact your local
40 A 400 A 850 A FCL34040
45 A 400 A 850 A FCL34045 Schneider Electric distributor.
50 A 400 A 850 A FCL24050 FCL34050 AL100FA4
60 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24060 FCL34060 (1) 143 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24070 FCL34070 or (2) 121 Al
80 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24080 FCL34080
FAL/FHL 3P 90 A 900 A 1700 A FCL24090 FCL34090
15100 A 100 A 900 A 1700 A FCL24100 FCL34100

FAL
Voltage FHL FCL FIL
240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac
240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA
480 Vac 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA
600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA
Termination Option For factory-installed termination, place

Termination Letter termination letter in the third block of the
F = No Lugs circuit breaker catalog number.
L = Lugs both ends FAL36100
P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end
P = Lugs OFF end Termination Letter

Extra-High Interruptingc
Fixed AC Magnetic
Ampere 2Pa 3P
Trip Terminal
Rating 480 Vac, 250 Vdcb 480 Vac, 250 Vdcc Wire Range
FA 2P (AWG)
3 in. (76 mm) 15 A 275 A 600 A FC34015
Mounting Height 20 A 275 A 600 A FC34020 CU30FA4
25 A 275 A 600 A FC34025 (1) 1410 Cu
30 A 275 A 600 A FC34030
35 A 400 A 850 A FC34035
40 A 400 A 850 A FC34040
For pricing contact your local
45 A 400 A 850 A FC34045 Schneider Electric distributor.
50 A 400 A 850 A FC24050( ) FC34050 AL100FA4
60 A 800 A 1450 A FC24060( ) FC34060 (1) 143 Cu
70 A 800 A 1450 A FC24070( ) FC34070 or (1) 121 Al
80 A 800 A 1450 A FC24080( ) FC34080
11
90 A 900 A 1700 A FC24090( ) FC34090
FA 3P
100 A 900 A 1700 A FC24100( ) FC34100
4.5 in. (114 mm)
a 1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
Mounting Height
b FCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.
c FCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.
Table 11.7: Phase Options Table 11.8: Interrupting Ratings

Phase Option FA FH FC FI
1P 2P 3P Voltage
Letter 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac
A FA14035A 240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA
B FA14035B 277 Vac 18 kA 65 kA
C FA14035C 480 Vac 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA
AB FA24030AB 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA
AC FA24030AC
BC FA24030BC
ABC FA34030
CBA FA34030CBA

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Table 11.9: K-Frame250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Adjustable AC Standard High Extra-High
Ampere Magnetic Tripa Interrupting Interrupting Interruptingb Terminal
Rating Wire Range
Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
70 350 A 700 A KAL26070 KHL26070
80 400 A 800 A KAL26080 KHL26080
For pricing

contact your local
90 450 A 900 A KAL26090 KHL26090 Schneider
Electric distributor.
100 500 A 1000 A KAL26100 KHL26100
110 550 A 1100 A KAL26110 KHL26110 KCL24110
AL250KA
125 625 A 1250 A KAL26125 KHL26125 KCL24125 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
150 750 A 1500 A KAL26150 KHL26150 KCL24150
175 875 A 1750 A KAL26175 KHL26175 KCL24175
200 1000 A 2000 A KAL26200 KHL26200 KCL24200
225 1125 A 2250 A KAL26225 KHL26225 KCL24225
250 1250 A 2500 A KAL26250 KHL26250 KCL24250
3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
70 350 A 700 A KAL36070 KHL36070
80 400 A 800 A KAL36080 KHL36080
90 450 A 900 A KAL36090 KHL36090
100 500 A 1000 A KAL36100 KHL36100
110 550 A 1100 A KAL36110 KHL36110 KCL34110 AL250KA
125 625 A 1250 A KAL36125 KHL36125 KCL34125 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
150 750 A 1500 A KAL36150 KHL36150 KCL34150
175 875 A 1750 A KAL36175 KHL36175 KCL34175
200 1000 A 2000 A KAL36200 KHL36200 KCL34200
225 1125 A 2250 A KAL36225 KHL36225 KCL34225
250 1250 A 2500 A KAL36250 KHL36250 KCL34250
Table 11.10: K-Frame250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line Construction, 600 Vac

Adjustable AC Standard High Extra-High
Ampere Magnetic Tripa Interrupting Interrupting Interruptingb Terminal
Rating Wire Range
Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc
70 350 A 700 A KA26070( ) KH26070( )
80 400 A 800 A KA26080( ) KH26080( )
90 450 A 900 A KA26090( ) KH26090( )
100 500 A 1000 A KA26100( ) KH26100( )
110 550 A 1100 A KA26110( ) KH26110( ) KC24110( )
AL250KA
125 625 A 1250 A KA26125( ) KH26125( ) KC24125( ) (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
11
150 750 A 1500 A KA26150( ) KH26150( ) KC24150( )

175 875 A 1750 A KA26175( ) KH26175( ) KC24175( )
200 1000 A 2000 A KA26200( ) KH26200( ) KC24200( ) For pricing contact your local
225 1125 A 2250 A KA26225( ) KH26225( ) KC24225( ) Schneider Electric distributor.
250 1250 A 2500 A KA26250( ) KH26250( ) KC24250( )

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
70 350 A 700 A KA36070 KH36070
80 400 A 800 A KA36080 KH36080
90 450 A 900 A KA36090 KH36090
100 500 A 1000 A KA36100 KH36100
110 550 A 1100 A KA36110 KH36110 KC34110
AL250KA
125 625 A 1250 A KA36125 KH36125 KC34125 (1) 4 AWG350 kcmil Al
150 750 A 1500 A KA36150 KH36150 KH34150
175 875 A 1750 A KA36175 KH36175 KC34175
200 1000 A 2000 A KA36200 KH36200 KC34200
225 1125 A 2250 A KA36225 KH36225 KC34225
250 1250 A 2500 A KA36250 KH36250 KC34250
KA/KH/KC 2P and 3P a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are 25% for low and 20% for high from nominal value shown.
4.5 in. (114 mm) b KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac
c 2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.
Mounting Height
Table 11.11: Interrupting Ratings Table 11.12: Phase Options
Phase Option
Voltage KA, KAL KH, KHL KC, KCL KI, KIL 2P 3P
Letter
240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA AB KA26250AB
480 Vac 25 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA AC KA26250AC
600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 100 kA BC KA26250BC
ABC KA36250
For pricing contact your local CBA KA36250CBA
Table 11.13: Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock ComponentsSchneider
e Electric distributor.
Manually Operated Electrically Operated
Circuit Walking Beam Walking Beam
Breaker Operator $ Price Mounting Pan Operator $ Price Mounting Pan
Ass'y. Ass'y.
Prefix Suffix Adder Suffix Adder
KAL WB KA4WB KAWBP4 WBMO KA9WB KAWBP9
d Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix, 1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.
e Fully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The
completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Obsolescent Circuit Automatic Molded-Case Switches,
Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications
Class 680, 685
Automatic Molded Case Switches
Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only
the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no
overload or low level fault protection.
Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping
device such as a shunt trip.
Automatic switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified.
Table 11.14: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac Schneider Electric distributor.
Ampere 2P 3P Withstand Ratingc Trip Point (A) Lug Kit
Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc ACa DCa Installed
250 KHL26000Mb KHL36000Mb 65k 35k 25k 10k 4500 5175 AL250KA
a UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.
b KHL automatic switches will not accept cylinder lock attachments.
c The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications

These circuit breakers with the properly selected trip range provide protection for trailing cables in compliance with the
Federal Register for Mining Applications.
The thermal-magnetic circuit breakers listed below have thermally-responsive trip elements in addition to adjustable
instantaneous trip mechanisms. They allow for independent selection of thermal and magnetic trip characteristics. See
selection chart below. For Mag-Gard instantaneous trip magnetic-only circuit breakers refer to Digest.
Table 11.15: Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications
Adjustable Magnetic Trip Ranged
Cat. No. $ Price
Low High
KAL3608021T 2600.00
KAL3609021T 2600.00
KAL3610021T 2600.00
KAL3611021T 2600.00
400 A 800 A
KAL3612521T 2600.00
KAL3615021T 2600.00
KAL3617521T 2600.00
KAL3620021T 2600.00
KAL3610022T 2600.00
KAL3611022T 2600.00

KAL3612522T 2600.00
KAL3615022T 2600.00
500 A 1000 A
KAL3617522T 2600.00
KAL3620022T 2600.00
KAL3622522T 2600.00
KAL3625022T 2600.00
KAL3612525T 2600.00
KAL3615025T 2600.00
KAL3617525T 2600.00
625 A 1250 A
KAL3620025T 2600.00
KAL3622525T 2600.00
KAL3625025T 2600.00
KAL3615026T 2600.00
KAL3617526T 2600.00
11
750 A 1500 A KAL3620026T 2600.00
KAL3622526T 2600.00
KAL3625026T 2600.00
KAL3622531T 2600.00
1125 A 2250 A
KAL3625031T 2600.00
1250 A 2500 A KAL3625032T 2600.00
d Magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20% and +30% from nominal values shown.

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector
Mag-Gard Motor Circuit Protector

Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip
level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC requirements for providing motor circuit
protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting
ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor
starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction. H-construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers are also available.
Table 11.16: Magnetic Only 31200 A 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Rating Trip Range Cat. No. $ Price
150 A 7501500 A KAL3615026M
400800 A KAL3625021M
5001000 A KAL3625022M Schneider Electric distributor.
6251250 A KAL3625025M
KAL 7501500 A KAL3625026M
250 A 8751750 A KAL3625029M
10002000 A KAL3625030M
11252250 A KAL3625031M
12502500 A KAL3625032M
15003000 A KAL3625033Mb
a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
b Not UL Recognized.
Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload
relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance
welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the
front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a
contactor and overload relay.
Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:
1. Use selection table for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC Table 430.7 (b) as
follows:
Horsepower Motor Code Letters

1/2 or less AL
3/4 to 1-1/2 AK
2 to 3 AJ
5 to 25 AH
30 to 125 AG
150 or more AF
For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor specify motor
horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current.
11
2. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.

3. Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an Ampere rating recommended for the hp and
voltage involved.
4. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load Amperes. (FLA) for other than Design
E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA.
5. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of
the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer
from start to run, constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled high efficiency. Select thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
from Digest page 7-32 for those applications.
6. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the
allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means
per NEC 430.103.
Table 11.17: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection
Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors Full Load Mag-Gard Magnetic Trip
Amperesa Circuit Breaker Settings b
3 60 Hz ac Cat. No.
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V MIN MAX
30 92 KAL3625025M 700% 1400%
75 96 KAL3625025M 700% 1300%
100 99 KAL3625025M 600% 1300%
40 104 KAL3625026M 700% 1400%
40 120 KAL3625029M 700% 1500%
100 124 KAL3625029M 700% 1400%
125 125 KAL3625029M 700% 1400%
50 130 KAL3625029M 700% 1300%
150 144 KAL3625030M 700% 1400%
50 150 KAL3625030M 700% 1300%
60 154 KAL3625031M 700% 1500%
125 156 KAL3625031M 700% 1400%
60 177.1 KAL3625032M 700% 1400%
150 180 KAL3625032M 700% 1400%
75 200 192 KAL3625032M 700% 1300%
a Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load
current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest Section 15 for
selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system
voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600 volts.
b Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers.

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Obsolescent Circuit UL Listed Marine and 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 600
UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used
aboard a boat or vessel is included in Supplement SA to UL 489, Standard for Molded
Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures (also referred to as UL product
category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard
regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA 302
Standard for Motor Craft (Pleasure and Commercial). In order to be UL Listed for marine
use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections
and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit breakers
should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers.
The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on
vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also
be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.)
Table 11.18: CIrcuit Breakers for Marine Applications

Ampere
Rating
FC, FCL 2, 3 15100 A Add the number 9 after the catalog number prefix There is a 20% adder to the price of the e
KA, KAL 2, 3 70250 A of the standard circuit breaker catalog number.
For use only on vessels over quivalent standard circuit breaker.
Example:
KH, KHL 2, 3 70250 A 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. All marine circuit breakers are supplied
Standard FAL36100 with copper lugs.
KC, KCL 2, 3 110250 A Marine FAL936100
UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically
designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500
Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable
for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems.
This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources
having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for FH, KH, LH, and MH circuit
breakers and 25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc.
FH, KH, LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is
readily accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF
circuit breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range.
These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with
three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See
diagram below.
NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line circuit breakers are not available for

this application.
CAUTION/PRECAUCION/
ATTENTION
Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/
Francher seulement comme suit:
300 V 300 V 600 V MAX.
MAX. MAX. or
o
ou
Load/Carga/ Load/Carga/
Charge Charge
Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)

11
500 Vdc max. (loaded)
Schneider Electric distributor.
Table 11.19: DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range
Circuit Breaker DC Amperesa Interrupting Rating
Cat. No. @ 500 Vdc
Low High
125 A KHL3612517DC 350 700
150 A KHL3615017DC 350 700
175 A KHL3617521DC 400 800
20 kAIR
200 A KHL3620022DC 500 1000
225 A KHL3622522DC 500 1000
250 A KHL3625025DC 625 1250
a Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-36 and Supplemental Digest

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-567-58

All Rights Reserved
DE2 Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch
Breakers Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards
Replacing Obsolescent Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers In NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards
Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers have been replaced by QO and QOB circuit breakers.
Table 1 below is used for replacing 1P, 2P or 3P Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers with QO and QOB branch circuit
breakers in NQO, NQOB and NQOD panelboards.
Table 2 below is used for replacing Q1 and Q1B main circuit breakers in NQO and NQOB panelboards.
Table 11.20: Replacing Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers with QO and QOB Branch Circuit Breakers
Panelboard Branch Circuit Breaker Mounting Assembly $ Price
Type Obsolete Available Requiredc
2P QO
NQOB Q1B QOB SK5668 93.00
NQOD QO SKNQOD225b 75.00
NQOD QOB SKNQOD225b 75.00
Table 11.21: Replacing Q1 and Q1B Main Circuit Breakers in NQO and NQOB Panelboards
Panelboard Main Circuit Breaker Mounting Assembly Retaining Kit
$ Price $ Price
Type Obsolete Available Requiredc Required
NQOB Q1B QOB SK5668 93.00

a Mounting assembly SK5669 is used to mount both Q1 and QO circuit breakers. Not required for replacement purposes.
b 225 A maximum. For 400600 ampere circuit breaker mounting assembly, see Class 1630 Service Bulletin.
c Discount Schedule PE1A.
Branch Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards

2P QOB
Replacement circuit breakers for ML panelboards are determined by the manufacture date of the panel and the panel
depth. (See chart below)
Table 11.22: Replacement Circuit Breakers in ML Panelboards

Panel Depth Availability of Replacement Circuit
Manufacture Date
in. mm Breakers
19481956 8.63 219 No Replacements Available

19581961 10.00 254 No Replacements Available
19621968 10.63 270 Refer to Tables Below
The tables below are used for replacing or adding circuit breakers to 10-5/8 inch deep ML panelboards manufactured
from 19621968 and for switchboards manufactured from 19621968.
Table 11.23: Replacement of Existing Circuit Breakers
Existing Mounting Height Replacement Mounting Single or Twin Mounting
Ampere Cat. No. Poles
11
Circuit Circuit Assembly (Mounting Assembly

Rating in. mm Prefix Required
Breaker Breaker Required Assembly) $ Price
ML-1 15100 A 4.50 114 989 or 999 FAL SK4515d 3P Twin 1637.00
ML-3 100225 A 6.00 152 997 KAL SK4516d 3P Twin 1784.00

LA (W) 225400 8.25 210 LA LAL SK4517 3P Single 2135.00
MA (W) 1251000 A 8.25 210 MA MAL SK4578 3P Single 2783.00
FAL 15100 A 4.50 114 FAL FAL 3P Twin
No
KAL 70250 A 4.50 114 KAL KAL Mounting 3P Twin
N/A
LAL 125400 A 6.00 152 LAL LAL Assembly 3P Single
2P Q1 Required
MAL 3001000 A 9.00 229 MAL MAL 3P Single
MAL 125250 A 9.00 229 MAL LAL SK4517 3P Single 2135.00
Table 11.24: Adding New Circuit Breakers

Mounting Mounting Height Single or Twin Mounting
Cat. No. Poles
Ampere Rating Assembly (Mounting Assembly
Prefix in. mm Required
Required Assembly) $ Price
FAL 15100 A SK4515 4.50 114 3P Twin 1637.00
KAL 70250 A SK4516 4.50 114 3P Twin 1784.00
LAL 125400 A SK4517 6.00 152 3P Single 2135.00
MAL 3001000 A SK4578 9.00 229 3P Single 2783.00
d Mounting assemblies for twin-mounted circuit breakers will only accept the same family and configuration of circuit breakers, i.e., FAL and FAL.
11-10 DE5A PE1A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Obsolescent Circuit Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
Replacement rating plugs for circuit breakers

manufactured before Micrologic. Table 11.27: Replacement Rating Plugs for
Micrologic Circuit Breakers
Table 11.25: Replacement Rating Plugs for Pre- Ampere
Circuit Breaker Frame Size Cat. No.c $ Price
Micrologic Circuit Breakers Rating
Circuit Breakers 100 A ME2100RP

Frame Ampere
Manufactured Cat. No.a $ Price 110 A ME2110RP
Size Rating 225 A 1332.00
Before Micrologic
150 A ME2150RP
100 A ME2100 175 A ME2175RP
Micrologic
ME Micrologic 110 A ME2110 ME Series 3 400 A 250 A ME4250RP 1332.00
Circuit Breakers 225 A 125 A ME2125 2997.00 450 A ME8450RP
150 A ME2150 800 A 500 A ME8500RP 1332.00
175 A ME2175 700 A ME8700RP
ME
250 A ME4250 600 A NE120600RP
400 A 2997.00
350 A ME4350 630 A NE120630RP
450 A ME8450 700 A NE120700RP
Micrologic
800 A 500 A ME8500 2997.00 1200 A 1332.00
NE Series 1 800 A NE120800RP
700 A ME8700 900 A NE120900RP
600 A PE120600 1000 A NE121000RP
700 A PE120700 600 A PE120600RP
1200 A 800 A PE120800 2997.00 700 A PE120700RP
ME Circuit Breakers 1200 A 1332.00
900 A PE120900 1000 A PE121000RP
Manufactured
before Micrologic 1200 A PE121200 1200 A PE121200RP
PE-G/PEC-G 1000 A PE161000 1000 A PE161000RP
Built before Micrologic 1600 A 1332.00
1600 A 1200 A PE161200 2997.00 1200 A PE161200RP
June 1, 1982 PE Series 4
and all PE/PEC 1400 A PE161400 1000 A PE201000RP
1000 A PE161000 1200 A PE201200RP
1200 A PE161200 2000 A 1400 A PE201400RP 1332.00
2000 A 1400 A PE161400 2997.00 1600 A PE201600RP
1800 A PE201800 1800 A PE201800RP
2000 A PE202000 100 A S9020100RP
600 A PEG120600 125 A S9020125RP
700 A PEG120700 200 A 150 A S9020150RP 1332.00
1200 A 800 A PEG120800 2997.00 175 A S9020175RP
PE Micrologic 1000 A PEG121000 200 A S9020200RP
Circuit Breakers 1200 A PEG121200 200 A S9040200RP
1000 A PEG161000 250 A S9040250RP
PE-G/PEC-G
Built after 1600 A 1200 A PEG161200 2997.00 400 A 1332.00
300A S9040300RP
June 1, 1982 Micrologic
1400 A PEG161400 350 A S9040350RP
SE Series 2
1000 A PEG161000 450 A S9080450RP
1200 A PEG161200 800 A 500 A S9080500RP 1332.00

2000 A 1400 A PEG161400 2997.00 700 A S9080700RP
1800 A PEG201800 800 A S9120800RP
2000 A PEG202000 1200 A 1000 A S9121000RP 1332.00
a Contact your local sales office for availability. 1200 A S9121200RP
1600 A 1600 A S9161600RP
Table 11.26: Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for ME, 1332.00
PE Circuit Breakers 2000 A 2000 A S9202000RP
NE, PE and SE Circuit Breakers with
Manufactured c Contact your nearest local sales office for availability.
before Micrologic Full-Function Micrologic Trip System
Manufactured Between December 1989
and September 1992
Old Cat. No. New Cat. No.b Multiplier Value $ Price
RP040 ARP040 0.400
297.00
RP050 ARP050 0.500
RP056 ARP056 0.563
RP058 ARP058 0.583 297.00
11
RP060 ARP060 0.600
RP063 ARP063 0.625
NE Micrologic
Circuit Breakers RP067 ARP067 0.667 297.00
RP070 ARP070 0.700
SE Micrologic RP075 ARP075 0.750
Circuit Breakers RP080 ARP080 0.800 297.00
RP083 ARP083 0.833
RP088 ARP088 0.875
RP090 ARP090 0.900 297.00
RP100 ARP100 1.000
b Discount Schedule DE2

All Rights Reserved
DE5A DE2 Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit EH/EHB Circuit Breakers
EH/EHB circuit breakers are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill
purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Table 11.28: E Frame100 A, Thermal Magnetic (480Y/277 Vac)

1P 2P 3P
277 Vac14 kA 480Y/277 Vac14 kA 480Y/277 Vac14 kA
120 Vac65 kA 120/240 Vac65 kA 240 Vac65 kA
Wire Size
Amp (AWG) Wire
Rating Temp.
Requires Requires Requires Requires

1 Space 1 Space 2 Spaces 3 Spaces
Plug-On Bolt-On Bolt-On Bolt-On

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Al Cu
EH/EHB Circuit Breakers
EH14015 a Not Available EHB14015 a 207.00 EHB24015 527.00 EHB34015 921.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
15 A EHB340151042 1676.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
EHB140151082 962.00 EHB340151082 1676.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
EH14020 a Not Available EHB14020 a 207.00 EHB24020 527.00 EHB34020 921.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
EHB340201042 1676.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
20 A
EHB140201082 962.00 EHB240201082 1281.00 EHB340201082 1676.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
EHB240201212 839.00 EHB340201212 1233.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
25 A EH14025 Not Available EHB14025 Not Available EHB24025 Not Available EHB34025 Not Available 128 148 60/75 oC
EH14030 Not Available EHB14030 207.00 EHB24030 527.00 EHB34030 921.00 128 148 60/75 oC
EHB140301082 962.00 EHB240301042 1281.00 EHB340301082 1676.00 128 148 60/75 oC
30 A
EHB240301082 1218.00 EHB340301212 1233.00 128 148 60/75 oC
EHB3403035 1106.00 128 148 60/75 oC
35 A EH14035 Not Available EHB14035 207.00 EHB24035 527.00 EHB34035 921.00 122 142 75 oC
EH14040 Not Available EHB14040 207.00 EHB24040 527.00 EHB34040 921.00 122 142 75 oC
40 A EHB340401042 1676.00 122 142 75 oC
EHB340401212 1233.00 122 142 75 oC
45 A EH14045 Not Available EHB14045 207.00 EHB24045 527.00 EHB34045 921.00 122 142 75 oC
11
EHB340501042 1676.00 122 142 75 oC

50 A
EHB340501082 1676.00 122 142 75 oC
EHB340501212 1233.00 122 142 75 oC
60 A EHB340601042 1592.00 122 142 75 oC
EHB340601212 1148.00 122 142 75 oC
70 A EHB24070b Not Available EHB34070b Not Available 42/0 42/0 75 oC
100 A EHB24100b 1040.00 EHB34100b Not Available 42/0 42/0 75 oC
100 A EHB241001082 1794.00 EHB34100b Not Available 42/0 42/0 75 oC
EH/EHB HID Circuit Breakers For Use on High Intensity Discharge Lighting Systems
15 A EH14015HIDa Not Available EHB14015HIDa Not Available EHB24015HID 561.00 EHB34015HID Not Available (2) 1410 60/75 oC
20 A EH14020HIDa 204.00 EHB14020HIDa 234.00 EHB24020HID 561.00 EHB34020HID 972.00 (2) 1410 60/75 oC
25 A EH14025HID Not Available EHB14025HID 234.00 EHB24025HID Not Available EHB34025HID Not Available 128 148 60/75 oC
30 A EH14030HID Not Available EHB14030HID 234.00 EHB24030HID Not Available EHB34030HID 972.00 128 148 60/75 oC
a UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated.
b For use only in Series 3 or Series E1 panelboards. Contact your nearest local sales office for use in earlier series panelboards

No. of
Accessory Circuit Breaker Prefix Cat. No. $ Price
Poles
Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF) EH (15100 A) 1, 2, 3 HPAEH 11.40

Obsolescent Circuit FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers
FJ 3-pole circuit breakers are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for
replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability. FD and FG circuit breakers are obsolete
and are no longer available.
Table 11.30: FJ Powerpact100 A, Thermal-Magnetic (480Y/277 Vac)

Cont. AC Magnetic J Interrupting
Current Trip Settings Terminal
Rating Wire Range
@ 40C Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price
3P, 480Y/277 Vac
15 A 250 A 500 A FJA34015
AL30FD
20 A 250 A 500 A FJA34020 126 AWG Al
2318.00
25 A 250 A 500 A FJA34025 or
146 AWG Cu
30 A 250 A 500 A FJA34030
35 A 550 A 1100 A FJA34035
40 A 550 A 1100 A FJA34040
45 A 550 A 1100 A FJA34045 2318.00
50 A 550 A 1100 A FJA34050 AL100FD
122/0 AWG Al
60 A 550 A 1100 A FJA34060 or
70 A 550 A 1100 A FJA34070 142/0 AWG Cu
80 A 550 A 1800 A FJA34080
FJ 3P 2852.00
90 A 550 A 1800 A FJA34090
3 in. (76 mm) Mounting Height
100 A 550 A 1800 A FJA34100

Circuit Breaker Application Number of Wires Lugs $ Price
Kit
Ampere Ampere Per Lug and Per Per Kitd
Standard Optional Cat. No.
Rating Rating Wire Rangea Kit

(1) 126 AWG Al or
FJ 1530 A AL30FD 3 41.30
(1) 146 AWG Cu
(1) 122/0 AWG Al or
FJ 35125 A FJ 1530 A AL100FD 3 41.30
(1) 142/0 AWG Cu
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only
FJ 15125 A (1) 141/0 AWG Cu CU100FD 3 41.30
Table 11.32: UL Listed Field-installable Compression Lug Kits

Circuit Dimension Max. Lugs Lug $ Price
Kit
Breaker System Rangea A Per Qty. Per
Cat. No.
Type (in.) Terminal Per Kit Kitd
Aluminum Compression Lug Kits

FJ 81/0 AWG 1.375 1 VC100FD 3 102.00
Copper Compression Lug Kits
FJ 61/0 AWG 1.375 1 CVC100FD 3 102.00
Table 11.33: Electrical Accessory Package for FJ Circuit Breakers

Add suffix to catalog number (ie. FJA34015 becomes FJA34015AABASA)
Accessory Packageb Suffix $ Price
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Shunt Trip Package AABASA 1067.00
Table 11.34: Terminal Nut Insert Kit

Circuit Breaker Type Qty. per Kit Cat. No. $ Priced
FJ 3 TIKFD 17.40
11
Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Cat. No. $ Priced
Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)
FJ 1, 2 or 3 HPAFD 25.50
Phase Option No. Phase Connection 3P

Standard c ABC FJA34020
6 CBA FJA340206
b Accessory package takes an additional pole space.
c The absence of a phase option number after a 3-pole catalog number will result in an ABC phase connection.
d Discount Schedule DE2.
Table 11.36: Interrupting Ratings (kA)

Voltage J
480Y/277 65

All Rights Reserved
DE5A DE2 Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit QE Metering Circuit Breakers
Breakers
QE circuit breakers are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill
purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Table 11.37: Branch Circuit Breakers

Branch Device
Branch Circuit Breaker
System
Type Ampere Cat. No. $ Price
Rating
1 IN 1 OUT
or
3 IN 13W OUT
70 A QE270VH 438.00
80 A QE280VH 489.00
90 A QE290VH 489.00
100 A QE2100VH 489.00
200 A Max.
125 A QE2125VH Not Available
150 A QE2150VH 1158.00
3 IN 3 OUT
70 A QE370VH 489.00
200 A Max.
11

Obsolescent Circuit KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breakers Class 540
Powerpact KD and KG circuit breakers are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for
replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Table 11.38: Powerpact K Frame250 A, Thermal-Magnetic (240 Vac)

Continuous AC Magnetic D Interrupting Level G Interrupting Level Terminal
Current Trip Settings Wire
Rating Range
@ 40o C Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price
2P, 240 Vac
100 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL22100 Not Available KGL22100 Not Available
150 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL22150 1362.00 KGL22150 Not Available AL250KD
6 AWG350 kcmil
175 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL22175 Not Available KGL22175 Not Available Al or Cu
200 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL22200 Not Available KGL22200 5760.00
KDL and KGL 250 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL22250 Not Available KGL22250 Not Available
Circuit Breaker
3P, 240 Vac
3P
100 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL32100 2123.00 KGL32100 Not Available
100250 A
150 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL32150 2123.00 KGL32150 Not Available AL250KD
6 AWG350 kcmil
175 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL32175 Not Available KGL32175 Not Available Al or Cu

Circuit Breaker Application
Kit Catalog Number of Wires Per Lug Lugs
Ampere Ampere Torque $ Price
Number Standard Optional and Wire Range Per Kit
Rating Rating
AL250KD KDL, KGL 100250 A (1) 6 AWG350 kcmil 300 lb-in (34 Nm) 3 Not Available
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only
CU250KD KDL, KGL 100250 (1) 6 AWG350 kcmil 300 lb-in (34 Nm) 3 134.00

Circuit Breaker Type Cat. No. $ Price
Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)

KDL, KGL HPAKD Not Available
Table 11.41: Interrupting Ratings (kA)

KDL KGL
240 V 25 65
480 V
600 V
11

All Rights Reserved
DE5A Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit IL/ ILL Circuit Breakers and Adapter Kit for Rotary Handle
Breakers Operator
Class 830, 670, 690
IL/ILL circuit breakers and adapter kit for rotary handle operator products are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications.
Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Table 11.42: Current Limiting I-Limiter (400 A, 480 Vac)

AC Magnetic Trip 3P Individually-Mounted Circuit
Ampere 3P I-Line Circuit Breaker
Setting Breaker
Rating
Low High Cat. No. $ Priceb Cat. No. $ Price
400 A 1500 A 4000 A IL344001021 36630.00 ILL34400 Not Available

Ampere Number of Wires Per Lugs
Kit Cat. No. Circuit Breaker $ Price
Rating Lug and Wire Ranges Per Kit
CU400IL40 IL 250400 A (2) 64/0 AWG Cu 1 Not Available
Table 11.44: Compression Lug Kit Information

Circuit Number of Lugs Per Terminal and Wire Lugs Per
Kit Cat. No. $ Price
Breaker Rangea Kit
VC400LA35 IL (2) 250350 kcmil 2 195.00
IL Circuit Breaker
VC400LA3 IL (2) 4 AWG300 kcmil 1 202.00
300-400 A
VC400LA5 IL (1) 2/0 AWG500 kcmil 1 95.00
VC400LA7 IL (1) 500750 kcmil Al or 500 kcmil Cu 2 95.00
CVC400LA3 IL (2) 4 AWG300 kcmil Cu 2 195.00
CVC400IL3 IL (2) 2/0 AWG300 kcmil Cu 2 Not Available
CVC400LA5 IL (1) 250500 kcmil Cu 1 95.00
CVC400IL5 IL (1) 250500 kcmil Cu 1 Not Available
b Discount Schedule DE5A.
11

Obsolescent Circuit NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Breakers Class 670
NHL circuit breakers and related accessory products are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is
available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Table 11.45: NHL Circuit Breaker (1200 A, 480 Vac)

AC Magnetic Trip
Ampere Settings 2P 3P Standard Lug Kit Wire
Rating Amperes Range
800 A 4000 A 8000 A NHF368001021 20795.00
1000 A 5000 A 10000 A NHF3610001021 24486.00
1200 A 5000 A 10000 A NHF361200 27903.00
1200 A 5000 A 10000 A NHF3612001021 28731.00
AL1200NA
800 A 4000 A 8000 A NHL36800 19965.00 (4) 350750-kcmil
1000 A 5000 A 10000 A NHL261000 21123.00 NHL361000 23658.00
1000 A 5000 A 10000 A NHL3610001021 24486.00
1200 A 5000 A 10000 A NHL261200 25173.00 NHL361200 27903.00
1200 A 5000 A 10000 A NHL3612001021 28731.00
NHL Circuit Breaker
8001200 A
Table 11.46: Mechanical Lug Kit
Circuit Ampere Number of Wires Per Lugs
Breaker Rating Lug and Wire Rangea Per Kit
AL1200NA NH 6001200 (4) 350750 kcmil 1 290.00
Table 11.47: Compression Lug Kit

Circuit Number of Lugs Lugs
Breaker Per Terminal and Wire Rangea Per Kit
VC1200NA5 NH (1) 2/0 AWG500 kcmil 1 713.00
(1) 500750 kcmil Al or
VC1200NA7 NH 1 776.00
500 kcmil Cu
Table 11.48: Mechanical Accessories

Circuit No. of
Cat. No. Description $ Price
Breaker Poles
HPANAb NH Handle Padlock Attachment 2, 3 36.50
NAHEX NH Handle Extension 2, 3 228.00
b Use with NAHEX handle extension.

Table 11.49: Control Wire Terminations
Cat. No. Standard Package Quantity $ Price per Lug
AL1200NAT 1 276 .00
11

All Rights Reserved
DE5A Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit
Breakers Class 678
SE circuit breakers and related accessories are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available
for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.
Table 11.50: SE Circuit Breaker

Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breaker Drawout Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.ab Cat. No.ab
Rating
Sensor Ampere Plug Long-Time Long-Time
Size Rating Long-Time $ Price Long-Time $ Price
Installed Short-Time Short-Time
Short-Time Short-Time
Instantaneous Instantaneous
Instantaneous Instantaneous
w/Ground Faultc w/Ground Faultc
Standard Interrupting Rating
1200 A 1200 A SEF361200LSMR 46493.00
SEF363000LS 88845.00 SED363000LS 105443.00
SEF363000LSG 94695.00 SED363000LSG 111294.00
3000 A 3000 A
SEF363000LSMR 95942.00 SED363000LSMR 112539.00
ARP100 SEF363000LSGMR 101792.00 SED363000LSGMR 118391.00
SEF364000LSZ 141783.00
SEF364000LSMRZ 148880.00
4000 A 4000 A
SEF364000LSGMRZ 154731.00 SED364000LSGMR 181920.00
SEF364000LSAMRZ 154731.00
High Interrupting Rating
1200 A 1200 A SEHF361200LSGMR 59051.00
ARP100
3000 A 3000 A SEHF363000LSMR 112541.00
a MR (Motor Ready) indicates 120 Vac spring charging motor only already installed. Does not include shunt close or shunt trip option.
b Z indicates circuit breaker supplied without terminal connector kit.
c Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick-up indication only).
11

Obsolescent Circuit SE Circuit Breaker Accessories
Breakers Class 678
SE circuit breakers and related accessories are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available
for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your nearest local sales office for product availability.
Table 11.51: Field-Replaceable Electronic Trip Unit Kits (Replaceable by Field Services Only)a
Trip Unit Function Cat. No.
Ampere Long-Time Long-Time
Long-Time $ Price
Rating Short-Time Short-Time
Short-Time Instantaneous with Instantaneous with
Instantaneous Ground Fault Ground Fault Alarm
400 A SETU400LSGB 9147.00
800 A SETU800LSB 7163.00
800 A SETU800LSGB 9147.00
1200 A SETU1200LSB 7163.00
1200 A SETU1200LSGB 9147.00
1600 A SETU1600LSGB SETU1600LSAB 9147.00
2500 A SETU2500LSGB 9147.00
3000 A SETU3000LSB 7163.00
3000 A SETU3000LSGB SETU3000LSAB 9147.00
4000 A SETU4000LSB 7163.00
4000 A SETU4000LSGB 9147.00
a Used only with SE circuit breaker Series 3B.
Table 11.52: SE Drawout Cell Keying Kit Table 11.55: Neutral Current Transformers
Cell Key Positions Table Cat. No. $ Price Sensor Where Used
Cell Keying Frame Size Drawout Carriage Cell Key Position $ Price SE12NCT 644.00 800 SE, SEH
Kit Cat. No. A B C D E SE12NCT 644.00 1200 SE, SEH
SECK0400 400 A X X Not Available SE30NCT 644.00 1600 SE, SEH
SECK0800 800 A X X Not Available SE30NCT 644.00 2000 SE, SEH
SECK1200 1200 A X X 212.00 SE30NCT 644.00 2500 SE, SEH
SECK2500 2500 A X X 212.00
SECK3000 3000 A X X 212.00
Table 11.53: Field-Replaceable Accessory Kits

Electric Joint Compound
SE drawout circuit breakers are supplied with factory-
Kit
Description Cat. No. $ Price applied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The
compound should not be removed because it contributes
120 Vac S3MOT120AC2 7097.00
Spring Charging Motor 24 Vdc to the overall performance of the connection.
Replacement Kit 48 Vdc Whenever one of these units is removed and reinstalled,
125 Vdc S3MOT125DC2 8094.00
the joint compound should be reapplied.

120 Vac S3SC120AC2 1266.00
Shunt Close 24 Vdc S3SC024DC2 1266.00 PJC 8311 is a two-ounce container of compound specially
Replacement Kit 48 Vdc S3SC048DC2 1266.00 formulated for the SE drawout connections. This
125 Vdc S3SC125DC2 1266.00
compound MUST BE USED ON SE DRAWOUT
120 Vac S3ST120AC2 1266.00
Shunt Tripb 24 Vdc S3ST024DC2 1266.00 CONNECTIONS. No other type of commercially available
Replacement Kit 48 Vdc S3ST048DC2 1266.00 joint compound should be used.
125 Vdc S3ST125DC2 1266.00
Undervoltage Tripb
120 Vac Table 11.56: Electric Joint Compound
Replacement Kit
Used With Cat. No. $ Price
4 ac/dc S34DCB2 1364.00
Auxiliary Switchb 4 ac/dc add on S34DCT2 1364.00 SED Drawout Circuit Breakers PJC8311 42.80
Replacement Kit 4 ac only S34AC2 809.00
8 ac only S38AC2 1611.00
Alarm Switchb 2 ac only S3AS2 809.00
Replacement Kit
b Also field-installable on Series 3 and newer, and for Series 2 ground
fault circuit breakers.
Table 11.54: Field-Installable External Accessory Kits

Description Kit
Cat. No. $ Price 11
Padlock Attachment SE2PA 210.00
Close Button Cover SE1CBC 152.00
Key Interlock Bracketc SE1KI 860.00
Series 1 Primary Injection Test Plug SEPITK1 209.00
Series 2 Primary Injection Test Plug SEPITK2 309.00
SE Drawout Crank SEDC 209.00
Fan Monitoring Switch Kit SE40FAN No Charge
c Fixed-mounted circuit breakers only. Does not include key interlock.

All Rights Reserved
DE5A Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Compact CK Circuit Breaker, UL 489
Breakers Compact C Circuit Breaker, IEC 947-2
Compact CK and C circuit breakers and related accessories are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service
stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
Table 11.57: Compact CK Circuit Breakers and Switchesa d

Plug Rating (A) Rating Connection Poles Cat. No. $ Price
COMPACT CK Circuit Breaker
Standard Rated
CK1000HLc 1000 A CKIXF36100LI 30632.00
65 kA at 480 Vac
CK400HH 400 A CKHEF36404LI 13415.00
CK800HH 800 A CKHEF36808L2 18542.00
CK800HH 800 A Bus Bar 3P CKHEF36808LS 16275.00
100% Rated
CK800HH 800 A 65 kA at 480 Vac CKHEF36808LI 13415.00
CK1200HHb 1200 A CKHEF36121LSERL 26181.00
CK1200HHb 1200 A CKHEF36121LIERL 23321.00
Standard Rated
CK800N 800 A Cable 4P CKAXL46808LI 11895.00
50 kA at 480 Vac
COMPACT CK Non-Automatic Molded Case Switch
CK800NA 800 A CKAF36008S 7803.00
Non-Automatic Switch Bus Bar 3P
CK1200NA 1200 A CKAF36001S 12389.00
12 cables: 2/0 AWG400 kcmil Cu
800 A terminal
13 cables: 4/0 AWG400 kcmil Al
Cable Range
1200 A terminal 14 cables: 4/0 AWG500 kcmil Al
13 cables: 250600 kcmil Cu or Al
a STRxxDP, SP and UP trip units allow Long Time adjustment from 0.8 to 1 times plug rating.
b Edgewise rear connectors are mandatory for line and load and are included. Not available for cable connected.
c 150 kA at 480 Vac.
d Summary of Option:
F: Fault indicators
T: Residual-type ground-fault protection
C: Communication with Digipact
Table 11.58: Compact C801/1001/1251 Circuit Breakers with STR25DE Trip Unit
Plug Rating Rating Connection Poles Cat. No. $ Price
C1001N 1000 A 50 kA at 380/415 Vac Bus Bar 3P CKAXFE36100LI 1322100
C1001H 1000 A 70 kA at 380/415 Vac Bus Bar 3P CKHXFE36100LI 15150.00
C1001N 1000 A 3P CKAXLE36100LI 13940.00
50 kA at 380/415 Vac Cable
C1251N 1250 A 3P CKAXLE36125LI 17432.00
11
C1001H 1000 A 3P CKHXLE36100LI 15869.00

70 kA at 380/415 Vac Cable
C1251H 1250 A 3P CKHXLE36125LI 19367.00
800 A terminal: 13 cables: 70185 mm2
Cu or Al
Cable range:
1250 A terminal 14 cables: 70240 mm2 Cu or Al
Ratings and interrupting ratings: Page 45 of 0600PL9701

Additional Information: Catalog AC0037/2E, Data Sheet 0628HO9801
Other termination: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-22
Other trip units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-21
Other rating plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-21
Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23

Obsolescent Circuit Compact CK Trip Units, Rating Plugs
Breakers
Table 11.59: Other Electronic Trip Units (Replaceable by Field Services only)c
Ir
.8
.85
Ir
.9
.95
Cat. No. $ Price
.9 .98
.85 .95
Ir .7
.8 1
.9 .98 .63
.85 xIn
.95
.7
Long-Time a and Instantaneous Protection

.8 1 Ir
.98 .63
xIn .9
.7 .85 .95
1 Ir
.63 .8
xIn .9 .98
.85 .95
Ir .7
.8 1
.9 .98 .63
.85 xIn
.95
Ir .7
.8 1
.9 .98 .63
T .85 xIn
.95
.7
.8 1
.98 .63
xIn
.7
1
.63
STR25DP 35400 4701.00

xIn
STR25DE 46501b 4701.00

Long-Time a, Short-Time and Instantaneous Protection
STR35SE 46504b 7562.00
Long-Time a, Short-Time, Instantaneous Protection and Options
STR55UP T 35413 9828.00
STR55UP TFC 35424 11069.00
a Long Time:
Adjustable from 0.8 to 1 times plug rating on STRxxDP, SP and UP trip units
Adjustable from 0.4 to 1 times sensor rating on STRxxDE, SE and UE trip units
Can be defeated by using LT OFF rating plug Cat. No. 35300 on STRxxDP, SP and UP trip units.
Substitute MI in the trip function block for factory installation. For use only on 400 A, 800 A and 1200 A.
b Cannot be used in a drawout assembly.
c Summary of Option:
F: Fault indicators
T: Residual-type ground-fault protection
C: Communication with Digipact
Table 11.60: Rating Plugs d

Rating Cat. No. $ Price
300 A 35304 245.00
CK400
400 A 35306 245.00
600 A 35313 245.00
CK800 700 A 35314 245.00
800 A 35315 245.00
900 A 35334 245.00
200A CK1200
Io=1 1000 A 35335 245.00
600 A 35322 245.00
CK1000L 800 A 35324 245.00
CK1000HL
1000 A 35325e 245.00
Table 11.61: External Neutral Sensor

Rating Cat. No. $ Price
Ground-Fault Protection for 800 A 35701 1610.00
34W System 1200 A 35703 1610.00

d Required on STRxx25DP, SP and UP trip units only.
e Cannot be used in a drawout assembly.
11

All Rights Reserved
DE5A Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Compact CK and Compact C Circuit Breaker
Breakers
Installation and Connection Accessories
Table 11.62: Installation and Connection Accessories

Cat. No. $ Price
Bus Bar ConnectionUL489 Connection screws and terminal cover 35626 (2) 192.00
800 A Lugs for CK400 and CK800 (3) 2/0 AWG300 kcmil 46961 305.00
Cable Connection
UL489, C801/1001/1251 1200 A Lugs for CK1000 and CK1200 (4) 4/0 AWG500 kcmil 46960b 359.00
Field-installable, one side Optional 1200 A Lugs (3) 250600 kcmil 46966b 359.00
Flat Connection N/H 46415 1220.00

Rear connectors N/H 46958 (6)a 149.00
Consisting of:
Terminal cover 46993 (2)a 165.00
Rear Connection
UL489, C801/1001/1251 Edgewise Connection N/H 46415 1220.00
Rear connectors N/H 46958 (6)a 149.00
Consisting of:
Complete chassis N/H 46851 3708.00
Plugs N/H 46896 (3)a 191.00
Flat Connection Consisting of:
Rear connections 46990 (6)a 80.00
Standard ChassisUL489
Complete chassis N/H 46851 3708.00
Plugs N/H 46896 (3)a 191.00
Edgewise Connection Consisting of:
Plugs N/H 46896 (3)a 191.00

Flat Connection Consisting of: Terminal cover 46993 (2)a 165.00
Universal Chassis Rear connections 46990 (6)a 80.00
UL489, C801/1001/1251 Plugs N/H 46896 (3)a 191.00
Edgewise Connection Consisting of: Terminal cover 46993 (2)a 165.00
11

a Price is for each.

b Optional on CK400 and CK800.

Secondary Disconnecting Blocks Cat. No. $ Price
3 terminalc 36693 58.00

Moving part
Trip unit UL489 only
6 terminald 36696 89.00
Motor options
Auxiliary switch operator 3 terminalc 42940 58.00
#2 or #3 Auxiliary Shunt trip or Fixed part
switch #1 or Undervoltage UL489, C801/1001/1251
6 terminald 42941 89.00
alarm switch release
c Three wires are needed for shunt trip or undervoltage trip.
d Six wires are needed for auxiliary switches or motor operator.

Obsolescent Circuit Compact CK and Compact C Circuit Breaker Accessories
Breakers

Electrical Accessories, UL489 only Cat. No. $ Price
Auxiliary and Alarm Switch
One auxiliary (OF) + 1 alarm (SD) switch a 36405 453.00
Three auxiliary (OF) + 1 alarm (SD) switch a 36402 1235.00
Two auxiliary (OF) switches a 36404 641.00
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Trip

240 V 36446 717.00
AC 60 Hz
MX 480 V 36446 717.00
(Shunt trip) b 12 V 36434 717.00
DC
48 V 36436 717.00
110/130 44925d 717.00
120 V 36418 717.00
MN AC 60 Hz 220/250 V 44926d 717.00
(Undervoltage trip)c 240 V 36419 717.00
480 V 36420 717.00
DC 48 V 36411 717.00
Installation Accessories, UL489, C801/1001/1251
Extended Handle Standard 46998 44.10
a 6 A (auxiliary), 5 A (alarm) at 480 Vac; 3 A at 600 Vac; 0.5 A at 125 Vdc, 0.25 A at 250 Vdc.
b Minimum operating voltage 55% of rated voltage in ac and 75% of rated voltage in dc
c Dropout at 3570% of rated voltage, pickup at 85% of rated voltage.
d Available for C801/1001/1251 circuit breakers only.

11

All Rights Reserved
DE5A Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Compact CM Circuit Breakers, UL 489 Listed
Breakers
Compact CM circuit breakers and related accessories are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is
available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
Table 11.65: Compact CM Circuit Breakers

Rating Trip Function Cat. No. $ Price
COMPACT CM Circuit Breaker
CM1250HH 1250 A ST306S CMEF36125LS 24216.00
CM1600HH 1600 A ST206D CMEF36160LI 23378.00

100% Rated85 kA at 480 Vac
CM1600HH 1600 A ST306S CMEF36160LS 25752.00
CM2000HH a 2000 A ST306S CMEF36200LS 29328.00
Other Electronic Trip Units (Replaceable by Field Services only)

Long-Time and Instantaneous Protection
ST206D LI 55722 5168.00
Long-Time, Short-Time and Instantaneous Protection
ST306S LS 55723 7542.00
Long-Time, Short-Time, Instantaneous Protection and Ground-Fault Protection
ST306ST (12502000 A) L2 55724 9896.00
ST316ST (2500 A) L2 55725 9896.00
External Neutral Sensor
Ground-Fault Protection for 34W System
For CM1250 55760 1823.00
For CM1600 55759 1823.00
For CM2000 55758 1823.00
For CM2500 55757 1823.00
a Rear Connections are included.
Ratings and interrupting ratings: 0600PL9701

Additional information: Catalog AC0036/3E, Data Sheet 0630HO9801
11
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-25


Obsolescent Circuit Compact CM Circuit Breaker Accessories IEC 947-2
Breakers

Volts (V) Cat. No. $ Price
Connectors
Connection 2000 A (3 per kit for one side) 55797 1446.00
Accessories 2500 A (Complete kit for line and load) 55799 6545.00
Connectors are mandatory for line and load. Prices are given for replacement only.
Auxiliary Switches
Two auxiliary switch (OF)b 55755 839.00
Four auxiliary switch (OF) + 1 alarm switch (SD) b 55754 2097.00
Overcurrent trip switch c Standard

120 55740 1239.00
Electrical Accessories AC 60 Hz 240 55741 1239.00
MX 480 55742 1239.00
(shunt trip)d 24 55744 1239.00
DC 48 55745 1239.00
125 55746 1239.00
120 55728 1239.00
AC 60 Hz 240 55729 1239.00
MN 480 55730 1239.00
(undervoltage trip) e 24 55732 1239.00
DC 48 55733 1239.00
125 55734 1239.00
Locks OFF Position Locking Device Padlock device for 1 to 3 padlocks (padlocks not included) f 55653 279.00
Operating handle 55661 101.00
Spare Parts Extended toggle 55662 138.00
b 6 A (auxiliary), 5 A (alarm) at 480 Vac; 3 A at 600 Vac; 0.5 A at 125 Vdc; 0.25 A at 250 Vdc.
c 2 A at 240 Vac and 0.1 A at 125 Vdc.
d Minimum operating voltage 55% of rated voltage in AC and 75% of rated voltage in dc.
e Dropout at 3570% of rated voltage, pickup at 85% of rated voltage.
f Field installable.

11

All Rights Reserved
DE5A Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Compact CM 1250/1600/2000/3200 Circuit Breakers
Breakers
Volts (V) Cat. No. $ Price

Ground-Fault CM1600 55529 1823.00
External Neutral Sensor Protection for 34W
Systems CM2000 55530 1823.00
Connection Accessories Rear Connectors CM2500 Phase (Set of 4) 55377 1302.00

AC 50 Hz 110/127 55547 1239.00
120/127 55547 1239.00
AC 60 Hz
240/265 55548 1239.00
MX 24 55544 1239.00
(shunt trip)
30 55545 1239.00
DC
Electrical Accessories 110/125 55547 1239.00
220 55548 1239.00
MN AC 60 Hz 120 55558 1239.00

(undervoltage trip) DC 24 55563 1239.00
OFF Position Locking Device

Padlock device for 1 to 3 padlocks (padlocks not included) b 55653 279.00
Locks
Padlock device (Padlock not Ronis 135Ba 55655 462.00
included) + 1 key lock
Operating handle 55661 101.00

For Compact CM Extended Handle 55662 138.00
Circuit Breaker
Spare Parts 3P Cover 55663 461.00
For Compact CM2500 Upstream or Downstream Central 55675 374.00
N/H Circuit Breaker
a Factory-mounted only.
b Field-installable.
11
Ratings and Interrupting Values: Pricing Guide 0600PL9701.

Additional Information: Data Sheet ABTED397059.

Obsolescent Circuit Masterpact Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed
Breakers
Masterpact circuit breakers and related accessories are in obsolescence. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 175.
Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.
To order a complete circuit breaker, order:

1. Circuit breaker frame..........................page 11-27
or cradle only......................................page 11-28
or circuit breaker without cradle.........page 11-28
2. Connections........................................page 11-28
3. Control unit..........................................page 11-29
4. Rating plug..........................................page 11-29
5. Accessories........................................page 11-30
Table 11.68: UL Listed Masterpact Circuit Breaker Frame

AIR/ Fixed Fixed Drawout with Cradle Drawout with Cradle
Rating $ Price
480 V 3P 4P 3P 4P
Standard Interrupting (H1)
MP08H1 800 A 65 kA P08H13FPPS0800 P08H14FPPS0800 P08H13DPPS0800 P08H14DPPS0800
MP40H1 4000 A 100 kA P40H13FPPS4000 P40H13DPPS4000 P40H14DPPS4000c
MP63H1 6300 A 100 kA P63H13DPPS6300c
High Interrupting (H2)
MP08 to MP63
UL 489/NEMA AB1
Standards MP25H2 2500 A 100 kA P25H23FPPS2500 P25H24FPPS2500 P25H23DPPS2500 P25H24DPPS2500
Contact Schneider Electric
MP63H2 6300 A 150 kA P63H23DPPS6300c Cedar Rapids Plant Customer
Switches (NA)Control Unit and Rating Plug Not Required Service Group for current
MP08NA 800 A P08NA3FPPS0000 P08NA4FPPS0000 P08NA3DPPS0000 P08NA4DPPS0000

MP40NA 4000 A P40NA3FPPS4000 P40NA3DPPS0000 P40NA4DPPS0000c
MP50NA 5000 A P50NA3FPPS5000 P50NA3DPPS0000 P50NA4DPPS0000c
MP63NA 6300 A P63NA3DPPS0000c
Special Interrupting (N1)
MC08N1 800 A 50 kA C08N13DPPS0800 C08N14DPPS0800
MC16N1 1600 A 50 kA C16N13DPPS1600 C16N14DPPS1600
MC08 to MC50 Standard Interrupting (H1)

UL1066/ANSI MC08H1 800 A 65 kA C08H13DPPS0800 C08H14DPPS0800
C37.13/NEMA SG3 MC16H1 1600 A 65 kA C16H13DPPS1600 C16H14DPPS1600
Standards
11
MC20H1 2000 A 65 kA C20H13DPPS2000 C20H14DPPS2000
MC32H1 3200 A 65 kA C32H13DPPS3200
MC40H1 4000 A 100 kA C40H13DPPS4000
MC50H1 5000 A 100 kA C50H13DPPS5000
c Not UL Listed
Additional information: Catalog 0631CT9501, Data Sheet 0631HO9701

All Rights Reserved
DE2G Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Masterpact Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed
Breakers
Table 11.69: Masterpact Drawout Circuit Breaker Without Cradle or Cradle Only
AIR Drawout w/o Cradle Cradle Only Drawout w/o Cradle Cradle Only
Rating $ Price
480 V 3P 3P 4P 4P
Standard Interrupting (H1)
MP08H1 800 A 65 kA P08H13A0800 P16H03C P08H14A0800 P16H04C
MP40H1 4000 A 100 kA P40H13A4000 P40H03C P40H14A4000a P40H04Ca
MP63H1 6300 A 100 kA P63H13A6300a P63H03Ca
High Interrupting (H2)
MP08 to MP63
UL 489/NEMA AB1
Standards MP25H2 2500 A 100 kA P25H23A2500 P30H03C P25H24A2500 P30H04C
Contact Schneider Electric
MP63H2 6300 A 150 kA P63H23A6300a P63H03Ca Cedar Rapids Plant Customer
Switches (NA)Control Units and Rating Plug Not Required Service Group for current
MP08NA P08NA3A0000 P16H03C P08NA4A0000 P16H04C
MP40NA P40NA3A0000 P40H03C P40NA4A0000a P40H04Ca
MP50NA P50NA3A0000 P50H03C P50NA4A0000a P50H04Ca
MP63NA P63NA3A0000a P63H03Ca
Special Interrupting (N1)
11
MC08N1 800 A 50 kA C08N13A0800 C16H03C C08N14A0800 C16H04C

MC16N1 1600 A 50 kA C16N13A1600 C16H03C C16N14A1600 C16H04C
MC08 to MC50 Standard Interrupting (H1)

UL 1066/ANSI MC08H1 800 A 65 kA C08H13A0800 C16H03C C08H14A0800 C16H04C

C37.13/NEMA SG3 MC16H1 1600 A 65 kA C16H13A1600 C16H03C C16H14A1600 C16H04C
Standards
MC20H1 2000 A 65 kA C20H13A2000 C20H03C C20H14A2000 C20H04C
MC32H1 3200 A 65 kA C32H13A3200 C32H03C
MC40H1 4000 A 100 kA C40H13A4000 C40H03C
MC50H1 5000 A 100 kA C50H13A5000 C50H03C
Note: Prices do not include control unit and rating plug.
Cradle price is included in the complete drawout price.
Vertical connections (CCS) are mandatory on 1600 A frame and above, and are optional for 800 A and 1200 A frames.
Table 11.70: Vertical Connections

Vertical terminations are mandatory on 1600 A frame and above.
3P Cat. No. 4P Cat. No. $ Price
MP08MC08MP12MP16MC16 R16H03CBCP R16H04CBCP
MP20MC20 R20H03CBCP R20H04CBCP
Contact Schneider Electric Cedar
MP25MP30 R30H03CBCP R30H04CBCP Rapids Plant Customer Service Group
MC32 R32H03CBCP for current pricing and availability.
MP40MC40 R40H03CBCP R40H04CBCP
MP50MC50MP63 R63H03CBCP R50H04CBCP
a Not UL Listed.
11-28 DE2G Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Obsolescent Circuit Masterpact Circuit Breaker Control Units
Breakers
Table 11.71: Control Units

Control Unit $ Price Ground-Fault Protectiona Suffix $ Price Options Suffix $ Price
STR 18M (Instantaneous protection only)
STR18M 4218.00
STR 28D (Long-time and instantaneous protection)

STR28D (long-time = 0.4x1 sensor rating) 4467.00 Ammeter I 2688.00
STR28DP (long-time = 0.8x1 plug rating) 4140.00 Pre-trip overload indication switch ALR No charge
STR 38S (Long-time, short-time and instantaneous protection)

STR38S (long-time = 0.4x1 sensor rating) 6534.00 Residual type T 2637.00 Ammeter I 2688.00
STR38SP (long-time = 0.8x1 plug rating) 6207.00 Source ground return type W 2940.00 Pre-trip overload indication switch ALR No charge
External neutral sensor (TCE) LED fault indicators on the circuit breaker front face
(PIL or AD module or 24 Vdc external power supply is required) F 1071.00
see page 11-30
Power supply with battery PIL 720.00
STR 58U (long-time, short-time and instantaneous protection)

STR58U (long-time = 0.4x1 sensor rating) 7338.00 Residual typeb T 2637.00 Ammeter I 2688.00
STR58UP (long-time = 0.8x1 plug rating) 7011.00 Source ground return typeb W 2940.00 Pre-trip overload indication switch ALR No charge
External neutral sensor (TCE) b LED fault indicators on the circuit breaker front face (PIL or AD F 1071.00
see page 11-30 module or 24 Vdc external power supply is required)
Segregated alarm switch (fault indicator [F] included. Output
contact as a function of selected fault type. FV 2934.00
24 Vdc external power supply or AD module is mandatory)
Power supply with battery PIL 720.00
Zone-selective interlocking, for short-time protection (ST) and Z 2445.00
ground-fault protection (T/W)
Load monitoring (outputs optical trial output contacts 0.1 A 240 R 3171.00
Vac)
Communication (transmits all the trip unit parameters via
Digipact modules) C 1923.00

a External neutral sensor not included.
b External AD module (see page 11-30) is required if load is below 20% or if setting is red zone.
Table 11.72: Rating Plug (RL)

Sensor Rating Plug Rating Cat. No. $ Price Sensor Rating Plug Rating Cat. No. $ Price
125 A 54731 327.00 1200 A 54759 327.00
150 A 54732 327.00 2500 A 1600 A 54760 327.00
250 A
200 A 54733 327.00 2000 A 54761 327.00
250 A 54734 327.00 1600 A 54763 327.00
200 A 54735 327.00 2000 A 54764 327.00
3000 A
250 A 54736 327.00 2500 A 54765 327.00
400 A
300 A 54737 327.00 3000 A 54766 327.00
400 A 54738 327.00 1600 A 54846 327.00
300 A 54739 327.00 2000 A 54845 327.00
11
400 A 54740 327.00 3200 A 2500 A 54844 327.00
600 A
500 A 54741 327.00 3000 A 54843 327.00
600 A 54742 327.00 3200 A 54842 327.00
400 A 54743 327.00 2000 A 54767 327.00
500 A 54744 327.00 4000 A 2500 A 54768 327.00
800 A
600 A 54745 327.00 3200 A 54841 327.00
800 A 54746 327.00 3000 A 54772 327.00
600 A 54747 327.00 3200 A 54840 327.00
5000 A
800 A 54748 327.00 4000 A 54773 327.00
1200 A
1000 A 54749 327.00 5000 A 54774 327.00
1200 A 54750 327.00 3000 A 54839 327.00
800 A 54751 327.00 3200 A 54838 327.00
1000 A 54752 327.00 4000 A 54837 327.00
1600 A 6300 A
1200 A 54753 327.00 5000 A 54836 327.00
1600 A 54754 327.00 6000 A 54835 327.00
1000 A 54755 327.00 6300 A 54834 327.00
1200 A 54756 327.00
2000 A
1600 A 54757 327.00
2000 A 54758 327.00
NOTE: Mandatory for UL Listed Masterpact circuit breakers with STR 28D, STR 38S and STR 58U control units.
Not required on IEC Rated Masterpact circuit breakers.
All Rights Reserved
DE2G Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Masterpact Circuit Breaker Accessories
Breakers
Table 11.73: Neutral Sensor for 3H4W Systems (TCE)

NOTE: External neutral transformer (TCE) must have the same rating
as the circuit breaker current sensor.
Rating Cat. No. $ Pricea
250 A 685512 1584.00

400 A 685514 1584.00
600 A 685516 1584.00
800 A 685518 1584.00
1000 A 685519 1584.00
1250 A 685523 1584.00
1600 A 685524 1584.00
2000 A 685525 1584.00
2500 A 685526 1584.00
3000 A 685527 1584.00
3200 A 685528 1584.00
4000 A 685521 1584.00
5000 A 685673 3012.00
a Discount Schedule DE2G.
Table 11.74: Accessories (Must be ordered as separate items)

Discount
Accessory Description Cat. No. $ Price
Schedule
Sealable Cover (PBD)

For sealing STR 18M, STR 28D, STR 38S and
DE2G 685837 162.00
STR 58U control units (supplied with unit at no charge)
Test Kit (ME)

For testing STR 28D, STR 38S and STR 58U control units
DE5A 55391 16365.00
Power supply 110, 220 Vac 50/60 Hz
Spare test cable for Masterpact DE2G 55390 489.00
11
Spare test cable kit (Compact and Masterpact) DE2 34546 1316.00
Mini Test Kit (BU)
For testing STR 28D, STR 38S and STR 58U control unitsidentical to
DE2 43362 884.00
Compact test kit box (batteries not supplied)
Power Supply Module (AD) Input voltage

24/30 Vdc 685823 1238.00
48/60 Vdc 685824 1238.00
For STR 18M to STR 58U 125 Vdc 685825 1238.00
control units DE2F
Output voltage: 24 Vdc 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 685826 1238.00
220 Vac 50/60 Hz 685827 1238.00
380 Vac 50/60 Hz 685829 1238.00
Battery Module (BAT)
Battery back-up power supply for AD module DE2F 685831 3570.00
11-30 DE2F DE2G DE2 DE5A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Breakers
Table 11.75: Accessories for Circuit Breaker Frame

Cat. No. Cat. No.
Volts (V) $ Price
(XF) (MX)
When adding (not replacing) field-installable accessories, refer to page 11-32 for secondary disconnects.
Maximum 2 shunt trips or 1 shunt trip + 1 undervoltage trip.
Closing Coil (XF)/Shunt Trip (MX)
100 a 685655CC 685655ST 1095.00
110/127 685654CC 685654ST 1095.00
220/250 685658CC 685658ST 1095.00
AC 50/60 Hz
277 a 685659CC 685659ST 1095.00
380/415 a 685660CC 685660ST 1095.00
440/480 685661CCa 685661ST 1095.00
24 685650CC 685650ST 1095.00
30 a 685651CC 685651ST 1095.00
48 685652CC 685652ST 1095.00
60 a 685653CC 1095.00
DC 100/110 a 685654CC 685654ST 1095.00
125 685656CC 685656ST 1095.00
200/220 a 685658CC 685658ST 1095.00
250 685659CCa 685659ST 1095.00
350 685660CC 685660ST 1095.00
Undervoltage Trip (MN)
220/250 685683 1731.00
AC 50/60 Hz 277 a 685684 1731.00
440/480 685686 1731.00
24 685675 1731.00
30 a 685676 1731.00
60 685678 1731.00
DC 100/110 a 685679 1731.00
125 685681 1731.00
200/220a 685683 1731.00

250 685684 1731.00
Time Delayed Undervoltage Trip (MNR) Not UL Listed
100 685689 3360.00
110/127 685690 3360.00
AC 50/60 Hz 220/250 685692 3360.00
440/480 685694 3360.00
MNRI=MNR (see above) + 688337 237.00
Spring Charging Motor (MCH)Includes Spring Charged Switch

100/127 685762 6135.00
200/240 685763 6135.00
AC 50/60 Hz
250/277a 685759 6135.00
11
480a 685769 6135.00
24/30 685760 6135.00
48/60 685761 6135.00
DC
100/125 685765 6135.00
200/250a 685766 6135.00
Mechanical Operation Counter (CDM) (Works With Motor Only) 685733 1512.00
a Not UL Listed.

All Rights Reserved
DE2G Schedule
Breakers
Table 11.76: Accessories for Circuit Breaker FrameContinued

Cat. No. $ Price
When adding (not replacing) field-installable accessories, refer to this page for secondary disconnects.
Two Standard (2a+2b) Auxiliary Switches Standard No charge
Four Auxiliary Switches (OF)
Four changeovers (SPDT) 685725 897.00
One Ready to Close Switch (PF)

One ready to close switch 685727 774.00
One Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)

Not available on switch version Standard No charge
Secondary Disconnects (Supplied at no charge when ordering with complete circuit breaker or adding field-installable accessories.)
Fixed mounting 685871 No charge
Empty socket 685990 (1) No charge
Consisting of:
Connectors (12 terminals) 685995 (2) No charge
Drawout mounting 685868 No charge
Five additional terminal blocks (BS) 685994 No charge
Push Button Padlocking Device (VBP)

By padlock (not supplied) 685728 306.00
OFF Position Lock by Key Lock
KIRK key lock with provision VSKA 685732+35635 2547.00
Provision for KIRK key lock VKA 685732 1491.00
Ronis (1 key lock) with provision VSRA1 685730 711.00
Ronis (2 key locks keyed alike) with provision VSRA2 685738 1419.00
Mechanical Interlocking for Fixed Circuit Breakers (Must be ordered as a separate item. Not UL Listed.)
11
Two circuit breakers Stacksmounted, by rigid link VM2FT 685985 4767.00


Breakers
Table 11.77: Accessories for Cradle

Cat. No. $ Price
Position Switches
Four SPDT connected position switches (CE) 685977 375.00
Two SPDT disconnected position switches (CD) 685978 183.00
Padlocking Device Standard No charge

Disconnected Position Lock by Key Lock (Factory Mounted) (Not UL Listed)
By Ronis key lock One key lock supplied + provision VSRC1 685969 768.00
One key lock + provision VSKC 35635a + 685971 2547.00
By KIRK key lock
Provision only VKC 685971 1491.00
Door Interlock (VPEC)
Lock when circuit breaker connected 685966 543.00
Racking Interlock when Door Opened (VPOC)

One piece 685967 390.00
Withdrawal/Spring Charged Interlock (VEAA) (Factory Mounted)

Incompatible with MN or MNR undervoltage trip 685857 1026.00
Mechanical Interlocking for Drawout Circuit Breakers (Must be ordered as a separate item. Not UL Listed.)
Stacksmounted, by rigid link VM2CT 685975 3786.00
Two device
Adjacent, by flexible link VM2CC 685959 4464.00

a Discount Schedule DE2
11

All Rights Reserved
DE2F DE2 Schedule
Breakers
Table 11.78: Accessories for CradleContinued

Cat. No. $ Price
Safety Shutters (VO)
3P M08M25 685946 1119.00
MP08MP20MC08MC20
4P M08M25 685947 1455.00
3P M32 a 685948 1119.00
MP25MP30
4P M32 a 685949 1455.00
MC32 3P M40 a 685950 1119.00
Shutter Locking Device (VVC)
MP08MP30MC08MC20 M08M32 685965 165.00
MC32 4P M40 685965 (2)b 165.00
MP40MP63MC40MC50 M50M63 685965 (2)b 165.00
Door Escutcheon
Can be used with fixed or drawout circuit breakers 685980c 404.00
Door Escutcheon with Transparent Cover (CCP)

Provides a higher degree of protection 685981c 1412.00
Interphase Barrier (EIP) (Not available for 4000 A, 5000 A, 6300 A and all fixed-mounted circuit breakers.) (Kit contains 3 barriers.)
3P 685979 261.00
4P 685979 261.00
a Only field-installable if not mounted in switchgear.

b Price is for each.
c Discount Schedule DE2F
11
11-34 DE2G DE2F Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Obsolescent Circuit Masterpact Circuit Breaker Spare Parts
Breakers
Table 11.79: Spare Parts

Cat. No. $ Price
Arc Chute (1 piece)
AC 685548 645.00
Clusters for Cradle (Set of 2)

MP08MP16 3P M16N 3P 685872 (3)a 1338.00
MC08MC16 3P 685872 (3)a 1338.00
MP08MP16 4P M16N 4P 685874 (3)a 1845.00
MC08MC16 4P 685874 (3)a 1845.00
MP20MC20 3P M20M25N 3P 685874 (3)a 1845.00
MP20MC20 4P M20M25N 4P 685874 (4)a 1845.00
M08M16H/L 3P 685872 (3)a 1338.00
M08M16H/L 4P 685872 (4)a 1338.00
M20M25H 3P 685874 (3)a 1845.00
M20M25H 4P 685874 (4)a 1845.00
MP25MP30 3P M20M25L 3P 685875 (3)a 2346.00
MP25MP30 4P M20M25L 4P 685875 (4)a 2346.00
M32H 3P 685875 (3)a 2346.00
M32H 4P 685875 (4)a 2346.00
MP40MP50 3P M50H 3P 685875 (6)a 2346.00
M50H 4P 685875 (7)a 2346.00
Arc Chute Cover (CC)
Fixed
MP08MP30 3P M08M30 3P 690300 1104.00
MP40MP50 3P 690302 1953.00
M40 4P 690302 1953.00
Drawout
MP08MP30 3P M10M40DC 3P 689623 894.00
MC08MC20 3P 689623 894.00
M08M32 3P 685960 894.00
Secondary Disconnect Terminal Cover (CB)

Drawout
MP08MP30 3P 689619 558.00
MC08MC20 3P 689619 558.00
MP40MP50 3P 689621 996.00
Escutcheon for Circuit Breaker (1 Piece)
MP08MP30 3P M08M32 3P
MC08MC20 3P M40 4P
MP40MP50 3P M50 3P
685710 681.00
MC40MC50 3P
MP08MP20 4P
MC08MC20 4P
MP63 3P M32 4P
MC32 3P M40 3P
685711 819.00
MP40MP50 4P M50 4P
11
MC40MC50 4P M63 3P
Escutcheon for Chassis
One piece 685633 441.00
Charging Handle
One piece 685713 267.00
Fixing Bracket
Two pieces 685926 753.00
Racking Handle
One piece 685631 450.00

All Rights Reserved
DE2G Schedule
Obsolescent Circuit Masterpact Circuit Breaker Spare Parts
Breakers
Table 11.80: Spare PartsContinued

Cat. No. $ Price
Circuit Breaker Mismatch Protection (Vdc)
One piece 685974 159.00
Sealable Cover
For STR 18M to STR 58U (PBD) control units 685837 162.00
Installation Instructions
IEC Rated Masterpact circuit breakers 689990 No charge
UL Listed Masterpact circuit breakers 48049-071-02 No charge
Vertical UL 489UL 1066 Connectors
MP08MC08MP12MP16MC16 3P (set of three) 685884 (2)a 1044.00
MP20MC20 3P (set of three) 685916 (2)a 1308.00
MP25MP30 3P (set of three top or bottom connectors) 685915 (2)a 3489.00
MP40MC40 3P (set of six connectors) 688256 (1)a 8886.00
MP50MC50MP63 3P (set of six top or bottom connectors) 688256 (2)a 8886.00
11

Table of Contents
Section 12
12 Obsolete Motor Control Centers
Model 4
Branch Feeder Units 12-2
Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units 12-3
Fusible Switch Type Combination Starter Units 12-4
Series 5600
General Information 12-5
Branch Feeder Units 12-6
Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units 12-6
OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL

12 CENTERS

All Rights Reserved
Obsolete Motor Control Model 4 Branch Feeder Units
Centers Class 8998
Table 12.2: Dual Mounted Units

This section covers Model 4 Motor Control Center (MCC)
Breaker Unit Type Space
unit availability during product obsolescence. All Model 4 No. of Poles Trip Rating Frame Type No. $ Price Factor
orders can be completely defined by price, catalog type, 15/15 BW453
and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not 20/20 BW454
required for order entry. 30/30
FH/FH
BW455
3908.00
3 1-1/2
All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. If a NEMA 12 unit is 50/50 BW456
required, multiply the base price by 1.06. Note the 60/60 BW457
FH/FH 3988.00
standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for 100/100 BW458
important information.
Table 12.3: Miscellaneous Items
Model 4 structures are no longer available. Transition
sections can be provided to match an existing Model 4 Unit Description Price
MCC to a Model 6 MCC. K401b 1 2 S.F. Blank Plate $ 68.00
Model 4 to Model 6 Transition K402b 1 S.F. Blank Plate 68.00
Provides transition from a Model 4 to a Model 6 MCC. The K404b 2 S.F. Blank Plate 106.00
transition requires a 12-inch extension on the first section b Unit support pan included.
of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be Table 12.4: Fusible Switch Branch Feeder Units
ordered with at least one Model 6 section and cannot ship
separately. THE MODEL 6 BUS MUST BE OF EQUAL 3-pole c
OR GREATER AMPACITY THAN THE MODEL 4 BUS. Voltage Max. Fuse Size Unit Type No. $ Price Space
The transition section includes all required splice bars. Factor
(Reference the Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing 30 KW408 1214.00 1
Guide.) 60 KX409 1214.00 1
Please supply original Model 4 factory order number, 250
100 KY409 1714.00 1
basic configuration, and Model 4 bus amperage, material,
and plating at time of order. 200 KZ409 2046.00 2-1/2
Compatible structure depths include: 30 KW409 1214.00 1

60 KX410 1214.00 1
15-inch deep Model 6 to 14-inch deep Model 4 600
20-inch deep Model 6 to 20-inch deep Model 4 100 KY410 1714.00 1
200 KZ410 2046.00 2-1/2
Branch Feeder Units and Modifications
NOTE: Fusible branch feeders 30-200 amp using Class H fuse clips have a
Table 12.1: Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder Units a short circuit rating of 10,000 AIR @ 600 V. If Class R fuse clips are
required, order field installabe kit from Digest.
Breaker Unit Type Space c Fuses not included.
No. of Poles Trip Rating Frame $ Price
Type No. Factor
15 BW423 Table 12.5: Starter Unit Options
20 BW424
Description Form No. Price
30 FH BW425 2150.00
Start-Stop PB with 1 Pilot light Red (On)d AP $284.00
40 BW429
Forward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lightse A1PP 616.00
50 BW428
1 High-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lightsf A2PP 616.00
60 BW426
Hand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot Light Red (On)d CP 284.00
70 BW450
1 Pilot Light only Red (On)d P 151.00
3 80 FH BW451 2376.00
2 Pilot Lights Red (On)e PP 384.00
90 BW452
d Full Voltage Non-Reversing units only.
100 BW427
e Reversing units only.
125 BY405 f Two-Speed units only.
150 BY406
175 KH BY409 6336.00 1-1/2 Table 12.6: Miscellaneous Units
200 BY407 MT Units (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door)
225 BY408
Unit Type No. Space Factors Panel Dimensionsg Price
a All branch circuit breakers are thermal magnetic with high interrupting
Form Y532. MT414 1 11-3 4 in. H x 13-5 8 in. W $450.00
MT415 2 22-1 3 in. H x 13-5 8 in. W 908.00
g Dimensions are in inches Depth from door to panel is 7.50 inches.
12
CENTERS

Obsolete Motor Control Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters
Centers 1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard)
Table 12.7: Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At No. of
NEMA Unit Type Space $ Price With $ Price With
C/B Amp Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Starter Size No. Factor FTa SY74 Requiredc
1 41 3 1 3 1 1 41 3 EC403
1 21 1 3 1-1 23 7 EC404
1 1 3480.00 3190.00 3
1-1 23 3 7-1 2 510 15 EC405
5 7-1 2 10 30 EC406
1-1 23 3 7-1 2 510 15 EC409
1 1-1 2b 4772.00 4475.00 3
5 7-1 2 10 30 EC410
5 7-1 2 15 1520 30 ED402
7-1 210 10 25 25 2 50 ED403 1 4695.00 4297.00 3
15 100 ED404
5 7-1 2 15 1520 30 ED405
7-1 210 10 25 25 2 50 ED406 1-1 2b 5718.00 4884.00 3
15 100 ED407
10 10 25 2530 50 EE404
3 1-1 2 6490.00 5884.00 3
1525 30 50 4050 100 EE405
30 40 225 EF406
40 75 100 4 225 EF407 2 11615.00 10798.00 3
50 100 225 EF408
Table 12.8: Full Voltage Reversing

C/B Amp Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Starter Size No. Factor FTa SY74 Requiredc
1 41 3 1 3 1 1 41 3 FC408
1 21 1 3 1-1 23 7 FC409
1 1-1 2 4877.00 4480.00 3
1-1 23 3 7-1 2 510 15 FC410
5 7-1 2 10 30 FC411
5 7-1 2 15 1520 30 FD402
7-1 210 10 25 25 2 50 FD403 2 6251.00 5851.00 3
15 100 FD404
Table 12.9: Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of
C/B
Starter Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Amp
Size No. Factor w/ Ta w/ SY74 No. Factor w/ FTa w/ SY74 Requiredc
1 2 1 43 4 3 HC415 HC419
1 43 4 3 4 2 12 7 HC416 HC420
1 2 4301.00 3846.00 2 7068.00 6240.00 6
12 2 5 35 15 HC417 HC421
35 5 7-1 2 7-1 2 30 HC418 HC422
10 1015 30 HC411 HD413
2 2 5947.00 5309.00 2 9489.00 8328.00 6
7-1 2 10 20 20 50 HC412 HD414
Table 12.10: Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of
C/B
Starter Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Amp
Size No. Factor w/ FTa w/ SY74 No. Factor w/ FTa w/ SY74 Requiredc
1 41 3 1 3 1 1 41 3 HC407 HC411
1 21 1 3 1-1 23 7 HC408 HC412
1 2 4301.00 3846.00 2 7068.00 6240.00 6
1-1 23 3 7-1 2 510 15 HC409 HC413
5 7-1 2 10 30 HC410 HC414
5 7-1 2 15 1520 30 HD405 HD408
7-1 210 10 25 25 2 50 HD406 2 5947.00 5309.00 HD409 2 9489.00 8328.00 6
15 100 HD407 HD410

a Units are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V contol circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74
must be used.
b Includes extra 1 2 space factor (additional space only).
CENTERS
c Melting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add
form B to unit, price adder is 170.00
NOTE: To get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit.
NOTE: Mag-Gard circuit breaker combination starter units through Size 4 are UL Listed for 22,000 AIR @ 600 V. Exception: NEMA Size 3 and 4 when
bimetallic overloads are used are UL Listed for 10,000 AIR @ 600 V.
12

All Rights Reserved
PE4 Schedule
Obsolete Motor Control Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units
Centers 1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard)
Table 12.11: Full Voltage Non-Reversing

NEMA Switch Unit Type Space $ Price With $ Price With Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Starter Size Amp Rating No. Factor FTa SY74 Requiredc
5 5 30 NC413
10 10 1 30 NC414 1 3345.00 3055.00 3
7-1 2 7-1 2 60 NC415
7-1 2 7-1 2 60 NC416
1 1-1 2b 4479.00 4029.00 3
10 10 30 NC417
10 15 60 ND411
2 1 4509.00 4102.00 3
25 25 60 ND412
10 15 60 ND413
2 1-1 2b 5197.00 4715.00 3
25 25 60 ND414
20 25 100 NE416 1-1 2
25 30 3 200 NE417 3 6228.00 5618.00 3
50 50 100 NE418 1-1 2
40 50 200 NF409
4 3-1 2 10192.00 9369.00 3
100 100 200 NF410
Table 12.12: Full Voltage Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At Switch No. of
Ampere Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Starter Size No. Factor FTa SY74
Rating Requiredc
5 5 30 OC417
7-1 2 7-1 2 1 60 OC418 1-1 2 4744.00 4349.00 3
10 10 30 OC419
10 10 60 OD409
2 2 6069.00 5669.00 3
25 25 60 OD410
Table 12.13: Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA Switch One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of
Starter Amp Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Size Rating Requiredc
No. Factor w/ FTa w/ SY74 No. Factor w/ FTa w/ SY74
5 5 30 QC447 QC450
5 5 1 60 QC448 2 4016.00 3559.00 QC450 2 6541.00 5712.00 6
7-1 2 7-1 2 30 QC449 QC452
7-1 2 10 60 QD437 QD439
2 2 5712.00 5074.00 2 9016.00 7849.00 6
20 20 60 QD438 QD440
Table 12.14: Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA Switch One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of
Starter Amp Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Unit Type Space $ Price $ Price Thermal Units
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Size Rating Requiredc
No. Factor w/ FTa w/ SY74 No. Factor w/ FTa w/ SY74
7-1 2 7-1 2 30 QC441 QC444
7-1 2 7-1 2 1 60 QC442 2 4016.00 3559.00 QC445 2 6541.00 5712.00 6
10 10 30 QC443 QC446
10 15 60 QD433 QD435
2 2 5712.00 5074.00 2 9016.00 8749.00 6
25 25 60 QD434 QD436
a Units are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V control circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74
must be used.
b Includes extra 1 2 space factor (additional spaces only).
c Melting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add
form B to unit, price adder is 170.00
NOTE: Refer to catalog to get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit.
12
NOTE: Fusible starters Sizes 13 using Class H fuse clips have a short circuit rating of 5,000 AIR @ 600 V. Size 4 starters using Class H are rated
10 kAIR @ 600 V. If Class R fuse clips are required, order field installable kit from Digest. Fuses are not included.
CENTERS

Obsolete Motor Control Series 5600 General Information
Centers
This section covers Series 5600 Motor Control Center availability during product obsolescence. All Series 5600 orders
can be completely defined by price, catalog type, and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not required for
order entry.
All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. Note the standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for important
information.
Notes:
1. All units are circuit breaker type.
2. All starter units use Square D Type S starters and contactors.

Telemecanique Series 5600 History
The Series 5600 MCC was in production for more than 20 years. In 1970 it was first sold under the ITE Circuit
Breaker/ITE Imperial name. In 1976 ITE Imperial merged with Gould Inc. The MCC was then sold with the Gould ITE
name and later the Gould name. In 1985 the Industrial Controls Division of Gould Inc. was sold to Telemecanique Inc.,
and the MCC was renamed the Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC. Telemecanique, Inc., was acquired by Groupe
Schneider in 1988, and in 1991 Square D Company was purchased by Groupe Schneider.
Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D Model 6
Provides transition from Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC to Square D Model 6 MCC. The transition requires an
extension on the first section of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be ordered with at least one Model 6
section, and cannot ship separately. The ampacity of the Model 6 bus will be equal to or greater than that of the
Series 5600 bus. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep Series 5600. 15 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to
15 in. deep Series 5600. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep back-to-back Series 5600 (units mounted
both front and back), with front only unit mounting on the Model 6 section(s). The transition section includes all required
splice bars. (Reference Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing Guide.)
NOTE: Not Available In NEMA Type 3R Construction.
The Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section is available in two basic configurations:
1. Model 6 on right spliced to Series 5600 on left
2. Model 6 on left spliced to Series 5600 on right
The following information must be provided when ordering a Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section:
1. Basic configuration (Model 6 Right/Series 5600 Left or Model 6 Left/Series 5600 Right)
2. Series 5600 bus amperage, material, plating, and dimensions
3. Model 6 bus amperage, material, and plating
4. Original Series 5600 factory order number
Please contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for price and availability of transition sections.

12 CENTERS

All Rights Reserved
Obsolete Motor Control Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type
Centers Combination Starter Units
Notes:
1. Bimetallic overload relay included; thermal units 4. All units include a control power transformer and are
must be priced and ordered separately for NEMA wired for 120 V control.
Sizes 1 and 2. 5. All starter units are rated for 100 k AIR at 480 V.
2. On starter units, the last digits of the unit catalog 6. All starter units are supplied with 1B wiring, 1 N.O.
number represent the horsepower. auxiliary interlock, and 1 N.C. auxiliary interlock.
3. All units are NEMA 1 enclosure.
Table 12.15: Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters

Unit Catalog No.
NEMA Size C/B Amps $ Price Space Factor
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V
1TA.33 2TA.33 TA1 6TA1 3
1TA1 2TA1 TA3 6TA3 7
1 3600.00 1
1TA3 2TA3 TA7.5 6TA10 15
1TA5 2TA7.5 TA10 30
1TA10 2TA10 TA25 6TA25 2 50 4326.00 1
1TA25 2TA30 TA50 6TA50 3 100 5632.00 2
Table 12.16: Full Voltage Reversing Starters

Unit Catalog No.
NEMA Size C/B Amps $ Price Space Factor
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V
1TC.33 2TC.33 TC1 6TC1 3
1TC1 2TC1 TC3 6TC3 7
1 4816.00 1.5
1TC3 2TC3 TC7.5 6TC7.5 15
1TC5 2TC7.5 TC10 6TC10 30
1TC10 2TC10 TC25 6TC25 2 50 5796.00 1.5
Table 12.17: 2 Speed 1 Winding Starters

Constant Hp Constant or Variable Torque
Unit Catalog No. Unit Catalog No. NEMA Space
C/B Amps $ Price
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Size Factor
TH.5 6TH.75 1TE.33 2TE.33 TE1 6TE1 3
1TH.75 2TH.75 TH2 6TH2 1TE1 2TE1 TE3 6TE3 7
1 2
1TH2 2TH2 TH5 6TH5 1TE3 2TE3 TE7.5 6TE7.5 15 6572.
1TH5 2TH5 TH7.5 6TH7.5 1TE5 2TE7.5 TE10 6TE10 30
1TH7.5 2TH10 TH20 6TH20 1TE10 2TE10 TE25 6TE25 2 50 2
Table 12.18: 2 Speed 2 Winding Starters

Constant Hp Constant or Variable Torque
Unit Catalog No. Unit Catalog No. NEMA Space
C/B Amps $ Price
208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Size Factor
TI.5 6TI.75 1TG.33 2TG.33 TG1 6TG1 3
1TI.75 2TI.75 TI2 6TI2 1TG1 2TG1 TG3 6TG3 7
1 6082.00 2
1TI2 2TI2 TI5 6TI5 1TG3 2TG3 TG7.5 6TG7.5 15
1TI5 2TI5 TI7.5 6TI7.5 1TG5 2TG7.5 TG10 6TG10 30
1TI7.5 2TI10 TI20 6TI20 1TG10 2TG10 TG25 6TG25 2 50 7510.00 2
Table 12.19: Single Branch Circuit Breaker Table 12.21: Starter Unit Options
Feeder Units Descriptiona Form No. List $ Price
NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire bStart-Stop PB with 1 Pilot LightRed (On) AP 540.
Unit Type Trip Rating Frame Type $ Price Space Factor cForward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights A1PP 1164.
TW15 15 dHigh-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights A2PP 1164.
TW20 20 bHand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot LightRed (On) CP 540.
TW30 30 b1 Pilot Light OnlyRed (On) P 286.
TW40 40 cd2 Pilot LightsRed (On) PP 722.
TW50 50 a To order a unit with any of the options listed, add the form number as
FD 2934.00 1 a suffix to the unit type number. Only listed combinations of options are
TW60 60 available. Choose only one form number option per starter unit.
TW70 70 b Full Voltage Non-Reversing units only.
TW80 80 c Reversing units only.
TW90 90 d Two-speed units only.
TW100 100
Table 12.22: Misc. UnitsEmpty Mounting Units
12
TW125 125
FD 6040.00 1.5 Description Unit Type $ Price
TW150 150
TW175 175 1 Space Factor TMT1 702.00
TW200 200 JD 6408.00 1.5 2 Space Factor TMT2 1020.00
TW225 225 NOTE: (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door)

TW250 250 JD 8102.00 1.5
Table 12.23: Miscellaneous Items
Table 12.20: Dual Mounted Branch Circuit Breaker
Description Unit Type $ Price
Feeder Units 1
CENTERS
2 Space Factor Blank Door TBD.5 282.00

NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire 1 Space Factor Blank Door TBD1 302.00
Unit Type Trip Rating Frame Type List $ Price Space Factor 2 Space Factor Blank Door TBD2 502.00
TW415 15/15 Ground Stab Kit TGSK 152.00
TW420 20/20 1 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit TGAS12 50.00
TW430 30/30 1.5 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit TGAS18 76.00
FD/FD 5310.00 1 2 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit TGAS24 100.00
TW450 50/50
TW460 60/60 NOTE:
TW4100 100/100 All units are NEMA 1 enclosure.
NOTE: All circuit breaker branch feeder units are rated for 25 k AIR at 480 V. All operators and pilot lights are 22 mm.
1 space factor = 12 inches
The ground stab kit is field installed and available for all units.

Table of Contents
Section 13
13 Obsolescent Panelboards
OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS
QMB Fusible Panelboards
Ready-to-Install (RTI)600 Vac, 250 Vdc 13-2
Main Switch Replacement Units 13-3
Branch Switch Replacement 13-4
Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units 13-5
13
Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units 13-6
Replacement Parts
Trim Clamps and Screws 13-7
Circuit ID Numbers 13-7
Locks 13-7
NQOD Lighting and Appliance Panelboards

Series Rated/Fully Rated Tables 13-8
Lighting and Appliance Panelboard Pricing Procedures 13-9
Merchandised 20 Inch Wide Main Lugs Only Panelboards 13-10
Merchandised Accessories 13-11
Merchandised 20 Inch Wide Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards 13-11
NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures 13-12
Merchandised Non-Linear Panel (200% rated neutral) 13-13
Terminal Data 13-14

All Rights Reserved
QMB Fusible Panelboards Ready-to-Install (RTI)600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 4620
13
Table 13.1: QMB Main Lugs Interiors, Boxes and Fronts

Component Selection
$ Price
Total Branch Unit Ampere Interior, Front Interior Assembly3-pole with Main Box Height Box Width
Mounting Rating Front (4-piece Standard) Box
and Box Lugs (inches) (inches)
Space (Inches) of Mains (less units)
Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price
60 225 3478. QMB60902 2631. QM38902TS 590. QM3890B 90
45 400 3954. QMB45754 2894. QM38756TS 803. QM3875B 257. 38
75
45 600 4484. QMB45756 3540. QM38756TS 687. QM3875B
45 800 5448. QMB45908 4304. QM38908TS QM3890B
45 1200 6313. QMB459012 5169. QM389012TS 887. QM3890B 257. 90 38
60 600 6093. QMB60906 4949. QM38906TS QM3890B
Table 13.2: QMB Main Switch Interiors, Boxes and Fronts

Component Selection
Total Branch $ Price
Ampere
Unit Mounting Maximum Interior, Front Interior Assembly3-pole with Main Box Height Box Width
Rating of Voltage Front (4-Piece Standard) Box
Space (ac) and Box Switch (inches) (inches)
Mains
(inches) (less units)
51 200 4551. QMB5190324M 3704. QM38902TS 590. QM3890B
400 240 10173. QMB4590325M 9029. 257. 90 38
45 QM38906TS 887. QM3890B
600 12118. QMB4590326M 10974.
51 200 5332. QMB5190364M 4485. QM38902TS 590. QM3890B
400 600 10834. QMB4590365M 9690. 257. 90 38
45 QM38906TS 887. QM3890B
600 12940. QMB4590366M 11796.

QMB Layout Information
Blanks Solid Neutral Assembly
Height Catalog No. $ Price Ampere Rating Catalog No. $ Price

1.5 QMB1BLW 75. 225 QMB2SN 380.
3 QMB3BLW 80. 400 QMB4SN 477.
6 QMB6BLW 87. 600 QMB6SN 599.
30/30 @ 240 V or 600 V
15 QMB15BLW 120. 800 QMB8SN 969. or 60/60 @ 240 V
100 A twin QMB are 4.5 in. high
1200 QMB12SN 1545. 6 in. H @ 240 V
Branch 60 A twin QMB
Note: Equipment Ground BarPK32DGTA, price: $104.00 Wiring Gutter
Unit 6 in. H @ 600 V
Mounting
Space 100 A twin QMB
7.5 in. H @ 600 V
100 A twin QMJ
6 in. H @ 600 V
200 A QMB
9 in. mounting height,
200 A twin QMJ
Table 13.4: QMB Branch Circuit Breaker Units 7.5 in. mounting height
600 Vac 400 A QMJ 9 in. H,
Unit Ampere Unit Height 400 A Class T 9 in. H,
Catalog No. $ Price Description 400, 600 or 800 A
Rating (Inches)
QMB all require 15 in. H
1965. Mounts (1) or (2) 3-pole
15 100 6 QMBHW ab HDL circuit breakers 38 in.
2099. Mounts (1) 3-Pole JDL

110 225 6 QMBJW ac circuit breaker
5445. Includes (1) 3-Pole LAL

400 7.5 QMB3400LAW d circuit breaker
a Circuit breakers not included. Order HDL or JDL circuit breakers from Digest page 7-22.
b Order one catalog number S37444 for each circuit breaker.
c Order catalog number S37445 with QMBJW.
d For trip ratings other than 400 A, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.

QMB Fusible Panelboards Main Switch Replacement Units
Class 4620
Table 13.5: Main Switch Replacement Units (Replaces Series E1)
StandardClass H, R, K Fuse Class T Fuse Spacing Class J Fuse Spacing
Spacing
Ampere Rating
3-Pole, 240 Vac

100 QMB323MW 2208.
200 QMB324MW 2208.
400 QMB325MW 6923.
600 QMB326MW 8561.
800
3-Pole, 600 Vac
100 QMB363MW 2891.
200 QMB364MW 2891.
13
QMB365MWa 7616. QMB365MWa 7616.
400 QMB365MW 7616. { {
QMB400T6 275. QMB400J 530.
QMB366MWa 9416. QMB366MWa 9416.
600 QMB366MW 9417. { {
QMB600T6 291. QMB600J 591.
QMB367MWa 16974.
800 QMB367MW 16974. {
QMB800T6 701.
a Both catalog numbers are required for a complete device.

{ QMB365MW
Example: QMB400T6 constitutes a complete device.
Table 13.6: Main Switch Interior Lug Data

Mechanical Lugs VCEL Compression Lugs
Mains Conductors Wire Range Conductors Wire Range

Ampere Per Wire Bending Space per Lug Wire Range Per Wire Bending Space per Catalog No. Lug Wire Range
Rating Phase NEC Table 373-6 Phase NEC Table 373-6
200 (1) #6300 kcmil Al or Cu #6300 kcmil Al or Cu (1) #4300 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL030516H1 #4300 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL05012H1 2/0500 kcmil Al or Cu
400 (2) 3/0500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0600 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 2/0600 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL06012H1 400600 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL07512H1 500750 kcmil Al
600 (2) 3/0500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0600 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 2/0500 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL05012H1 3/0500 kcmil Al or Cu
800b (3) 3/0500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0600 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 2/0500 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL05012H1 3/0500 kcmil Al or Cu
b Factory assembled only.
2009 Schneider Electric

PE1A Discount 13-3
All Rights Reserved Schedule
QMB Fusible Panelboards Branch Switch Replacement
Class 4620
13
Guidelines
STEP 1: Determine the panelboard interior type. If the date of manufacture is not known, compare your switch with the
pictures below to determine the mounting rail direction. Only mounting rails that face outward will accept the Series D2
switch and its required mounting rail extension bracket.
STEP 2: Order a replacement switch from page 13-5.
Table 13.7: Panelboard Interiors

Illustration No. Interior Catalog No. Prefix Designed For Switch Type Switch Availability/Order Information
Type QM Series 1-4 NOT AVAILABLE
1. in 31-inch wide box 30200 A Maximum Series D2 switches are not compatible replacements for this application.
built before 1961.
Type QM Series 1-4 NOT AVAILABLE

in 31-inch wide box 30200 A Maximum Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5.
2. built after 1961 Series D2
and before 1984. Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5. (Many still stocked in DS.)
30200 A Maximum
Series 1-4 NOT AVAILABLE
30200 A Maximum Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.
Type QW Series 1-4 NOT AVAILABLE
3. in 38-inch wide box 400600 A QMB3400LA available order only from Lexington.
built before 1984.
Series D2 Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.
30200 A Maximum
Type QMB Series E1 or E2
4. in 35-inch or 38-inch wide box 30800 A Order from Digest page 9-34.
built after 1984.
Rail
extension
Mounting rail
Mounting rail
Type QM (31-inch Wide) Type QM (31-inch Wide)
Manufactured Before 1961 Manufactured After 1961 But Before October 1984
Panelboards manufactured before 1961 have the interior mounting Panelboards manufactured after 1961 have the interior mounting rails
rails facing inward (toward the bus). Switches and circuit breakers that facing outward (away from the bus). This interior accepts Series 1-4
fit in this interior type are obsolete. switches and Series D2 switches (shown above with required rail
extensions). Order the Series D2 switch (includes mounting rail
extensions) from page 13-5.
Plug-on
extension
Rail
extension
Mounting rail
Type QW (38-inch Wide) Type QMB

Manufactured Before 1984 Manufactured After October 1984
Type QW panelboards were built to accept bolt-on 400 A and 600 A Series E1 panelboards will accept only Series E1 or E2 switches. Order
Series 1-4 switches. 30-200 A Series D2 switches may be installed as from Digest page 9-34.
shown using the plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.

All Rights Reserved
QMB Fusible Panelboards Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units
Class 4620
30200 A Obsolescent Switch UnitsSeries D2

Available In DS Stock, except where noted.
All Series D2 switches require that rail extension assemblies be attached to the interior side rails in order to mount the
switch. These rail extension assemblies are packaged with every Series D2 switch. If a rail extension is lost or missing,
contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office to order a replacement.
Plug-on extension assemblies must also be ordered when installing 30200 A plug-on units in blank spaces of a QW
interior in the 38-inch wide box. These plug-on extension assemblies (which extend the bus) are NOT the same as the
rail extension assemblies packaged with every Series D2 switch (which extend only the mounting rails).
Table 13.8: Branch UnitsThree Pole

Obsolescent a Replaced By Class R Fuse Kits
Ampere Unit Height Series 14 Series D2 $ Price
Rating (inches) Catalog No. Catalog No. No. Kits Reqd. Catalog No. $ Price
240 Vac
30-30 4.50 QMB3203T QMB321Tb 1139. 2 HRK30 26.
13
60-60 4.50 QMB306T QMB322TD 1187. 1 QMB36R 49.
100-100 6.00 QMB310T QMB323TD 1808. 1 QMB100R 95.
200 9.00 QMB3220 QMB324 2393. 1 HRK1020 48.
600 Vac
30-30 4.50 QMB3603T QMB361Tb
1763. 1 QMB36R 49.
30-30 6.00 QMB362T1
60-60 6.00 QMB3606T QMB362T 1763. 1 QMB60R 49.
100-100 7.50 QMB3610T QMB363T 2795. 2
HRK1020 48.
200 9.00 QMB3620 QMB364 3297. 1
a These switch units are no longer available; the catalog number is provided only for cross referencing to Series D2 units.
b When this Series D2 switch is used as a replacement for a Series 1-4 3-inch switch, a blank filler plate is also required. Purchase the blank filler plate
from a local sheet-metal fabricator. If a drawing of this part is required, contact Peru TAG.
Table 13.9: Obsolescent Circuit Breaker Units a

Catalog No. $ Price
QMB3400LAb 7097.
a Circuit breaker units are designed for use in all QMB interior types manufactured between 1961 and October 1984.
b Includes a 3-pole, LA type circuit breaker. For other ampere ratings, contact the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center.
Table 13.10: Plug-On Extension Assemblies a

Ampere Rating Switch Mounting Height (inches) Catalog No. $ Price
30-30 Switch 3 QMB303LEX 203.
30-30 Switch 4.5 QMB306LEX 207.
30-30 Switch 6 QMB306EX 239.
60-60 Switch 4.5 QMB306LEX 207.
60-60 Switch 6 QMB306EX 239.
100-100 Switch 6 QMB310LEX 239.

Plug-On Extension
Assembly 100-100 Switch 7.5 QMB310EX 567.
200 Switch 9 QMB320EX

567.
LA Circuit Breaker 7.5 QMB310EX
a Bus extensions are required on all 30200 A switches. They are also required on all circuit breaker units used in switchboards or in QW type panelboards
with a 38-inch wide box.
Table 13.11: Obsolescent Main Switch Units a

Unit Height Replaces Series 4
Ampere Rating Catalog No. $ Price
(inches) Unit Catalog No.
3-pole 240 Vac
100 QMB323Mb QMB3210M
9 2303.
200 QMB324M QMB3220M
3-pole 600 Vac
QMB363Mb 3017. QMB3610M
100 9
QMB363MJb 3213. QMB3610MJ
QMB364M 3792. QMB3620M
200 9
QMB364MJb 4038. QMB3620MJ
a Replace Series 4 Units

b Order only from the Lexington plant.

PE1A Discount 13-5
QMB Fusible Panelboards Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units
Class 2320
Application
13
For use on three-phase AC systems208, 240, or 480 volts. UL Listed.

Starters
Line Voltage Type

Non-ReversingTwin Units
Sizes 0 through 3Class 8536, Types SB, SC, SD and SE.
ReversingSingle Units
Sizes 0 through 3Class 8736, Types SB, SC, SD and SE.
Table 13.12: Starter UnitsNot stocked in DS. Order only from the Peru plant.
Class 8536Types SB, SC, SD and SEq Class 8736Type SB, SC, SD and SE a
Type SNon-Reversing Reversing
(see Digest page 16-16) (see Digest page 16-51
NEMA Coil
Size Voltage c Unit Twin-Starter Unit Unit Single-Starter Unit
Height (Two Non-Reversing Starters) $ Price b Height (One Reversing Starter) $ Price b
(Inches) Catalog No. (Inches) Catalog No.
120 QMBS8536100120W QMBS873610120W
208 QMBS8536100208W QMBS873610208W
0 9 1931. 9 2115.
240 QMBS8536100240W QMBS873610240W
480 QMBS8536100480W QMBS873610480W
120 QMBS8536111120W QMBS873611120W
208 QMBS8536111208W QMBS873611208W
1 9 2435. 9 2295.
240 QMBS8536111240W QMBS873611240W
480 QMBS8536111480W QMBS873611480W
120 QMBS8536222120W QMBS873622120W
208 QMBS8536222208W QMBS873622208W
2 10-1/2 3813. 10-1/2 3732.
240 QMBS8536222240W QMBS873622240W
480 QMBS8536222480W QMBS873622480W
120 QMBS8536333120W QMBS873633120W
208 QMBS8536333208W QMBS873633208W
QMB Motor Starter 3 18 5930. 18 6797.
240 QMBS8536333240W QMBS873633240W
Panelboard
480 QMBS8536333480W QMBS873633480W
a Space and drilling are provided for field addition of control voltage transformer and fuse base.
b Prices include starters, but do not include overload relay thermal units. See Digest page 16-129 for selection procedure (AC magnetic starterssmall
enclosure), and order thermal units separately.
c See Digest page 16-21 for maximum motor starter ratings.
Table 13.13: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings @ 600 V Maximum

Fusible Switch Thermal-Magnetic
Starter Size (with Class R or J fuse) Circuit Breaker
RMS Sym. Amperes RMS Sym. Amperes
0
1
100,000 5,000
2
3
Selection of Components
1. List required motor starter units (reversing or non-reversing) from the tables above.
2. Specify the HP, voltage, phase, frequency and full load current rating of the motor.
3. Specify the unit mounting space.
4. Determine the circuit breaker or fusible switch rating for motor branch circuits from the selection tables on Digest page 9-34.
5. For motor starter voltages other than standard voltages of 120, 208, 240 and 480 volts, contact your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office.
Starter Data
Line voltage coils are furnished as standard on all starters.
Twistouts are provided in starter covers for start-stop push buttons, selector switches and pilot lights. See accessories table below.
Starter door interlocks are furnished with motor starter enclosures.
Type S starter enclosures include drillings for the next smaller size.
All Type S starters have provisions for three overload relay thermal units, as required by NEC Table 430.37 for three phase ac
motor circuits.
Accessories
Accessories listed below are available for field installation on all units. Go to the page numbers shown for prices.
Table 13.14: Field Installable Accessories
Description Digest Page No.
Push Buttons and Selector Switches: Class 9001, Type K 19-55 through 19-64
Pilot Lights: Class 9001, Type KP 19-65
Electrical Interlocks: Class 9999, Type SX6, SX7 16-123
Industrial Control Transformers: Class 9070
Type EO1; Starter Size: 0 and 1, Non-Reversing
Type EO2; Starter Size: 0, 1 and 2, Reversing Supplemental Digest 6-5
Type EO3; Starter Size: 3
Type EO4; Starter Size: 4
Control Circuit Fuse Block: Class 9080, Type PF1 24-20

Replacement Parts Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks
Class 1600
Table 13.15: Trim Clamps and Screws
NEHB Panelboards: All fronts up through 400 A PK3TC 44.
Table 13.16: Circuit I.D. Numbers
13
NEHB and NEHB
Circuit Number Description Column Width $ Price
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
PK3TC 1 through 54 8004332501 14.
Table 13.17: LocksType 1 Enclosures

NEHB Panelboards
All main lug fronts and all main circuit breaker fronts up to 225 A PK4FL 90.
All 400 A main circuit breaker fronts PK5FL 165.
Telephone Cabinets
PK4FL
(Before November 1997)
Fronts on boxes up to 30 inches wide 90.
PK22FL
(After November 1997)
Fronts on boxes 36 inches or wider PK5FL 165.
Catalog No. Catalog No.

PK4FL PK5FL

All Rights Reserved
PE1A Schedule
Series Ratings NQOD Panelboards
This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same enclosure or
13
a remote main located in a separate enclosure. NOTE: Where QO(B) GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD circuit breakers may also be used.
Table 13.18: NQOD Series Ratings
Maximum System Maximum Short Circuit Integral or Remote Main Circuit Breakers Branch Circuit Breaker Designations and Allowable Ampere Ranges a b
Voltage AC c Current Rating (RMS Sym.) and Remote Main Fuses Type 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole
22k MG QO (B) 1530 A
42k HD, JD
120/240 1 65k HG, JG
QO (B) PL 1530 A 1560 A 1530 A
100k HJ, JJ
125k HL, JL
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A
QO (B) GFI 1530 A 4060 A
DJ 400 A QO (B) VH 150 A 15150 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
120/240 1 QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 1530 A
100k
208Y/120 QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QJ QO (B) PL 1530 A 1560 A 1530 A
QO (B) VH 150 A 35150 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
LA/LH (L) 34200MC, LA/LH (L) 34225MC,
208Y/120 18k QO (B) 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
LA/LH (L) 34250MC, LA/LH (L) 34400MC
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QO (B) PL 1530 A 1530 A
240 22k QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15100 A 1530 A
Q2-Hf QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1530 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 1530 A
QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QD QO (B) PL 1530 A 1560 A 1530 A
QO (B) VH 150 A 35150 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
ED, FDf QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
240 25k QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
KDf QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
QO (B) VH 35150 A
QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
HD, JD QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) H 15100 A
QOB2150VH 150 A
Q2L-Hf 110225 A 110225 A
LA, MA QDL 70225 A 70225 A
MG QO (B) VH 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
HD, JD QO (B) PL 1530 A 1560 A 1530 A
240 42k
QO (B) 1570 Ad
LC QO (B) VH 1530 A 15125 A 15100 A (3P 208 V Max.)
600 A Maximum QO (B) GFI 1530 Ae 1560 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) VH 1530 A 15125 A 15100 A (3P 208 V Max.)
LC
600 A Maximum QO (B) GFI 1530 Ae
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A
DJ 400 A QO (B) VH 150 A 15150 A
QO (B) H 15100 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
EG, FGf, KGf QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 1530 A
QG QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
QO (B) VH 35150 A
240 65k QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QG, HG, JG QO (B) PL 1530 A 1560 A 1530 A
QO (B) AFI 1530 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
QO (B) VH 35150 A
HG, JG QO (B) H 15100 A
QOB2150VH 150 A
FC22__ QO (B) 1570 A 15100 A 15100 A
KC22__ QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
FC32__ QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1530 A
KC32__ QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) VH 1530 A 15125 A 15100 A
400 A Max. Class J or T6 Fuses QOB-VH 150 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
FC24__ QO (B) 1570 A 15100 A 15100 A
KC24__ QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
FC34__ QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1530 A
KC34__ QO (B) AFI 1520 A
200 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) AFI 1520 A
240 100k QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
EJ, FJf QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
HJ, JJ QO (B) VH 35150 A
QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
QO (B) PL 1530 A 1560 A 1530 A
QO (B) AFI 1520 A
240 125k HL. JL QO (B) H 15100 A
QOB2150VH 150 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
FI, KI QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
240 200k QO (B) AFI 1520 A
QO (B) 1570 A 15125 A 15100 A
Maximum Fuses 200 A QO (B) AS 1530 A 1530 A 1530 A
Class J or T6 400 A Class T3 QO (B) GFI 1530 A 1560 A
a Suffixes HID, SWD and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above, except suffix SWN may NOT be applied in combination with LC main circuit breakers.
b Where QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QH (B) circuit breakers may also be used.
c For shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.
d Only 1530 A circuit breakers may be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A.
e Circuit breakers may not be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A.
f Obsolescent. Contact the Square D/Schneider Electric local Field Sales Office for the replacement circuit breaker. One-pole FJ circuit breakers are still available.
All Rights Reserved
NQOD Panelboards Pricing Procedure Examples
Class 1630 Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701
NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure
1. List circuit breakers required, either plug-on or bolt-on. See appropriate pages for catalog numbers.
2. Determine equivalent number of pole spaces required.
3. Select proper main lugs interior or main lugs interior and main circuit breaker adapter kit based on equivalent number of poles and ampere rating from appropriate
page. Interiors include solid neutral and are field convertible to top feed.
4. Select enclosure from appropriate page.
Type 1Select box and front catalog number corresponding to interior catalog number. Type 3R, 5, 12Select enclosure, front included.
5. For complete price, add the component prices. Include panelboard accessories.
6. Apply appropriate discount schedule.
13
NQOD Merchandised Example:
Table 13.19: 208Y/120 Vac, 34W, 10 kAIR, 225 A, MLO, Type 1 surface mount, bolt-on branch circuit breakers, main sub-feed lugs. a
Branches Page No. Catalog Number Spaces $ Price
225 A MLO Interior 13-10 NQOD430L225CU 30 1292.
Box 13-10 MH32 113.
Cover 13-10 MHC32S 497.
Main Sub-Feed Lugs 13-10 NQOD225SFL 203.
Total Price 2105.
a Price branch breakers from page 9-10 of the current Digest.

All Rights Reserved
Example pricing only Schedule
NQOD Merchandised NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Panelboards Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701
13
Table 13.20: Main Lug InteriorsAccepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers
Max. Total Price Interior Only Type 1 Enclosure Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosuref
No. of Interior (Order Branch Circuit
Single Pole Mains Front and Enclosure Breakers Separately) Box 20"W x 5.75"Db MONO-FLAT Frontc Enclosure 20"W x 6.5"D
QO/QOB Rating Height

Circuit (In.)
Type 1 Type 3R, 5,12 Catalog No.a Price Catalog No. Price Catalog No. Price Catalog No. Price
Breakers
20" Wide CabinetSingle Phase 3-Wire
20 100 1417. 3050. NQOD20L100CU 864. MH23 113. MHC23 ( ) 440. MH23WP 2186. 23
30 1789. 3383. NQOD30L225CU 1179. MH32 113. MHC32 ( ) 497. MH32WP 2204. 32
225
42 2464. 4021. NQOD42L225CUTFe 1799. MH41 113. MHC41 ( ) 552. MH41WP 2222. 41
30 2483. 4346. NQOD30L400CU 1737. MH50 113. MHC50V ( ) 633. MH50WP 2609. 50
42 400 2671. 4512. NQOD42L400CU 1896. MH53 113. MHC53V ( ) 662. MH53WP 2616. 53
30 2638. 4605. NQOD30L600 1863. MH53 113. MHC53V ( ) 662. MH656WP 2742. 53/65
600d
42 3768. 5699. NQOD42L600TFLe 2942. MH62 113. MHC62V ( ) 713. MH746WP 2757. 62/74
20" Wide Cabinet Three Phase 4-Wire
100
225
42 2567. 4124. NQOD442L225CUTFe 1902. MH41 113. MHC41 ( ) 552. MH41WP 2222. 41
42 400 2908. 4749. NQOD442L400CU 2133. MH53 113. MHC53V ( ) 662. MH53WP 2616. 53
600d
42 4050. 5981. NQOD442L600TFLe 3224. MH62 113. MHC62V ( ) 713. MH746WP 2757. 62/74
a CU suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a "CU" suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
b Embossed mounting holes add a .25 inch standoff to back of MH box.
c Add F for flush, S for surface.
d Copper bus standard on 600 A interiors.
e Feed-thru lug interior.
f Enclosure includes trim kit.
g 42 circuit MLO panelboard requires MH38 box, 54 circuit panelboard requires MH44 box.
Table 13.21: NQOD Accessories

Description Catalog No. $ Price Schedule
Sub-feed lug kitsmain lugs only1 or 3g
100 A NQOD100SFL 155.00 PE1A
225 A NQOD225SFL 203.00 PE1A
Sub-feed: Bolt-on: 2-pole QOB2125SL 176.00 DE2
3-pole QOB3125SL 176.00 DE2
Equipment ground bars: 12 circuit 225 A max. PK9GTA 13.00 DE3A
20 circuit 225 A max. PK12GTA 16.00 DE3A
PK15GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug PK15GTAL 35.00 DE3A
Ground bar insulator kit PKGTAB 44.00 DE3A
Filler plate QOFP 3.60 DE2A
Circuit I.D. number strips
1-102 odd/even (left side numbered 1,3,5 ...101) NQ102OE 8.00 PE1A
103-204 odd/even (left side numbered 103,105,107 ... 203) NQ204OE 8.00 PE1A
1-102 sequential (left side numbered 1,2,3 ... 102) NQ102S 8.00 PE1A
103-204 sequential (left side numbered 103,104,105 ... 204) NQ204S 8.00 PE1A
Directory cards 8003115801 5.00 PE1A
Plastic stick-on directory pouch 8003115901 14.00 PE1A
Lock - for MONO-FLAT fronts PK22FL 93.00 PE1A
KeyNSR-251 (for all locks) LP9618 29.00 PE1A
Touch-up paint USAS #49 Gray (Aerosol can) PK49SP 39.00 DE1
Handle attachmentsbranch circuit breakers:
Handle lock-off HLO1 9.90 DE2E
Handle tie - (QO and QOB only) QO1HT 3.80 DE2E
Handle padlock attachment - 1-pole QO1PA 10.70 DE2E
2- and 3-pole QO1PL 10.70 DE2E
Combination handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB) QO3HT 13.40 DE2E
Neutral or Ground Lugs: #10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu QO70AN 9.90 DE2E
#4 to #1/0 Al/Cu Q1100AN 11.10 DE2E
#1 to #4/0 Al/Cu Q1150AN 32.40 DE2E
Endwalls for MH Boxes
Blank 8011010501 41.00 PE1A
With Knockouts 8011010401 41.00 PE1A
Elevating Nuts (4 required) 2322000003 1.30 PE1A
NOTE: For Door-in-door (hinged) trim see the Supplemental & Obsolescence Digest, Section 4.
13-10 PE1A DE2A DE3A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Table 13.22: Main Circuit Breaker InteriorsAccepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers
Type 1 Enclosure Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure d
Max. Total Price Main Interior Only
No. of Interior, Front, Box Circuit Breaker (Order Branch Box MONO-FLAT Enclosure
One-pole Mains and Adapter Kit Adapter Kit Circuit Breakers Separately) 20"W x 5.75"D b Front c 20"W x 6.5"D
QO QOB Rating Height
Circuit (In.)
Type 3R, 5, Catalog No. Catalog Catalog Catalog
Breakers Type 1 Catalog No. a Price $ Price Price $ Price
12 Price No. No. No.
20" Wide CabinetSingle Phase 3-Wire

Factory Installed
20 100 2024. 3638. Backfed QOB Main NQOD20M100CU 1446. MH26 113. MHC26 ( ) 465. MH26WP 2192. 26
Circuit Breaker
NQODQBe
42 2944. 4807. or NQOD42L225CU 1418. MH50 113. MHC50 ( ) 633. MH50WP 2609. 50
225
42 3367. 5231. NQODJKe NQOD42L225CUTFf 1799. MH56 113. MHC56 ( ) 675. MH56WP 2652. 56
$780.
13
42 3545. 5418. NQOD4e NQOD42L400CU 1896. MH68 113. MHC68V ( ) 756. MH68WP 2742. 68
400
42 4612. 6479. $780. NQOD42L600TFLf 2942. MH77 113. MHC77V ( ) 777. MH77WP 2757. 77
20" Wide CabinetThree Phase 4-Wire
24 2437. 4051. Factory Installed NQOD424M100CU 1859. MH26 113. MHC26 ( ) 465. MH26WP 2192. 26
100 Backfed QOB Main
30 2575. 4178. Circuit Breaker NQOD430M100CU 1985. MH29 113. MHC29 ( ) 477. MH29WP 2193. 29
NQODQBe
42 3077. 4940. or NQOD442L225CU 1551. MH50 113. MHC50 ( ) 633. MH50WP 2609. 50
225
42 3470. 5334. NQODJKe NQOD442L225CUTFf 1902. MH56 113. MHC56 ( ) 675. MH56WP 2652. 56
$780.
42 3782. 5655. NQOD4e NQOD442L400CU 2133. MH68 113. MHC68V ( ) 756. MH68WP 2742. 68
400
42 4894. 6761. $780. NQOD442L600TFLf 3224. MH77 113. MHC77V ( ) 777. MH77WP 2757. 77
d Enclosure includes trim kit.
e Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
f Feed-thru lug interior.
Table 13.23: Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a
Circuit
Amperes Catalog Number $ Price
Breaker Frameb
225 NQODQB QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL 780.
400 NQOD4 LAL, LHL, Q4L
a Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
b Circuit breaker interrupting ratings, see tables starting on Digest page 7-22.

PE1A Discount 13-11
13
Type 1 Enclosure Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure

Max. Total $ Price Interior Only
No. of Interior, Front (Order Branch Circuit Box Mono-Flat Enclosure
Single and Enclosure Breakers Separately)
Mains 14 in. W x 5.75 in. D b Front c 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D
Pole Rating Height
QO/QOB NEMA (In.)
Circuit NEMA Type Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price
Breakers Type 1 3R, 5, 12
14-inch Wide CabinetSingle Phase 3-Wire

12 1132. NQOD12L100CU 734. NQB520 117. NQC20 ( ) 281. Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure 20
100
20 1271. NQOD20L100CU 864. NQB523 117. NQC23 ( ) 290. for Type 3R, 5, 12 23
30 1634. NQOD30L225CU 1179. NQB532 117. NQC32 ( ) 338. 32
Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
42 225 1882. NQOD42L225CU 1418. NQB535 117. NQC35 ( ) 347. 35
for Type 3R, 5, 12
54 2099. NQOD54L225CU 1613. NQB541 117. NQC41 ( ) 369. 41
14-inch Wide CabinetThree Phase 4-Wire
12 1267. NQOD412L100CU 869. NQB520 117. NQC20 ( ) 281. 20
24 100 1469. NQOD424L100CU 1062. NQB523 117. NQC23 ( ) 290. 23
for Type 3R, 5, 12
30 1616. NQOD430L100CU 1191. NQB526 117. NQC26 ( ) 308. 26
30 1747. NQOD430L225CU 1292. NQB532 117. NQC32 ( ) 338. 32
42 225 2015. NQOD442L225CU 1551. NQB535 117. NQC35 ( ) 347. 35
for Type 3R, 5, 12
54 2199. NQOD454L225CU 1713. NQB541 117. NQC41 ( ) 369. 41
b 14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers. Through feed lugs are not available in 14-in. wide enclosures.
Table 13.25: Main Circuit Breaker InteriorsAccepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers
Max. Type 1 Enclosure Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure
Total $ Price Interior Only
No. of Main Circuit Breaker
Interior, Front, Box (Order Branch Circuit
One Adapter Kit Box Mono-Flat Enclosure
and Adapter Kit Breakers Separately)
Pole Mains 14 in. W x 5.75 in. Dd Front b 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D
QO Rating Height
QOB NEMA (In.)
NEMA
Circuit Type Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price
Type 1 3R,
Breakers 5, 12
14-inch Wide CabinetSingle Phase 3-Wire

12 1688. Factory Installed NQOD12M100CU 1281. NQB523 117. NQC23 ( ) 290. 23
100 QOB
20 1871. NQOD20M100CU 1446. NQB526 117. NQC26 ( ) 308. for Type 3R, 5, 12 26
Main Circuit Breaker
30 2481. NQOD30L225CU 1179. NQB544 117. NQC44 ( ) 405. 44
NQODJKc Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
42 225 2734. or 780. NQOD42L225CU 1418. NQB550 117. NQC50 ( ) 419. 50
for Type 3R, 5, 12
NQODQBc
54 2984. NQOD54L225CU 1613. NQB556 117. NQC56 ( ) 474. 56
14-inch Wide CabinetThree Phase 4-Wire
12 2032. NQOD412M100CU 1625. NQB523 117. NQC23 ( ) 290. 23
Factory Installed Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
24 100 2284. QOB NQOD424M100CU 1859. NQB526 117. NQC26 ( ) 308. 26
for Type 3R, 5, 12
Main Circuit Breaker
30 2431. NQOD430M100CU 1985. NQB529 117. NQC29 ( ) 329. 29
30 2594. NQOD430L225CU 1292. NQB544 117. NQC44 ( ) 405. 44
NQODJKc Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure
42 225 2867. or 780. NQOD442L225CU 1551. NQB550 117. NQC50 ( ) 419. 50
for Type 3R, 5, 12
NQODQBc
54 3084. NQOD454L225CU 1713. NQB556 117. NQC56 ( ) 474. 56
b Add F for flush, S for surface.
c Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
d 14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers.
Table 13.26: Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker a)
Circuit
Amperes Catalog No. $ Price
Breaker Frame b
780.
225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL
a Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
b Circuit breaker interrupting ratings, see pages 7-2 through 7-9.

NQOD Merchandised For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral)
NQOD 240 Vac Max.
Max. Total Price Main Lugs Interior Only
No. of Interior, (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Enclosure
Single Pole Mains Front and Enclosure Box 20"W x 5.75"D b MONO-FLAT Front c 20"W x 6.5"D
Circuit Type (In.)
Breakers Type 1 Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price
3R, 5, 12
20" Wide Cabinet3 Phase 4-Wire
30 100 2096. 3699. NQOD430L100CUNL 1506. MH29 113. MHC29 ( ) 477. MH29WP 2193. 29
42 225 2620. 4193. NQOD442L225CUNL 1977. MH38 113. MHC38 ( ) 530. MH38WP 2216. 38
42 400 3547. 5388. NQOD442L400CUNL 2772. MH53 113. MHC53V ( ) 662. MH53WP 2616. 53
13
Table 13.28: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors

Max. Total Price Main Circuit Main Lugs Interior Only
No. of Interior, Front, Box and Breaker (Order Branch Circuit Box Enclosure
Single Pole Mains Adapter Kit Adapter Kit a Breakers Separately) MONO-FLAT Front c
20"W x 5.75"D 20"W x 6.5"D
Circuit (In.)
Type 3R, 5, Catalog No.
Breakers Type 1 Catalog No. b $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price
12 $ Price
20" Wide Cabinet3 Phase 4-Wire

QOB Main Circuit
30 100 2877. 4471. NQOD430M100CUNL 2267. MH32 113. MHC32 ( ) 497. MH32WP 2204. 32
Breaker
NQODJK
42 225 3503. 5366. NQODQB NQOD442L225CUNL 1977. MH50 113. MHC50 ( ) 633. MH50WP 2609. 50
780.
NQOD4
42 400 4421. 6294. NQOD442L400CUNL 2772. MH68 113. MHC68V ( ) 756. MH68WP 2742. 68
780.
a Order main circiut breaker separately

b CU suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a "CU" suffix when ordering a replacement interior.
Table 13.29: Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a
Amperes Catalog Number Circuit Breaker Frame b $ Price
225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL 780.
400 NQOD4 LAL, LHL
a Order main circiut breaker separately

b Main neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain UL Listing.
Table 13.30: NQOD Main Neutral ConductorsRequired Size and Quantity a

Panelboard Ampacity Neutral Conductors Requiredb Actual Lug Wire Range
100/125 (2) 1/0 Cu or Al (2) #4300 kcmil
225 (2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al (2) #4300 kcmil
(4) 3/0 Cu or
(4) 250 kcmil Al (2) 1/0300 kcmil or
400 (2) 600 kcmil Cu (1) 750 kcmil
(2) 750 kcmil Al
a Neutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above.

b Main neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain UL Listing. Requirement is based on heat rise testing.

All Rights Reserved
PE1A Schedule
NQOD Panelboards Terminal Data
13
Table 13.31: Standard Mechanical LugsMain Lugs

Wire Range
Panel Type Ampere Rating Lug Wire Rangea Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6a
100 (1) #10#2/0 Cu or (1) #6#2/0 Al (1) #10#1 Cu or (1) #6#1 Al
225 (1) #6300 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #6300 kcmil Al/Cu
NQOD
400 (2) #1/0300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0750 kcmil Al/Cu (2) #1/0300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0750 kcmil Al/Cu
600 (2) #4-600 kcmil (2) #4-500 kcmil
a (#) = Number of conductors per phase.
Table 13.32: Standard Mechanical LugsMain Circuit Breaker

Circuit Breaker Wire Range
Panel Type Ampere Rating Lug Wire Rangeb
Type Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6b
100 QOB (1) #4#2/0 Al/Cu (1) #4#1 Al/Cu
100 FA, FH, FI (1) #14#1/0 Al/Cu (1) #14#1 Al/Cu
150 HD, HG, HJ, HL (1) #14#3/0 Al/Cu (1) #14#3/0 Al/Cu
225 QB, QD, QG, QJ (1) #4300 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4300 kcmil Al/Cu
NQOD
225 KI (1) #6350 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4300 kcmil Al/Cu
250 JD, JG, JJ, JL (1) #1/0#4/0 Al/Cu or (1) #3/0350 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #1/0300 kcmil Al/Cu
400 LA, LH (1) #1600 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1250 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4500 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1250 kcmil Al/Cu
600 MA (3) #3/0500 kcmil (3) #3/0500 kcmil
b (#) = Number of conductors per phase.

All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents
Section 14
Busway
Busway Special Purpose Plug-In Units

Plug-In Style
APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line Busway) 14-2
Capacitor and Transformer Units 14-2
Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway) 14-2
Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs 14-2
BUSWAY
Feeder Style
I-Line II Busway 8005000 A pp. 14-2
14

All Rights Reserved
I-Line Busway Special Purpose Plug-In Units
Class 5600
APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line Busway)

Table 14.1: Circuit Breaker Plug-In Units
600 Vac 34W for use on both 600 Vac 34W for use on both
Breaker Trip Rating 3-Pole and 34W Busway Breaker Trip Rating 3-Pole and 34W Busway
Frame Amps Catalog Frame Amps Catalog
$ Price $ Price
Number Number
15 SD75415 2966.00
20 SD75420 2966.00
30 SD75430 2966.00 250 SD67428 13846.00
40 SD75440 2966.00 300 SD67436 13846.00
FA LA
50 SD75450 2966.00 350 SD67438 13846.00
60 SD75460 2966.00 400 SD67446 13846.00
70 SD75470 3186.00
100 SD75416 3186.00
Table 14.2: 100 A Busway Plug-In Unit Circuit Breaker Enclosures and Accessories
Enclosure Only 13W & 34W o Ground Kit Floor Operator Attachment
(Price Circuit Breaker Separately) Catalog No. $ Priceq Catalog No. $ Priceq Catalog No. $ Priceq
QO Breaker70 A Enclosure PINQO 208.00 PGKQO2 66.00 PI1QO 144.00
QO Breaker/Recpt.70 A Enclosurep PINQOR 324.00 PGKQOR 66.00 PI1QO 144.00
FA Breaker15-100 A Enclosure PIN100FA 690.00 PGKFA2 66.00 PI1FA 144.00
o With PIN-QO, use circuit breakers QO215H, QO220H, and QO230H. For higher ratings, use FA enclosures and
circuit breakers.
p Enclosure with space for three QO circuit breaker poles and provisions for three duplex receptacles.
14
q Discount Schedule PE8
Capacitor and Transformer Units

Table 14.3: 3 Capacitor Units (Order plug-in units separately)
3 240 Vac 480 Vac
kVAR Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price
2.5 PC3402 2510.00
BUSWAY
5 PC3205 5804.00 PC3405 3752.00

7.5 PC3207 7276.00 PC3407 4566.00
10 PC3210 8470.00 PC3410 5080.00
15 PC3215 10328.00 PC3415 6098.00
20 PC3420 7620.00
25 PC3425 9478.00
30 PC3430 11206.00
Table 14.4: 1 Transformer Units (Order plug-in units separately)

Primary Voltage
1 kVA 240 Vac 480 Vac
Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price
1 PT2200 2394.00 PT2400 2394.00
1.5 PT2201 2574.00 PT2401 2574.00
2 PT2202 2796.00 PT2402 2796.00
3 PT2203 3312.00 PT2403 3312.00
5 PT2205 4590.00 PT2405 4590.00
7.5 PT2207 5528.00 PT2407 5528.00
10 PT2210 6370.00 PT2410 6370.00
Note: Transformer units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch, circuit breaker or cable tap box.
Standard secondary voltage terminals are provided for 120 V or 240 V 12W, or 120/240, 13W connection.
Specify secondary voltage if other than standard.
Note: Capacitor units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch or circuit breaker.
Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway)

Table 14.5: Combination Fusible Switch (34W) and Lighting Contactor r
Ampere Electrically Held 240 V Mechanically Held 480 V
Ratings $ Price $ Price
30 2802.00 3014.00
60 3564.00 4252.00
100 4990.00 5840.00
r Order this device by description.
s Lighting contactors do not include holding circuit interlock.
Table 14.6: Combination Starter/Contactor Line Voltage Single Speed

Non-Reversing a
Ampere Fusible Switch (3-Pole) + G Rating Circuit Breaker (3-Pole) + G Add for
NEMA Amperes Control
Size Rating Starterb Contactor Starter b Contactor
Trip Transformer
1 30 2872.00 2778.00 1520 2950.00 2854.00 448.00
0 30 3042.00 448.00
1 60 2950.00 1520 3060.00 2968.00 448.00
2 60 3828.00 636.00
2 100 3640.00 3580 4396.00 4088.00 636.00
a Order this device by description. Special control features also available. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office.
b Price does not include overload relay thermal units.
Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs

Table 14.7: Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs
240 Vac 3-Pole 600 Vac 3-Pole
Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price
PGD3200G 1566.00 PGD3600G 1566.00
14-2 PE8 PE7 Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Table of Contents
Section 15
Limit Switches
Obsolete and Obsolescent Limit Switches

Miniature Enclosed Reed 9007XA 15-1
Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact 9007C 15-2
Heavy Duty, Industrial Type XA

Precision and Oiltight Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT0101
Miniature Enclosed Reed

Type XA is designed for use in applications where contact reliability, environmental immunity, small size, or low cost are
required. Sealed construction keeps contaminants out of the contact area, making it the ideal choice for low voltage, low
current circuits such as Programmable Controllers. a
NOTE: Because reed switches are magnet operated, they should not be installed where strong magnetic fields may be
present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after installation.
Table 15.1: Class 9007 Type XA
File 42259
CCN NKCR
File LR25490
Class 3211 03
Straight Plunger Roller Plunger Cross Roller Plunger

Cable
LIMIT SWITCHES
N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.
Lengthb
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
3 ft XA7303E 96.00 XA7503E 96.00 XA7303D 114.00 XA7503D 114.00 XA7303DC 114.00 XA7503DC 114.00
a See the current ratings table in Section 21 of Digest 175 for contact specifications.
b Other cable lengths are available. Order by changing the last two digits of the type number to the length desired, and add $1.50 per additional foot.
Example: An XA7303E with 15 ft of cable would become an XA7315E. $79.00 each.
Operating Data
15
F (Differential) Initial
Contacts: The contact is a fully encapsulated hermetically sealed reed,
Position suitable for controlling solid state loads as well as industrial relays. Switches
E (Pretravel) can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems. Use of a transient
C D suppressor will extend life of the switch when using on heavy electrical loads.
A B
Type XA cannot be used in Division 2 locations as the Type C Reed
Contacts switches can, since the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires provisions for
Reset conduit connection. The Type C Reed switches have this provision for conduit
Contacts and the Type XA does not.
Trip Enclosure Construction: Die cast zinc-baked gray enamel finish.
Final Meets NEMA Type 2, 4, 4X, 6P, 12 and 13 requirements.
Position Oiltight, dusttight, watertight, and submersible.
Top Push Rod (Type E) Roller Plunger (Types D, DC) Cable: SJTOWA jacketed cable with 18 gauge wire.
Initial position (D) .690 in. 1.190 in. Ambient Temperature Range: -20F (-28.9C) to + 140F (60C).
Trip position (B) .620 in. 1.120 in. NOTE: The XA switch is available with 3 ft of cable and 3 pin Brad
Pretravel (E) .07 in. .07 in. Harrison male connector No. 40904 (or equivalent).
Reset position (C) max. .655 in. 1.155 in. Form Y190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $38.00 additional
Differential (F) .015 in. .015 in.
Final position (A) .492 in. .992 in.
Total stroke .198 in. .198 in.
Operating force (max.) 2.75 lb 2.75 lb

All Rights Reserved CP1 Schedule
Heavy Duty, Industrial Type C
Reed Contact Class 9007/ Refer to Catalog 9006CT0101
Heavy Duty Precision Turret Head Type
These switches can be used with standard industrial relays and starters.
UL Listed for Class I, II and III Division 2 Groups B, C, D, F and G hazardous locations.
They can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems.
NOTE: Because reed switches are operated by a magnet, they should not be installed in areas where strong
magnetic fields may be present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after
installation.
Table 15.2: All 9007C Switches Are Rated NEMA 6P and UL Type 6P
Lever Arm Type Side Plunger Type Plug-in
Extra Light Plug-in Unit Plug-in

Standard Low Side Push- Side Push-
Operating Maintained Side Roller- Side Push- Receptacle
Pre-travel Differential Rod Plunger Rod Plunger without Head
Torque Contact Plunger Rod Plunger Only
Spring Return Spring Return
Spring Return Spring Return Spring Return Adjustabled Maintained
Verticalb Spring Return Contact
Roller Type
Select
Turret CW & CW & CW & CW (Trip)
CCWa CCWa CCWa CCW (Reset)
Head
Select Basic Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type
Contacts
Switch $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price
C84B2 C84A2 C84N2 C84C C84F C84G C84GD C84H CT54
Standard 1 N.O. e
198.00 209.00 230.00 230.00 248.00 227.00 234.00 258.00 19.20
Box Reed
C86B2 C86A2 C86N2 C86C C86F C86G C86GD C86H CT54
Plug-in 1 N.C. e
198.00 209.00 230.00 230.00 248.00 227.00 234.00 258.00 19.20
B A N C F G GD H
Head Only
43.50 53.00 72.00 72.00 87.00 68.00 77.00 97.00
Pre-travel 13o 7o 13o 45o 0.110" (2.8 mm) 0.14" (3.6 mm)
Total Travel 90o 90o 90o 90o 0.25" (6.3 mm) 0.25" (6.3 mm)
Differential 7o 4o 7o 0.07" (1.8 mm)
Nominal Reverse Overtravel 90o 90o 90o
Operating 4 lb-in 4 lb-in 25 in-oz 3 lb-in 7 lb
Data Operating Torque/Force 4 lb (0.45 Nm)
(0.45 Nm) (0.45 Nm) (0.08 Nm) (0.34 Nm) (0.80 Nm)
Repeat Accuracy 0.006" 0.003" 0.006" 0.006"
Linear travel of cam 0.003" (0.07 mm)
(0.15 mm) (0.07 mm) (0.15 mm) (0.15 mm)
1-1/2" (38 mm) lever arm
Top Plunger Type Wobble Stick Type

Top Push-Rod Wobble Plug-in Unit Plug-in
15
Top Roller- Top Push-Rod Wobble Stick Wobble Stick without Receptacle
Plunger Palm Stick Coil Cat
Plunger Plunger Universal f DELRIN Wire Head Only
Adjustable d Operatedc Spring Whisker
Spring Return Spring Return Extensionf Extensionf
Spring Return Extensionf
Select
LIMIT SWITCHES
Turret
Head
Select Basic Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type
Contacts
Switch $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ Price
C84D C84E C84ED C84Rc C84JKC C84J C84K C84KC C84L CT54
Standard 1 N.O. e
227.00 213.00 227.00 213.00 198.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 171.00 19.20
Box Reed
C86D C86E C86ED C86Rc C86JKC C86J C86K C86KC C86L e CT54
Plug-in 1 N.C. 227.00 213.00 227.00 213.00 198.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 171.00 19.20
D E ED Rc JKC J K KC L
Head Only
67.00 58.00 67.00 58.00 43.50 58.00 58.00 58.00 19.10
Pre-travel 0.100" (2.5 mm) 13o (Any Direction) 25o
Total Travel 0.25" (6.3 mm) 90o 90o
Nominal Differential 0.05" (1.3 mm) 11o 18o
Operating Operating
Data 4 lb 3 lb-in 7 in-oz
Torque/Force
Repeat Accuracy 0.003"
Linear travel of cam
To order basic switch and head less the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters CO for the first C in the type number.
ePlug-in Replacement Units Example: Open type replacement for Type C84B2 is Type CO84B2.
a These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or
CCW only. To order factory converted devicesfor CCW only operation, change the 2 at the end of the type number to 1 (Example: C84B2
becomes C84B1); for CW only operation, delete the 2 at the end of the type number (Example: C84B2 becomes C84B).
b Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version, add the letter H at the end of the equivalent vertical roller
version type number (Example: C84F would become C84FH).
c Price does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately from Section 21 of Digest 175.
d To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut.
e Plug-in units less head are not available as separate units. Order complete plug-in replacement units instead. Plug-in replacement units include the
plug-in unit and head.
f Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices. See Section 21 of Digest 175.
File E10054
CCN NOIV
Acceptable Wire Sizes: 1222 AWG

Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 Nm)

Table of Contents
Section 16
Terminal Blocks
Track-Mounting Terminal Blocks & Prewired Connectors

NEMA Style Class 9080 Type K 16-2
KCA1, p. 16-2 Fusible Terminal Block,

p. 16-2
TERMINAL BLOCKS
16

All Rights Reserved
NEMA Style Type K
Terminal Blocks Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT9601
Table 16.1: Terminal Sections Table 16.3: Assembly Kits And Components
$ Price Std. $ Price Std.
Description Type Description Type Pack
ea. Packb ea. b
Assembly KitIncludes:
Terminal Block Section with
Pressure Wire Connectors. KC1 5.40 50
fa
Wire #818 AWG
2End Clamps
1Barrier KH20
Terminal Block Section with Flat
Terminal. Screws are #8-32 x 1/2 KH21
in., for Ring or Spade Lugs. KCB1 K1 25.60 1
4.40 50
15/32 in. wide maximum. fa
124 Circuit
Wire #1022 AWG
Marking
Strip h 2Guide
Terminal Block Section with tin Blocksa
plated terminals for use with 2Nylon
aluminum wire. Screws are #8- Plugs KH24
KCBT1
32 x 1/4 in., for Ring or Spade 5.40 50
a KH25
Lugs, 15/32 in. wide maximum.
Wire #1022 AWG Kit Includes:
Terminal Block Section with

Solderless Box Lug. KCA1
5.40 50
fa
Wire #818 AWG KH2c 8.00 1
1Marker Strip
End Plug 1Barrier
Terminal Block Section with KH26 KH22
Solderless Box Lug. KD1 10.40 50
fa
Wire #414 AWG White marking strip50 in. length MS6 4.00 5
Adhesive backed marking strip sheet MS1 8.60 1
20 strips11 in. Length
End clamp assembly KH20 5.70 100
Barrier KH21 3.40 50
Terminal Block Section with Slip-
on connectors with both sides of KCS1 Barrier (for KH1) KH22 5.00 50
block. 7.20 50 Guide blocksa KH24 .90 100
a
Nylon plug (holds in marking strip) KH25 .90 100
Wire #1418 AWGe
End plug for Type KH1 KH26 2.70 50

Terminal Block Section with Slip- Std.
on connector on one side of Jumpers for Use with No. of $ Price
Type Pack
block and pressure wire KCPS1 Type KCA1 Blocks Ckts. ea.
9.30 50 Qty.b
connector on the other. a
Wire #818 AWGe

2 JCA2 1.50 100
Fusible Terminal Block Section 6 JCA6 2.70 50

with Pressure Wire Connector. KH1 19.80 50
ad
Wire #818 AWG
Table 16.5: Mounting Track
Table 16.2: Fusible Terminal Block Single Circuit Select the appropriate length of
9080GH1** track from
Digest 175, Section 24: Terminal Blocks.
Pressure Wire Connectors
Wire #1018 AWG
Accepts Class H or K Accepts Class R Terminal Block Assembly Data

30 A 250 V Fuse 30 A 250 V Fuse To assemble one complete terminal block, the following
components are required:
16
Type $ Price Type $ Price 1. Required number of Type K blocks. Blocks can be
intermixed on same channel.
PF1g 30.50 PFR1g 30.50 2. Parts included in Type K1 assembly kit (and KH2 kit if Type
KH1 used).
a When terminal block length exceeds 12 in., guide blocks maintain 3. Channel can be found in Digest 175, Section 24: Terminal
TERMINAL BLOCKS
terminal block rigidity. Blocks.

b Orders must specify quantity listed or multiples of quantity listed.
c Includes parts required in addition to Type K1 kit when Type KH1
sections are used. KH26 End plug used only on KH1. Table 16.6: How to Order
d Price does not include fuses. Will accept any 13/32 in. dia. by 1-1/2 in.
long ferrule type fuse. To Order Specify Catalog Number
e For use with 0.250 in. wide Slip-On receptacles. Class Number Class Type
f UL Component Recognized. File E60616, CCN XCFR2, and CSA Type Number 9080 KCA1
Approved File LR62144, Class 6228 01.
g UL Listed, File E40747, CCN 120S3.
h 30 circuit when used with Type KCA1 and 20 circuits with KH1.

Table of Contents
Section 17
NEMA Contactors and Starters
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
Reduced Voltage Starters
Description of All Types 17-2
How to Order 17-3
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters

Autotransformer Starters 17-4
Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition) 17-5
Part Winding Starters 17-7
17
Electro-Mechanical Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition) 17-6
Reduced Voltage Starter (p. 17-2)
Approximate Dimensions 17-8
Well-Guard Pump Panel

Reduced Voltage Type 17-9
Approximate Dimensions 17-10

All Rights Reserved
Reduced Voltage Starters Description of All Types
17
Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors

A squirrel cage motor draws high starting current (inrush) and produces high starting torque when started at full
voltage. While these values differ for different motor designs, for a typical NEMA design B motor, the inrush will be
NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
approximately 600% of the motor full load amperage (FLA) rating and the starting torque will be approximately 150% of
full load torque at full voltage. High current inrush and starting torque can cause problems in the electrical and
mechanical systems, or may even damage the materials being processed.
When a motor is started at reduced voltage, the current at the motor terminals is reduced in direct proportion to the
voltage reduction while the torque is reduced by the square of the voltage reduction. If the typical NEMA B motor is
started at 70% of line voltage, the starting current would be 70% of the full voltage value (that is, 0.70 x 600% = 420%
FLA). The torque would then be (0.70)2 or 49% of the normal starting torque (that is, 0.49 x 150% = 74% Full Load
Torque). Therefore, reduced voltage starting provides an effective means of reducing both inrush current and starting
torque.
If the motor has a high inertia or if the motor rating is marginal for the applied load, reducing the starting torque may
prevent the motor from reaching full speed before the thermal overloads trip. Applications that require high starting
torque should be reviewed to determine if reduced voltage starting is suitable.
Square D offers several types of electromechanical as well as solid state reduced voltage starters that provide different
starting characteristics. The following describes the 8600 series of reduced voltage starters.
Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters

CLASS 8606Autotransformer Starter
Autotransformer starters provide reduced voltage to the motor terminals during starting through the use of a tapped,
three phase autotransformer. Taps on the autotransformer allow for selection of the motor with 50%, 65% or 80% of
line voltage values supplying 50%, 65% or 80% of the current inrush seen during a full voltage start. The resulting
starting torque will be 25%, 42% or 64% of full voltage values, as will be the current draw on the line. Thus, the
autotransformer provides the maximum torque with minimum line current.
CLASS 8630Wye-Delta Starter
Wye-delta starters can only be used on wye-delta motors which have six leads that allow for motor winding to be
connected in either a wye or delta configuration. During start up, the windings are connected in the wye resulting in
58% of line voltage applied across two windings. This reduces both inrush and starting torque to 33% of the delta
connected values. After a set time delay, the motor leads are switched to the delta connection.
The wye-delta starter is available in both open and closed transition configurations. Closed transition starters are
supplied with an additional contactor and resistor bank used to keep the motor windings energized for a few cycles until
the transition from wye to delta is complete.
CLASS 8640Part Winding Starter
Part winding starters can only be used with part winding motors. During a part winding start, only one winding is
energized, which reduces the inrush current to 6070% (depending on the motor design) and starting torque to 50% of
normal starting values with both windings energized. Most (but not all) dual voltage 230/460 volt motors are suitable for
part winding starts at 230 volts.

All Rights Reserved
Reduced Voltage Starters How to Order
Table 17.1: Starter Characteristics

Part Solid
Autotransformer Class Wye-Delta
Characteristic Full Voltage Winding State

8606 Class 8630 Class 8640 ATS46
50% / 65% / 80%
Voltage at Motor 100% 100% 100% Ramped Up
(tap setting)
Line Current 600% 150% / 250% / 380% 200% 390% 150% to 700% (adjustable)
(% Full Load Current)
Starting Torque 150% 40% / 60% / 100% 50% 70% 0% to 100% (adjustable)
(% Rated Torque)
10 seconds
Start Time 10 seconds / 15 seconds
67 seconds 11.5 seconds (adjustable 1 to 60
(Factory Setting) (open / closed transition) seconds)
Simple Greatest flexibility
Economical
High torque/Amp High inertial loads
Simple Smooth ramp
Advantages High inertial loads Long acceleration loads
High Starting
Flexibility Good torque/Amp
Small size Solid state O/L
Torque Diagnostics
Abrupt starts
Low torque Not suitable for: SCR heat dissipation
Disadvantages Large current Large size High inertial loads
No flexibility Frequent starting Ambient limitations
inrush
Motor Standard Standard Special Special Standard
17
How to Order
1. Specify the Class Number and the Type Number.
2. If all coils are at the line voltage, and not Sizes 6 or 7 (Sizes 6 and 7 are supplied with a fused transformer with 120 Vac as
standard), select the voltage code from the table belowa:
Table 17.2: Line Voltage Codes

Line Control Code
208 208 V08
240 240 V03
380 380 V05b
480 480 V06
600 600 V07
a This table is for 60 Hz; see below for codes for 50 Hz.
b See below for sizing and pricing of 380 V starters.
3. If the coils are at a different voltage than line supply, or Size 6 or 7, select a voltage code from the table belowc and also select a
Form code from the table below (note that a Form code may be used with any voltage code, except as noted):
Table 17.3: Coil Voltage Codes

Line Control Code
208 120 V84
240 24d V82
240 120 V80
480 24d V83
480 120 V81
480 240 V87
600 120 V86
380 110/50 V95
other specify V99
c This table is for 60 Hz; see below for codes for 50 Hz.
d 24 V coils not available on Sizes 47.
Table 17.4: Form Codes

Form Description Form Code
Fused CPT for timing relay only F4T
Fused CPT for all coils F4T40d
Separate control of timing relay only S
Separate control for all coils Y195d
380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters

The Class 8600 starters are available for 380 Vac, 50 Hz applications. See table below for maximum horsepower
ratings. To determine Type Number, select second digit based on NEMA Size as listed below. Select fifth digit based
on horsepower requirement. Specify V05 voltage code. List prices for the same NEMA Size starter apply.
Table 17.5: 380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters maxiumum Hp rating
Autotransformer Wye-Delta Part Winding
8606 8630 8640
Max. Hp NEMA Size Max. Hp NEMA Size Max. Hp NEMA Size
15 1YD 15 1PW
25 2 40 2YD 40 2PW
50 3 75 3YD 75 3PW
75 4 150 4YD 125 4PW
150 5 250 5YD 250 5PW
300 6 500 6YD 500 6PW
50 Hz Control Voltage
The starters in this section can also be operated at 50 Hz at the coil voltages listed below.
For additional coil voltage availability, consult Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).
Table 17.6: Coil Voltages
Hz Voltage Code Voltage Code Voltage Code Voltage Code
60 120 V02 240 V03 480 V06 600 V07
50 110 V02 220 V03 440 V06 550 V07

All Rights Reserved
Electromechanical Autotransformer Starters
Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8606 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
17
NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units
(Sizes 006). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
See Digest page 16-125 for selection information.
Table 17.7: 3-Pole Polyphase600 Vac Maximum5060 Hz

Motor NEMA 1 NEMA 4a NEMA 12/3Rd
Voltage Max. NEMA General Purpose Watertight and Dusttight & Driptight Open Type O.E.M. Kit c
(Starter Hp Size Enclosure Dusttight Enclosure Industrial Use Enclosure
Voltage) Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price
10 2 SDG1C 8076.00 SDW1C 12491.00 SDA1C 10641.00 SDO1C 7734.00 SDK1C 6786.00
15 SEG1D SEW1D SEA1D SEO1D SEK1D
20 3 SEG1E 9500.00 SEW1E 13914.00 SEA1E 13707.00 SEO1E 8418.00 SEK1E 7493.00
25 SEG1F SEW1F SEA1F SEO1F SEK1F
30 SFG1G SFW1G SFA1G SFO1G SFK1G
200 4 18417.00 26535.00 21834.00 16848.00 13181.00
40 SFG1H SFW1H SFA1H SFO1H SFK1H
(208)
50 SGG1J SGW1J SGA1J SGO1J SGK1J
5 30330.00 38448.00 34176.00 27167.00 23223.00
75 SGG1L SGW1L SGA1L SGO1L SGK1L
100 SHG1M SHW1M SHA1M SHO1M SHK1M
125 6 SHG1N 56507.00 SHW1N 67190.00 SHA1N 61848.00 SHO1N 51438.00 SHK1N 41481.00
150 SHG1P SHW1P SHA1P SHO1P SHK1P
10 SDG1C SDW1C SDA1C SDO1C SDK1C
2 8076.00 12491.00 10641.00 7734.00 6786.00
15 SDG1D SDW1D SDA1D SDO1D SDK1D
20 SEG1E SEW1E SEA1E SEO1E SEK1E
25 3 SEG1F 9500.00 SEW1F 13914.00 SEA1F 12207.00 SEO1F 8418.00 SEK1F 7493.00
30 SEG1G SEW1G SEA1G SEO1G SEK1G
40 SFG1H SFW1H SFA1H SFO1H SFK1H
4 18417.00 26535.00 21834.00 16848.00 13181.00
230 50 SFG1J SFW1J SFA1J SFO1J SFK1J
(240) 75 SGG1L SGW1L SGA1L SGO1L SGK1L
5 30330.00 38448.00 34176.00 27167.00 23223.00
100 SGG1M SGW1M SGA1M SGO1M SGK1M
125 SHG1N SHW1N SHA1N SHO1N SHK1N
150 6 SHG1P 56507.00 SHW1P 67190.00 SHA1P 61848.00 SHO1P 51438.00 SHK1P 41481.00
200 SHG1Q SHW1Q SHA1Q SHO1Q SHK1Q
250 SJG1R SJW1R SJA1R
7 96786.00 107468.00 102126.00
300 SJG1S SJW1S SJA1S
10 SDG1C SDW1C SDA1C SDO1C SDK1C
2 8076.00 12491.00 10641.00 7734.00 6786.00
20 SDG1E SDW1E SDA1E SDO1E SDK1E
25 SDG1F SDW1F SDA1F SDO1F SDK1F
40 3 SEG1H 9500.00 SEW1H 13914.00 SEA1H 12207.00 SEO1H 8418.00 SEK1H 7493.00
50 SEG1J SEW1J SEA1J SEO1J SEK1J
460 60 SFG1K SFW1K SFA1K SFO1K SFK1K
(480) 75 4 SFG1L 18417.00 SFW1L 26535.00 SFA1L 21834.00 SFO1L 16848.00 SFK1L 13181.00
/ 100 SFG1M SFW1M SFA1M SFO1M SFK1M
575
(600) 125 SGG1N SGW1N SGA1N SGO1N SGK1N
150 5 SGG1P 30330.00 SGW1P 38448.00 SGA1P 34176.00 SGO1P 27167.00 SGK1P 23223.00
200 SGG1Q SGW1Q SGA1Q SGO1Q SGK1Q
250 SHG1R SHW1R SHA1R SHO1R SHK1R
300 6 SHG1S 56507.00 SHW1S 67190.00 SHA1S 61848.00 SHO1S 51438.00 SHK1S 41481.00
400 SHG1T SHW1T SHA1T SHO1T SHK1T
500 SJG1U SJW1U SJA1U
7 96786.00 107468.00 102126.00 SJO1W 88250.00
600 SJG1W SJW1W SJA1W
a NEMA 4 Enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost.Specify as Form G17. See Modifications & Forms for price adder.
b Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-3 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.
c No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.
d NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest page 16-104 for more information.
Note: Class 8606 starters are supplied with a NEMA rated medium duty autotransformer. Medium duty service includes applications to motors which drive loads such as fans, pumps, compressors,
line shafts, etc.
NEMA Sizes 25: Autotransformer is rated for fifteen 15-second starts per hour
NEMA Sizes 67: Autotransformer is rated for three 30-second starts per hour
Contact Square D/Schneider Electric CIC at 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733) for applications which require frequent starting or jogging, or have extremely high inertia.
Table 17.8: How to Order

R OL T1
To Order Specify: Catalog Number
100
2S 1S
80
65
50
0
L1 Class Number Class Type Voltage Code Form(s)

R
OL T2 Type Number
L2 2S Motor Voltage Code 8606 SFG1M V81 S
2S Form(s)e
L3 Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz
100
80
65
50
0
R 1S OL T3
e Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8).
See page 17-3 for a fuller explanation on how to order; this page also provides the necessary
coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
TR TR 1S Refer to Digest pages 16-10916-113 for other factory modifications (Forms).
R
R
1S
1S
2S
2S
To
2 Wire Control Separate
Device (If used) Control
Stop 2 Start OL
1 3
TR
TR
Typical Autotransformer Starter

Sizes 25
Separate Control (Form S)

Electromechanical Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition)
NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units
(Sizes 006). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest page 16-125
for selection information.

NEMA 4a
Motor NEMA 1 NEMA 12/3Rd
Watertight and
Voltage Max. NEMA General Purpose Dusttight & Driptight Open Type O.E.M. Kit c
Dusttight Enclosure
(Starter Hp Size Enclosure Industrial Use Enclosure
(Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD)
Voltage)
Typeb $ Price Typbe $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price
10 1YD SCG1C 4892.00 SCW1C 6602.00 SCA1C 6317.00 SCO1C 4806.00
15 SDG1D SDW1D SDA1D SDO1D
2YD 5790.00 7713.00 7569.00 5562.00
20 SDG1E SDW1E SDA1E SDO1E
30 3YD SEG1G 8424.00 SEW1G 11204.00 SEA1G 10562.00 SEO1G 7542.00 SEK1G 6596.00
40 SEG1H SEW1H SEA1H SEO1H SEK1H
4YD 17568.00 21941.00 20417.00 15987.00 9300.00
(208) 60 SFG1K SFW1K SFA1K SFO1K SFK1K
17
5YD 31584.00 39702.00 35429.00 28422.00 18530.00
125 SGG1N SGW1N SGA1N SGO1N SGK1N
150 SGG1P SGW1P SGA1P SGO1P SGK1P
250 6YD SHG1R 67589.00 SHW1R 78272.00 SHA1R 72930.00 SHO1R 62519.00 SHK1R 39347.00
300 SHG1S SHW1S SHA1S SHO1S SHK1S
20 2YD SDG1E 5790.00 SDW1E 7713.00 SDA1E 7569.00 SDO1E 5562.00
25 SDG1F SDW1F SDA1F SDO1F
40 3YD SEG1H 8424.00 SEW1H 11204.00 SEA1H 10562.00 SEO1H 7542.00 SEK1H 6596.00
60 SFG1K SFW1K SFA1K SFO1K SFK1K
230 4YD 17568.00 21941.00 20417.00 15987.00 9300.00
75 SFG1L SFW1L SFA1L SFO1L SFK1L
(240)
125 5YD SGG1N 31584.00 SGW1N 39702.00 SGA1N 35429.00 SGO1N 28422.00 SGK1N 18530.00
400 SJG1T SJW1T SJA1T SJO1T
7YD 91160.00 101843.00 96501.00 86090.00
500 SJG1U SJW1U SJA1U SJO1U
10 SCG1C SCW1C SCA1C SCO1C
1YD 4892.00 6602.00 6317.00 4806.00
15 SCG1D SCW1D SCA1D SCO1D
2YD 5790.00 7713.00 7569.00 5562.00
30 SDG1G SDW1G SDA1G SDO1G
40 SDG1H SDW1H SDA1H SDO1H
60 3YD SEG1K 8424.00 SEW1K 11204.00 SEA1K 10562.00 SEO1K 7542.00 SEK1K 6596.00
460- 75 SEG1L SEW1L SEA1L SEO1L SEK1L
(480) 100 SFG1M SFW1M SFA1M SFO1M SFK1M
/ 125 4YD SFG1N 17568.00 SFW1N 21941.00 SFA1N 20417.00 SFO1N 15987.00 SFK1N 9300.00
575 150 SFG1P SFW1P SFA1P SFO1P SFK1P
(600)
250 5YD SGG1R 31584.00 SGW1R 39702.00 SGA1R 35429.00 SGO1R 28422.00 SGK1R 18530.00
300 SGG1S SGW1S SGA1S SGO1S SGK1S
500 6YD SHG1U 67589.00 SHW1U 78272.00 SHA1U 72930.00 SHO1U 62519.00 SHK1U 39347.00
600 SHG1W SHW1W SHA1W SHO1W SHK1W
800 SJG1Y SJW1Y SJA1Y SJO1Y
7YD 91160.00 101843.00 96501.00 86090.00
1000 SJG1Z SJW1Z SJA1Z SJO1Z
a NEMA 4 Enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See Modifications and Forms for price adder.
L1
1M OL T1 Table 17.10: How to Order
1M OL T2
T4 T2
1M OL T3 Type Number
L3 Motor Voltage Code 8630 SFG1M V06
T1 T5 Form(s)e
T6 T3
2M T5 Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz
2M S T4 e Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8).
2M S T6 coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
Refer to Digest pages 16-10916-113 for other factory modifications (Forms).
TR TR 2M
S
S
1M
1M S
2M
2 Wire Control Device (If used)
Start
1 Stop 2 3 OL
TR
TR
Typical Wye-Delta Starter Sizes 14 (Open Transition)
Common Control (Standard)

Electromechanical Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition)
17
NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes
006). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest page 16-125 for
selection information.

NEMA 4d
Motor NEMA 1 NEMA 12/3Rc
Watertight and
Voltage Max. NEMA General Purpose Dusttight & Driptight Open Type O.E.M. Kit b
Dusttight Enclosure
(Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD)
Voltage)
Typea $ Price Typea $ Price Typea $ Price Typea $ Price Typea $ Price
2YD 8454.00 10376.00 10233.00 8226.00
30 3YD SEG2G 11672.00 SEW2G 14450.00 SEA2G 13809.00 SEO2G 10790.00 SEK2G 10142.00
40 SEG2H SEW2H SEA2H SEO2H SEK2H
4YD 22995.00 27368.00 25844.00 21414.00 13931.00
(208) 60 SFG2K SFW2K SFA2K SFO2K SFK2K
5YD 38363.00 46481.00 42209.00 35202.00 25181.00
125 SGG2N SGW2N SGA2N SGO2N SGK2N
20 2YD SDG2E 8454.00 SDW2E 10376.00 SDA2E 10233.00 SDO2E 8226.00
40 3YD SEG2H 11672.00 SEW2H 14450.00 SEA2H 13809.00 SEO2H 10790.00 SEK2H 10142.00
60 SFG2K SFW2K SFA2K SFO2K SFK2K
230 4YD 22995.00 27368.00 25844.00 21414.00 13931.00
(240)
125 5YD SGG2N 38363.00 SGW2N 46481.00 SGA2N 42209.00 SGO2N 35202.00 SGK2N 25181.00
400 SJG2T SJW2T SJA2T SJO2T
7YD 118206.00 128888.00 123548.00 113135.00
500 SJG2U SJW2U SJA2U SJO2U
1YD 7470.00 9180.00 8895.00 7385.00
2YD 8454.00 10376.00 10233.00 8226.00
30 SDG2G SDW2G SDA2G SDO2G
40 SDG2H SDW2H SDA2H SDO2H
60 3YD SEG2K 11672.00 SEW2K 14450.00 SEA2K 13809.00 SEO2K 10790.00 SEK2K 10142.00
460- 75 SEG2L SEW2L SEA2L SEO2L SEK2L
/ 125 4YD SFG2N 22995.00 SFW2N 27368.00 SFA2N 25844.00 SFO2N 21414.00 SFK2N 13931.00
575 150 SFG2P SFW2P SFA2P SFO2P SFK2P
(600)
250 5YD SGG2R 38363.00 SGW2R 46481.00 SGA2R 42209.00 SGO2R 35202.00 SGK2R 25181.00
500 6YD SHG2U 85022.00 SHW2U 95702.00 SHA2U 90363.00 SHO2U 79950.00 SHK2U 50319.00
700 SHG2W SHW2W SHA2W SHO2W SHK2W
7YD 118206.00 128888.00 123548.00 113135.00
1000 SJG2Z SJW2Z SJA2Z SJO2Z
a Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-3 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.
b No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.
c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest page 16-104 for more information.
d NEMA 4 Enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See Modifications and Forms for price adder.

1M OL T1
L1
1M OL T2
T4 T2
1M 2S OL T3 Type Number
L3 Motor Voltage Code 8630 SFG1M V81 F4T40
2S 2S
R R R
T1 T5 Form(s)e
E E E
2M S S S
T6 T6
Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz
T3
2M 1S T4 e Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8 ).
2M 1S T5 coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
(HI) PRI
PT
2 Wire Control (X1) SEC (X2)
Device (If used) GND (If used)
Start
1 Stop 2 3 OL
TR
TR 2S
1S
TR 2M TR
2S
1M
1S
1S
2M
1M
Typical Wye-Delta Starter
Sizes 14 (Closed Transition)
Fused Control Transformer (Form F4T40)

Electromechanical Part Winding Starters
NOTE: Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal
units (Sizes 00-6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest
page 16-125 for selection information.

NEMA 4a
Motor NEMA 1 NEMA 12/3Rd
Watertight and
Voltage Max. NEMA General Purpose Dusttight & Driptight Open Type O.E.M. Kit c
Dusttight Enclosure
(Stainless Steel 1PW4PW)
Voltage)
Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price
10 1PW SCG1C 3119.00 SCW1C 4829.00 SCA1C 4544.00 SCO1C 3033.00
2PW 4445.00 6368.00 6224.00 4217.00 2685.00
30 3PW SEG1G 6267.00 SEW1G 9045.00 SEA1G 8405.00 SEO1G 5868.00 SEK1G 4359.00
200 40 SEG1H SEW1H SEA1H SEO1H SEK1H
(208) 50 SFG1J SFW1J SFA1J SFO1J SFK1J
60 4PW SFG1K 13404.00 SFW1K 17775.00 SFA1K 16253.00 SFO1K 12662.00 SFK1K 8217.00
17
125 5PW SGG1N 28071.00 SGW1N 36192.00 SGA1N 31919.00 SGO1N 26505.00 SGK1N 18621.00
10 1PW SCG1C 3119.00 SCW1C 4829.00 SCA1C 4544.00 SCO1C 3033.00
20 2PW SDG1E 4445.00 SDW1E 6368.00 SDA1E 6224.00 SDO1E 4217.00 SDK1E 2685.00
40 3PW SEG1H 6267.00 SEW1H 9045.00 SEA1H 8405.00 SEO1H 5868.00 SEK1H 4359.00
230 60 SFG1K SFW1K SFA1K SFO1K SFK1K
4PW 13404.00 17775.00 16253.00 12662.00 8217.00
(240) 75 SFG1L SFW1L SFA1L SFO1L SFK1L
125 5PW SGG1N 28071.00 SGW1N 36192.00 SGA1N 31919.00 SGO1N 26505.00 SGK1N 18621.00
200 SHG1Q SHW1Q SHA1Q SHO1Q
250 6PW SHG1R 58694.00 SHW1R 67338.00 SHA1R 65816.00 SHO1R 53622.00
300 SHG1S SHW1S SHA1S SHO1S
400 7PW SJG1T 89672.00 SJW1T 98865.00 SJA1T 98217.00 SJO1T 80699.00
1PW 3119.00 4829.00 4544.00 3033.00
2PW 4445.00 6368.00 6224.00 4217.00 2685.00
30 SDG1G SDW1G SDA1G SDO1G SDK1G
460 40 SDG1H SDW1H SDA1H SDO1H SDK1H
(480) 50 SEG1J SEW1J SEA1J SEO1J SEK1J
/ 60 3PW SEG1K 6267.00 SEW1K 9045.00 SEA1K 8405.00 SEO1K 5868.00 SEK1K 4359.00
575 75 SEG1L SEW1L SEA1L SEO1L SEK1L
125 4PW SFG1N 13404.00 SFW1N 17775.00 SFA1N 16253.00 SFO1N 12662.00 SFK1N 8217.00
150 SFG1P SFW1P SFA1P SFO1P SFK1P
250 5PW SGG1R 28071.00 SGW1R 36192.00 SGA1R 31919.00 SGO1R 26505.00 SGK1R 18621.00
460 400 SHG1T SHW1T SHA1T SHO1T
(480) 500 6PW SHG1U 58694.00 SHW1U 67338.00 SHA1U 65816.00 SHO1U 53622.00
/ 600 SHG1W SHW1W SHA1W SHO1W
575 700 SJG1X SJW1X SJA1X SJO1X
(600) 7PW 89672.00 98865.00 98217.00 80699.00
a NEMA 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specifiy as Form G17. See Modifications and Forms for price adder.

S OL2
L1 A To Order Specify: Catalog Number
S OL2
L2 B Class Number Class Type Voltage Code Form(s)
S OL2 Type Number
L3 C
To Motor Voltage Code 8640 SFG1M V06
S OL1 Form(s)e
D
R OL1 Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz
E
R OL1 e Forms only need to be specified if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8).
F See page 17-3 for a fuller explanation on how to order; this page also provides the necessary
coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.
TR
S
2 Wire Control
Device (If used) TR S
R
Stop Start
1 2 3 OL1 OL2
TR
TR
Typical Part Winding
Sizes 14
Common Control (Standard)

Electromechanical Reduced Approximate Dimensions
Voltage Starters Class 8606, 8630, 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601
17
Approximate DimensionsNot for Construction

Table 17.15: Class 8606Autotransformer
NEMA 1 / 12 Enclosure NEMA 4 Enclosure

NEMA Open Non-combo or Combo Combo Non-combo or Combo Combo
Dim.
Size With Circuit Breaker With Disconnect Switch With Circuit Breaker With Disconnect Switch
IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm
H 43 1092 52 1320 52 1320 52 1320 52 1320
2 W 22 559 25 635 25 635 25 635 25 635
D 8 203 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254
H 63 1600 70b 1778 70b 1778 75b 1778 75b 1778
3 or 4 W 28 711 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813
D 9 229 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406
H 63 1600 70b 1778 90b 2286 75b 1778 95b 2413
Class 8606 5 W 28 711 32 813 36 914 32 813 36 914
Autotransformer D 9 229 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406
H 56 1422 90b 2286 90b 2286 98b 2489 98b 2489
6 W 30 762 34 864 64 1626 34 864 64 1626
D 14 354 20 508 24 610 20 508 24 610
Table 17.16: Class 8630Wye DeltaOpen Transition

NEMA Open
Dim. Non-combo Combo Non-combo Combo
Size
IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm
1YD H 21 553 25 635 25 635 25 635
or W 21 553 23 584 23 584 23 584
2YD D 7 178 8 203 8 203 8 203
3YD H 42 1067 48 1219 49 1245 48 1219 49 1245
or W 25 635 28 712 30 762 28 712 30 762
4YD D 7 178 8 203 11 279 8 203 11 279
5YD H 62 1576 90b 2286 90b 2286 98b 2489 98b 2489
or W 29 737 36 914 36 914 36 914 36 914
6YD D 10 254 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406
Table 17.17: Class 8630Wye DeltaClosed Transition

NEMA Open
Dim. Non-combo Combo Non-combo Combo
Class 8630 Size
Wye-Delta IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm
1YD H 21 553 25 635 25 635 25 635
or W 21 553 23 584 23 584 23 584
2YD D 14 354 16 406 16 406 16 406
3YD H 42 1067 48 1219 49 1245 48 1219 49 1245
or W 25 635 28 712 30 762 28 712 30 762
4YD D 14 354 16 406 18 457 16 406 18 457
5YD H 80 2032 90b 2286 90b 2286 98b 2489 98b 2489
or W 30 762 36 914 36 914 36 914 36 914
6YD D 12 305 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406
Table 17.18: Class 8640Part Winding

EnclosedNEMA 1 / 4 / 12
NEMA Open Combo Combo
Dim. Non-combo
Size with Circuit Breaker with Disconnect Switch
IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm
1PW H 21 553 25 635 34 853 25 635
or W 21 553 23 584 19 483 23 584
2PW D 6 152 8 203 11 279 8 203
H 42 1067 48 1219 44 1118 52 1321
3PW W 26 660 28 712 30 762 25 635
D 7 178 8 203 12 305 11 279
H 42 1067 48 1219 44 1118 78b 1981
4PW W 26 660 28 712 30 762 32 813
D 7 178 8 203 12 305 16 406
H 35 889 44 1118 78ba 1981 78ba 1981
Class 8640 5PW W 22 559 24 610 36 914 36 914
Part Winding D 10 254 12 305 16 406 16 406
H 49 1245 64 1626 90b 2286
6PW W 24 610 28 712 64 1626
D 11 279 16 406 24 406
a Subtract 8" from height for Type 1 or 12 Enclosure. For enclosure dimensions not listed, contact your nearest
b Free standing enclosure Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.
H = Height
W = Width
D = Depth
Combination Starter Form Reference

Circuit Breaker: Y791, Y7911
Non-fusible Disc. Switch: Y792, Y7910
Fusible Disconnect Switch: Y793-Y799
Refer to Factory Modifications (Forms) section, Digest page 16-109 for complete
listing of forms for combination devices.

All Rights Reserved
Well-Guard Pump Panel Reduced Voltage Type
Class 8940 Reduced Voltage panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications. Extra
space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment.
Type S contactors/starters provided as standard

All devices are UL Listed, and marked SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT
Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch and Start push button
Table 17.19: Closed Transition Autotransformer Type
3-Pole Polyphase480 Vac Maximum (5060 Hz)
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated.
Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 26). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest page 16-125 for
selection information.
Fusible Disconnect Type Circuit Breaker Type
Motor Max. Fuse
Coil NEMA
(Starter) Hp Clip Circuit
Voltage Size Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price
Volts Polyphase Amperes Breaker
a
Type VG4V06K15
15 2 60 RD4DV03 11928.00 FAL36080 VD1DV03 11928.00
25 100 RE4FV03 17055.00 FAL36100 VE1FV03 17055.00
3
17
230 30 24060 200 RE1GV03 17342.00 KAL36100 VE2GV03 17342.00
(240) 50 22050 4 200 RF4JV03 26657.00 KAL36200 VF1JV03 28107.00
75 400 RG1LV03 43946.00 LAL36250 VG2LV03 43946.00
5
100 400 RG1MV03 46083.00 LAL36350 VG2MV03 46083.00
25 2 60 RD2FV06 12555.00 FAL36070 VD1FV06 12555.00
30 100 RE2GV06 17085.00 FAL36080 VE1GV06 17085.00
3
50 100 RE2JV06 18197.00 FAL36100 VE1JV06 18197.00
75 200 RF2LV06 26657.00 KAL36125 VF1LV06 27872.00
4
460 100 48060 200 RF2MV06 28278.00 KAL36200 VF1MV06 28278.00
(480) 150 44050 400 RG3PV06 42735.00 KAL36250 VG4PV06 46340.00
5
200 400 RG3QV06 48860.00 LAL36350 VG4QV06 51237.00
300 MAL36600 VH1SV06 79338.00
6
400 MAL36900 VH2TV06 79338.00
600 7 MAL361000 VJ1WV06 123134.00
a Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown to the left.
Table 17.20: Part Winding Type

3-Pole Polyphase480 Vac Maximum (5060 Hz)
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices
require 6 thermal units (Sizes 26). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest page 16-125 for selection
information.
Combination Fusible Combination Circuit Breaker Type
Disconnect Type
Motor Max. Fuse Circuit
Coil NEMA
(Starter) Hp Clip Breaker
Voltage Size
Voltage Polyphase (2 Sets) Typed $ Price (2 Bkrs.) Typed $ Price
(A) Frame
c Size
25 2PW 60 MD4FV03 7536.00 FAL36070 PD1FV03 7923.00
30 60 ME5GV03 11609.00 FAL36080 PE3GV03 11322.00
3PW
50 100 ME6JV03 11609.00 FAL36100 PE3JV03 11322.00
230 24060
75 4PW 200 MF1LV03 21821.00 KAL36150 PF3LV03 23400.00
(240) 22050
100 200 MG3MV03 43326.00 KAL36175 PG2MV03 43326.00
125 5PW 400 MG1NV03 43326.00 LAL36250 PG3NV03 43326.00
150 400 MG1PV03 43326.00 LAL36250 PG3PV03 43326.00
30 30 MD5GV06 7536.00 FAL36040 PD1GV06 7293.00
2PW
40 60 MD2HV06 7536.00 FAL36050 PD1HV06 7293.00
60 60 ME7KV06 11609.00 FAL36070 PE3KV06 12822.00
3PW
75 100 ME3LV06 11609.00 FAL36090 PE3LV06 11322.00
460 48060
100 200 MF3MV06 23400.00 FAL36100 PF2MV06 23400.00
(480) 44050 4PW
150 200 MF3PV06 23400.00 KAL36125 PF3PV06 23400.00
200 200 MG4QV06 43326.00 KAL36175 PG2QV06 43326.00
250 5PW 200 MG4RV06 43326.00 KAL36225 PG3RV06 43326.00
350 400 MG2TV06 43326.00 LAL36300 PG3TV06 43326.00
c Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown below.
Table 17.21: Coil Voltage Codes

Voltage $ Price
Code
60 Hz 50 Hz Adder
24ef V01 N.C.
120f 110 V02 N.C.
208 V08 N.C.
240 220 V03 N.C.
380 V05 N.C.
480 440 V06 N.C.
600 550 V07 N.C.
Specify Specify V99 35.60
e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 47. On Sizes 23, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified.
f These voltage codes must include Form S (no charge).
For How to Order Information, see Digest page 16-12.

Well-Guard Pump Panels Approximate Dimensions
17
Table 17.22: Part WindingReduced Voltage Type

A B C D E F
Type Figure
IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm
PD 3 19.00 483 34.50 876 12.25 311 13.00 330 33.50 851 .44 11
MD 3 23.00 584 25.50 648 10.60 269 17.00 432 24.50 622 .44 11
PE 3 30.00 762 47.00 1194 13.25 337 22.00 559 46.00 1168 .56 14
PF
ME 3 25.00 635 52.50 1334 12.13 308 19.00 483 51.50 1308 .44 11
MF 4 36.00 914 93.00 2362 19.25 489 33.75 857 12.50 318 .69 18
PG 4 36.00 914 73.00 1854 19.25 489 33.75 857 12.50 318 .69 18
MG
PH 4 38.00 965 93.00 2362 19.25 489 35.75 908 12.50 318 .69 18
Table 17.23: AutotransformerReduced Voltage Type

A B C D E F
Type Figure
IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm
RD 3 25.00 635 52.50 1334 11.13 283 19.00 483 51.50 1308 .44 11
VD
RE, VE 4 32.00 813 72.50 1842 19.25 489 29.75 756 12.50 318 .68 17
RF, VF
RG 4 36.00 914 93.00 2362 19.25 489 33.75 857 12.50 318 .69 17
VG 4 32.00 813 72.50 1842 19.25 489 29.75 756 12.50 318 .68 17
VH 4 34.00 864 93.00 2362 23.25 591 31.75 806 16.50 419 .69 17
VJa 4 64.00 1626 93.00 2362 27.25 692 61.75 1568 17.25 438 .81 21
a Cabinet has double doors.
NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for
dimensional information only.
Figure 3 Figure 4

All Rights Reserved
Factory Modifications Reduced Voltage Starters
(Forms) Classs 8606, 8630, 8640
Table 17.24: Reduced Voltage Controllers Only

Classes 8606, 8630, 8640

NEMA Size
Enclosure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Factory Modifications Form
Type 1PW 2 PW 3 PW 4 PW 5 PW 6 PW 7 PW
1 YD 2 YD 3 YD 4 YD 5 YD 6 YD 7 YD
Push Buttonsa
Start-Stop 1, 4, 12 A 336.00 336.00 336.00 33600 336.00 336.00 336.00
Selector Switches
Hand-Off-Auto 1, 4, 12 C 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
On-Off 1, 4, 12 C6 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Pilot Lights (specify color)b
One light ON 1, 4, 12 P 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Pilot Separate Control Circuitde
Devices TR coil only (at control voltage) 1, 4, 12 S No No No No No No No
in All coils (at control voltage) 1, 4, 12 Y195 Charge Charge Charge Charge Charge Charge Charge
Cover
and Fused Control Circuitcdef
Control One fuse 1, 4, 12 F 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 N/Ch N/Ch
Circuit Two fuses 1, 4, 12 F4 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 N/Ch N/Ch
17
Reduced Control Circuit Transformercde
Voltage Fuses
Controllers
Only Primary Secondary
Classes 2 0 1, 4, 12 F4T 684.00 882.00 1112.00 1254.00 1395.00 N/C N/Ch
8606 2.. 1 1, 4, 12 FF4T 1026.00 1197.00 1425.00 1566.00 1710.00 314.00 314.00
8630
8640 2 0 1, 4, 12 F4T40 912.00 1182.00 1938.00 2079.00 3803.00 3803.00 3803.00
8647 2 1 1, 4, 12 FF4T40 1224.00 1497.00 2250.00 2393.00 4116.00 4116.00 4116.00
8650 Additional capacity (50 or 60 Hz)g
100 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T11 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00
Substitute nonstandard single primary and/or
voltage rating on control transformerc 1, 4, 12 T1i 71.00 71.00 71.00 71.00 71.00
a All push buttons are momentary contact.
b For pilot light details, refer to pilot light table on Digest page 16-109.
c See Table 17.25 below.
d As standard, Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with common
control. If Form S or T is specified, only the TR coil will be at control
voltage. Specify Form Y195 or T40 (Ex. Form F4T40) if all coils must
be at control voltage. Refer to page 17-3 for control circuit
arrangements. Example:
e Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with two control circuit fuses
for conductors at line voltage. Additional fusing may be supplied if a You have previously selected a Class 8606SDG1V02S.
fused control circuit transformer or separate control is specified. V02S means that you need a coil voltage of 120-
f Must be used with Form specifying separate control (Ex. Form FS). 60/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to
g Add Form letters and price to that of standard control transformer.
(Ex. For Size 1, Form F4T, plus 100 VA becomes F4T11, $984.00 add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480
Form F4T40 plus 100 VA becomes F4T41, $807.00). volt primary, 120 volt secondary.
h Size 6 and 7 controllers are supplied with Form F4T as standard.
i Must be used with another form of F4T. (Ex. Standard capacity
The new and complete class, type, voltage code and form
transformer required, 20824 V. Order as Form F4TT1, 20824 V.) number will be:
Table 17.25: cSelection of Control Circuit Class Type Voltage Code Formj
Transformers 8606 SDG1 V81 FF4T
The standard primary/secondary j Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order.
voltages for control circuit transformers
are indicated in the following table.
Voltage Code
60 Hz (PrimarySecondary)
12012 V88
12024 V89
208120 V84
24024 V82
240120 V80
277120 V85
48024 V83
480120 V81
480240 V87
600120 V86
Specify V99
To order, select the desired device with the appropriate

transformer Form designation. Then convert the previously
selected voltage code (V**) to reflect the desired
primary/secondary voltage for the transformer. The
secondary voltage should equal the previously selected
coil voltage of the device. (24 Vac coils for NEMA
Sizes 47 are not available).

(Forms) Class 8606, 8630
17
Table 17.26: Class 8606 Reduced Voltage Starters Only

Enclosure NEMA Size
Type
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Y791 2010.00 2451.00 2664.00 4872.00 9471.00 13944.00 18320.00

Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b 4 Y791 2862.00 3533.00 4886.00 7092.00 11808.00 18216.00 23601.00
12 Y791 2037.00 2564.00 2862.00 6579.00 10839.00 15012.00 20397.00
1 Y792 1340.00 1710.00 2165.00 2991.00 5355.00
Non-fusible disconnect switch 4 Y792 2195.00 2793.00 4388.00 5327.00 7691.00
12 Y792 1368.00 1823.00 2366.00 4815.00 5925.00
1 Y7910 12293.00 13004.00
Atuomatic molded case switch 4 Y7910 16565.00 17276.00
12 Y7910 13361.00 14072.00
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a
1 Y793 1566.00 1566.00
30 A clips 4 Y793 2421.00 2124.00
12 Y793 1596.00 1596.00
Circuit
Breaker 1 Y794 1566.00 1823.00 2066.00
or 60 A clips 4 Y794 2421.00 2885.00 3609.00
Disconnect 12 Y794 1596.00 1938.00 2280.00
Switch 1 Y795 2336.00 2574.00
100 A clips 4 Y795 4559.00 5021.00
12 Y795 2537.00 2943.00
1 Y796 2885.00 3596.00
200 A clips 4 Y796 5129.00 4340.00
12 Y796 3105.00 5327.00
1 Y797 5868.00 11039.00
400 A clips 4 Y797 8190.00 15354.00
12 Y797 6438.00 12861.00
1 Y798 13802.00
Automatic Molded Case Switch
4 Y798 18075.00
with 600 A fuse clips 12 Y798 14871.00
1 Y799 15425.00
Automatic Molded Case Switch 4 Y799 19697.00
with fuse clips 1200 A or less 12 Y799 17562.00
a Fuses not included.
b MAG-GARD breakers are not supplied nor recommended.
Table 17.27: Class 8630 Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyd

NEMA Size
Enclosure
Factory Modifications Form 1 Wye- 2 Wye- 3 Wye- 4 Wye- 5 Wye- 6 Wye- 7 Wye-
Type
Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta
1 Y791 2451.00 1664.00 4872.00 9471.00 13944.00 18320.00 32759.00
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker e 4 Y791 3533.00 4886.00 7092.00 11808.00 18216.00 23601.00 37031.00
12 Y791 2564.00 2856.00 6579.00 10839.00 15012.00 20397.00 33827.00
1 Y792 1710.00 2165.00 2991.00 5355.00
Non-fusible disconnect switch 4 Y792 2793.00 4388.00 5327.00 7691.00
12 Y792 1823.00 2366.00 4815.00 5925.00
1 Y7910 12293.00 13004.00 29483.00
Atuomatic molded case switch 4 Y7910 16565.00 17276.00 33755.00
12 Y7910 13361.00 14072.00 30551.00
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips c
1 Y793 1823.00 1823.00
30 A clips 4 Y793 2421.00 3771.00
12 Y793 1938.00 1938.00
Circuit
Breaker 1 Y794 1823.00 2066.00
or 60 A clips 4 Y794 2421.00 3609.00
Disconnect 12 Y794 1938.00 2280.00
Switch 1 Y795 2336.00 2574.00
100 A clips 4 Y795 4559.00 5021.00
12 Y795 2537.00 2943.00
1 Y796 2885.00 3596.00
200 A clips 4 Y796 5129.00 5840.00
12 Y796 3105.00 5327.00
1 Y797 6510.00 11039.00
400 A clips 4 Y797 8204.00 15354.00
12 Y797 6438.00 12861.00
1 Y798 13802.00 14513.00
Automatic Molded Case Switch 4 Y798 18075.00 18786.00
with 600 A fuse clips 12 Y798 14871.00 15227.00
1 Y799 15425.00 30195.00
Automatic Molded Case Switch 4 Y799 19697.00 34704.00
with fuse clips 1200 A or less 12 Y799 17562.00 31095.00
c Fuses not included.
d Wye-Delta motor starters typically have higher current ratings, per NEMA Size, than full voltage motor starters. Care must be taken in selecting the appropriate short circuit
protection. The table on page 7-49 will assist in selecting proper protection based on motor full-load current.
e MAG-GARD breakers are not supplied nor recommended.

(Forms) Class 8640, 8606, 8630
NOTE: To comply with Section 430-3 of the National Electrical Code, combination part-winding starters are
provided as follows:

1. Circuit Breaker: two thermal magnetic, adjustable trip circuit breakers; one for each motor winding. In the FA and KA frames, a
single external operating mechanism operates the two breakers simultaneously. In KA and LA frames, each breaker has its own
operating mechanism, but electrical interlocks prevent motor operation unless both breakers are closed.
2. Non-Fusible Disconnect: a single 3-pole unfused disconnect of the proper rating for both windings. The user is required to provide
proper short-circuit protection external to the starter, using only Class J fuses.
3. Fusible Disconnect Switch: a single unfused disconnect with two sets of fuse clips (each set of the rating indicated) to provide short-
circuit protection for each winding.
Table 17.28: Class 8640 Reduced Voltage Starters Only

Enclosure NEMA Size
Type 1 PW 2 PW 3 PW 4 PW 5 PW 6 PW
1 Y7911 3014.00 3675.00 3996.00 7307.00 14207.00
Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b 4 Y7911 4293.00 5300.00 7329.00 10641.00 17711.00
12 Y7911 3056.00 3846.00 4293.00 9872.00 16259.00
17
Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a
1 Y7931 2006.00 2006.00
30 A clips (Two Sets) 4 Y7931 2664.00 2664.00
12 Y7931 2132.00 2132.00
1 Y7941 2273.00 2570.00
60 A clips (Two Sets) 4 Y7941 3969.00 5013.00
12 Y7941 2507.00 2790.00
1 Y7951 2570.00 2831.00 3176.00
Circuit
Breaker 100 A clips (Two Sets) 4 Y7951 5013.00 5525.00 5642.00
or 12 Y7951 2790.00 3239.00 3416.00
Disconnect
Switch 1 Y7961 3176.00 3959.00 6456.00
200 A clips (Two Sets) 4 Y7961 5642.00 6425.00 9026.00
12 Y7961 3416.00 5859.00 7082.00
1 Y7971 6456.00 15182.00 c 15596.00 c
400 A clips (Two Sets) 4 Y7971 9026.00 19881.00 c 20082.00 c
12 Y7971 7082.00 16356.00 c 16592.00 c
1 Y7920 15965.00
Automatic molded case switch 4 Y7920 20664.00
with 600 A fuse clips (Two Sets)
12 Y7920 16748.00
1 Y7921 16968.00
Automatic molded case switch 4 Y7921 21668.00
with fuse clips 6011200 A or less (Two Sets)
12 Y7921 19319.00
a Fuses not included.
b Mag-Gard circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended.
c Consists of automatic molded case switch with two sets of 400 A fuse clips.

(Forms) Class 8640, 8606, 8630
17
Table 17.29: Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyc

Classes 8606, 8630, 8640
NEMA Size
Enclosure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Type 1PW 2 PW 3 PW 4 PW 5 PW 6 PW 7 PW
1 YD 2 YD 3 YD 4 YD 5 YD 6 YD 7 YD
Non-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays
Three Element
Overload Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2) Any B2 57.00 57.00
Relays
Types SE-SG (Sizes 35) Any B5 57.00 57.00 57.00
Type SH (Size 6) Any B2 57.00 b
Ambient Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays
Three Element
Overload Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2) 1, 4, 12 B 86.00 86.00
Relays
Types SE-SF (Sizes 3 & 4) Any Y59 107.00 107.00
Types SG-SH (Sizes 56) Any B 86.00 86.00 b
Overload Relays General
Substitute 9999SO4 isolated alarm contact on
Overload Any Y342 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 b
melting alloy overload relay
Relays
Substitute 9999SO5 isolated alarm contact on
Any Y344 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 b
melting alloy overload relay
Overload Motor Logic Overload Relaysde

Any H10 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 57.00 57.00
Relays
Any H20 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 57.00 57.00
Add for thermal protector Class 8606 1, 4, 12 Y116 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00
Coil transient suppressor Per Coil Any Y145 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00
Miscellaneous Addition of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired).
Wired, per terminal Each 1, 4, 12 G56a 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00
Unwired, per terminal Each 1, 4, 12 G50a 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00
a Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. Number of circuits is same as ending of Form number. (Ex.: G505 is 5 wire terminal block.) Available in groups of 5 only.
Order in increments of 5. Number of ciruits is same as ending of Form number. (Ex.: G505 = 5 unwired terminals, G510 is 10 unwired terminals.)
b Size 7 uses a solid state overload relay. See Class 8536 for complete details.
c NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices.
d Motor Logic overload relays are not available on Class 8640 Size 1PW to 4PW starters.
e See Motor Logic overload relays in the Full Voltage section on the bottom of Digest page 16-111 for additional Motor Logic overload relays option Forms.

Square D Conditions of Sale
Coordinated Projects
NOTE:The following Conditions of Sale are subject to change. All transactions for all products sold by Square D Company,
including Square D brand products and all Schneider Electric brand products, such as Merlin Gerin, Modicon and
Telemecanique brand products, are subject to the latest published Conditions of Sale of the Square D Company and to
any Special Conditions of Sale which may be contained in applicable Square D quotations and acknowledgments.
Square D Standard conditions of Sale will apply in all transactions between customers SUBSTITUTION: Square D may furnish suitable substitutes for material unobtainable
and Square D, unless Square D elects to use the Standard Coordinated Project because of priorities or regulations established by governmental authority or non-
Conditions of Sale. The Coordinated Project Conditions of Sale will be used on availability of materials from suppliers, provided such substitutions do not adversely
appropriate project jobs only. affect the technical soundness of the equipment. Square D assumes no liability for
GOVERNING PROVISIONS AND ACCEPTANCE: All quotations are subject to these deviation from published dimensions and descriptive information not essential to proper
conditions of sale. Acceptance of an order by Square D shall be expressly conditioned performance of the product.
on Purchaser's assent to these conditions. Purchaser's direction to proceed with TAXES: Any manufacturer's tax, retailer's tax, occupation tax, use tax, sales tax,
engineering, manufacture or shipment by Square D shall be deemed evidence of this excise tax, (except federal excise tax on vehicles), duty, customs, inspecting or testing
assent. No modified or other conditions will be applicable unless those conditions are fee, or other tax, fee or charge of any nature whatsoever, imposed by any
so stated in Square D's proposal or are specifically agreed to in writing and signed by governmental authority or measured by any transaction between Square D and
an authorized official of Square D. Failure to object to provisions contained in any Purchaser, shall be paid by the Purchaser in addition to the prices quoted or invoiced,
Purchase Order or other communication from the Purchaser (including, without and such charges will appear as a separate line item on the invoice. In the event
limitation, penalty clauses of any kind) shall not be construed as a waiver of these Square D will be required to pay any such tax, fee, or charge, Purchaser shall
Conditions nor an acceptance of any other provisions. These terms are a complete reimburse Square D or, in lieu of such payment, Purchaser shall supply Square D at
statement of the parties' agreement and may only be modified in writing signed by both the time the order is submitted with an exemption certificate or other document
parties. These terms may not be modified by course of dealing, course of performance acceptable to the tax authority. Purchase Orders must state the existence and amount
or usage of trade. These terms supersede all previous written or oral quotations, of any such tax, fee or charge for which Purchaser claims an exemption.
statements or agreements. Any contract for sale by and between the parties shall be TERMS OF PAYMENT: Acceptance of all Purchase Orders is subject to Purchaser
governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Illinois without regard meeting Square D credit standards. Terms are subject to change for failure to meet
to its rules on the conflict of laws. The Convention on the International Sale of Goods is such standards. Terms are net thirty (30) days from date of invoice of each shipment,
expressly excluded. unless otherwise stated in Square D's quotation. For an authorized distributor or
QUOTATIONS: Quotations shall be valid for no more than thirty (30) days from their authorized reseller order, applicable terms of payment are stated in the quotation or
date, unless otherwise stated in the quotation. All quotations are subject to change by applicable discount schedule. Square D reserves the right at any time to demand full or
Square D Company at any time upon notice to Purchaser. Quotations are made based partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale if, in its sole judgment, as a
on Square D's interpretation of the plans and specifications submitted to Square D by result of changes in the financial condition of the Purchaser the terms of payment
the Purchaser. It is Purchaser's obligation to review the quotation carefully and to originally specified are no longer justified.
immediately advise Square D of any differing interpretation Purchaser has so any PAYMENTS: If delivery is delayed or deferred by the Purchaser beyond the scheduled
necessary change can be made. date, payment shall be due in full when Square D is prepared to ship. The equipment
ORDER ENTRY: A complete, signed purchase order must be received before entry of may be stored at the risk and expense of the Purchaser. If the Purchaser defaults when
an order into Square D's system. Considerable detail is involved in the manufacture of any payment is due, then the whole contract price shall become due and payable upon
power equipment. To facilitate timely shipment, complete details and information, demand, or Square D at its option, without prejudice to other lawful remedies, may
including Purchaser's requested on-site dates must be provided at the time of order defer delivery or cancel the contract for sale. If Purchaser become insolvent, or
entry. Shipment dates are approximate and are based upon timely receipt of all bankrupt or in the event any proceeding is brought against the Purchaser, voluntarily or
necessary information from the Purchaser. Lack of complete information may result in involuntarily under the bankruptcy or any insolvency law, Square D may cancel any
delays of drawings or manufacture. Such delays shall relieve Square D from order then outstanding at any time and recover its proper cancellation charges from the
compliance with the quoted delivery dates and may lead to price escalation. Failure to Purchaser or the Purchaser's estate.
provide a complete signed purchase order within twenty (20) days of notification of DELIVERY:
award may result in renegotiation of price or shipment dates. F.O.B. POINT OF SHIPMENT: When the Square D quotation is based on delivery
APPROVAL DRAWINGS: When required by a specific Purchase Order, drawings will F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed for delivery within the continental
be submitted for approval per agreed upon schedules to assure Square D has United States, Product is sold F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed for
designed the equipment as described in Purchaser's specifications, as modified by orders over $2000 net. Delivery by Square D to the point of shipment constitutes
Square D's quotation. If at time of drawing approval Square D has not designed the delivery to the Purchaser; and title and all risk of loss or damage in transit shall pass to
equipment to meet the specifications, as modified by Square D's quotation, Square D the Purchaser at time of delivery at the F.O.B. point. Square D is not responsible for
will make the appropriate changes at no charge to Purchaser. Where the Purchaser's breakage or delays by carrier after having received in good order receipts from the
specification is not definitive, Square D shall have the right to design the product in line carrier. Purchaser is responsible for pursuing any damage claims with the carrier. For
with good commercial practice, without further obligation to Purchaser. If at drawing orders under $2000 net the above terms apply except freight is prepaid not allowed. No
approval, Purchaser makes changes outside the design as stated in the specifications, allowance will be made in lieu of transportation if the Purchaser accepts shipment at
such changes shall be treated as a change order as provided below. factory, warehouse or freight station or otherwise supplies its own transportation.
PRICE POLICY: Quoted prices are firm provided: A) The order is received with Freight prepaid is defined as: a) Shipments to destinations within the continental United
complete engineering details and is released for manufacture within thirty (30) calendar States to the accessible common carrier point nearest the first destination. b)
days from the originally anticipated release date. B) All required approval drawings are Shipments to U.S. destinations outside the continental United States shall be to the
returned and equipment released by Purchaser no later than thirty (30) calendar days common carrier free delivery point in the United States nearest the original port of
from the original date of mailing of approval drawings by Square D. The returned embarkation. All charges associated with F.A.S., C.I.F., or other charges such as pier
drawings must be released for manufacture for shipment on the agreed date. Drawing transfer, lift, ocean freight, and marine or war insurance shall be paid by the Purchaser,
re-submittals which are required for any reason other than to correct Square D errors unless otherwise specifically agreed in a specific Purchase Order. In no event will
will not extend the thirty (30) day deadline. If the Purchaser causes delay of shipment in Square D be responsible for demurrage or detention charges.
any way or returns approval drawings beyond the time stated above, Purchaser may DELIVERY: F.O.B. DESTINATION: When the Square D quotation is based on
be subject to charges which shall not exceed 1% of the purchase order price for each delivery F.O.B. Destination, for shipments for delivery within the continental United
full month or fraction thereof that shipment is delayed, as compensation to Square D for States, Square D will retain title and all risk of loss or damage in transit to the common
expenses created by such delay and not as a penalty. If shipment is delayed through carrier free delivery point in the United States nearest the first destination for a price
the fault of Purchaser for more than 12 months from the originally anticipated release addition of 2% of the net price. If the Purchaser elects this Option, Purchaser's
date, the price must be renegotiated obligations shall be as follows: a) Purchaser shall have the responsibility of inspecting
PRICING-PURCHASER CHANGES: All prices cover a bill of material as described in the equipment for apparent loss or damage immediately upon its arrival at the free
Square D specifications or quotations to be designed and manufactured to Square D delivery point. b) In the event of apparent shipping loss or damage, Purchaser shall
standard designs, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the parties. Purchaser make written notation of the loss on the carrier's delivery receipt and, within 72 hours of
may make minor changes not affecting the time or cost of performance without charge delivery shall notify the Square D Customer Information Center. Purchaser shall not
prior to the start of manufacture. If any changes are requested by the Purchaser after remove product from the point of examination and shall retain the shipping container
submission of the original Purchase Order which affect the cost or time of performance, and packing material. Purchaser shall request the carrier to make an inspection and
additional billing will be made with the amount of price adder dependent on the change send Square D a copy of the carrier's inspection report. c) In the event of concealed
and status of the order when the change is made. Changes may also result in an damage which occurred during transit and is discovered by the Purchaser after
extension of time for shipment. All changes will be agreed to by the parties, in writing, delivery, Purchaser shall report such damage immediately, but in no event later than 15
prior to implementation. Purchaser's rescheduling shipment will be considered a days after delivery, to the delivering carrier, and within 72 hours of discovery, shall
change. All expenses incurred by Square D in connection with the storage of notify the local Square D field office. If such notification is not made, Square D shall not
equipment, including demurrage, packing, storage charges, insurance and handling be liable for loss or damage in transit.
charges by Square D will be paid by the Purchaser upon submission of invoices by SHIPMENT AND ROUTING: Square D shall select the point of origin of shipment, the
Square D. Square D will issue price changes for any change requested by the method of transportation and the routing of the shipment. Purchasers that request
Purchaser that affects modification of equipment, changes the bills of material, expedited or special modes of transportation or routing involving air, premium or any
engineering or drawings or delivery schedule as follows: A) If Purchaser makes a other non-standard Square D shipping shall be assessed additional charges for
change to an order prior to being released to engineering, the net price will be adjusted shipping, handling, freight and expediting. Any rebates, allowances, discounts, or
by re-pricing the equipment with prices in effect at the time of the change. A incentives received by Square D from its carriers shall be retained by Square D. All
commensurate delay in the shipping date will be based on the changes involved. B) prices include domestic packaging only. When other than domestic packaging is
For changes made after the order is released to engineering, the net price and ship required, contact your local Square D field office. Purchaser specified packaging and
date will be adjusted as described in paragraph A above. An additional charge based marking may be subject to additional charges.
on Square D standard engineering billing charges and cost of parts ($250 minimum) SHORTAGES: Claims for shortages or errors must be submitted to Square D within 30
will be made to cover any extra engineering and drafting, scrap or rework of parts, or days after invoice date, and failure to give such notice shall constitute unqualified
cost of modification. C) If during the drawing approval process, the Purchaser makes acceptance and a waiver of all such claims by the Purchaser.
changes outside the design covered by the specifications, Square D will be reimbursed INSTALLMENTS: Square D reserves the right to make shipments in installments,
as described in paragraph A and B above, plus any additional charges for any extra unless otherwise expressly stipulated in a specific Purchase Order; and all such
cost incurred as a direct result of the changes and allowed a commensurate delay in installments when separately invoiced shall be paid for when due per invoice without
shipping date based on the changes involved. Changes to the order can not be regard to subsequent shipments. Delay in shipment of any installment shall not relieve
processed until a formal change order is received from the Purchaser. Purchaser of its obligation to accept remaining shipments.
All Rights Reserved
Coordinated Projects
FORCE MAJEURE: Square D shall not be liable for any damages as a result of any This obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have made all payments then
delays due to any causes beyond Square D's control, including, without limitation, an due hereunder and if Square D is notified promptly in writing and given authority,
act of God; act of Purchaser or Square D supplier; embargo or other governmental act, information, and assistance at Square D's expense for the defense of the same. In the
regulation or request; fire; accident; strike; slowdown; flood; fuel or energy shortage; event the use of such equipment by Purchaser is enjoined in such a suit, Square D
sabotage; war; riot; delay in transportation and inability to obtain necessary labor, shall, at its expense, and at its sole option, either (a) procure for the Purchaser the right
materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources. In the event of any such delay, to continue using such equipment (b) modify such equipment to render it non-infringing
the date of delivery shall be extended for a period of time reasonably necessary to (c) replace such equipment with non-infringing equipment, or (d) refund the purchase
overcome the effect of such delay. price (less depreciation) and the transportation and installation costs of such
STANDARD WARRANTY: Square D warrants equipment manufactured by it and sold equipment. Square D will not be responsible for any compromise or settlement made
through authorized sales channels to be free from defects in materials and without its written consent. The foregoing states the entire liability of Square D for
workmanship for eighteen (18) months from date of invoice by Square D or its patent, trademark or copyright infringement, and in no event shall Square D be liable if
authorized sales channel. If within such period, any such equipment shall be proved to any infringement charge is based on the use of Square D equipment for a purpose
Square D's satisfaction to be non-conforming, such equipment shall be repaired or other than that for which it was sold by Square D. As to any equipment furnished by
replaced at Square D's option. This warranty shall not apply (a) to equipment not Square D to Purchaser and manufactured in accordance with designs proposed by
manufactured by Square D, (b) to equipment that has been repaired or altered by other Purchaser, the Purchaser shall indemnify Square D against any award made against
than Square D so as, in its judgment, to affect the same adversely, or (c) to equipment Square D for patent, trademark, or copyright infringements.
that has been subjected to negligence, accident, or damage by circumstances beyond WITNESS OF TESTS AND FACTORY INSPECTIONS: Normal production schedules
Square D's control, or improper operation, maintenance or storage, or to other than do not provide the opportunity for Purchaser to witness routine factory tests on
normal use or service. With respect to equipment not manufactured by Square D, the equipment or make factory inspections. Witnessing of tests or factory inspections by
warranty obligations of Square D shall in all respects conform and be limited to the the Purchaser may result in delays of production for which Square D will not be
warranty actually extended to Square D by its supplier. Non-conforming products must responsible. Witness testing and factory inspections must be requested at time of
be returned at Square D's expense for evaluation unless this is waived in writing. quotation and confirmed at order entry. Standard Square D factory testing and
Replacement products may be new or reconditioned. The foregoing warranties do not inspection will apply. Square D will notify Purchaser fourteen (14) calendar days prior to
cover reimbursement for labor, transportation, removal, installation, temporary power, scheduled witness testing or inspection. In the event Purchaser is unable to attend, the
or any other expenses that may be incurred in connection with repair or replacement. Parties may mutually agree on a rescheduled date. However, Square D, at its sole
OPTIONAL WARRANTIES: (Only available on equipment to be located in the U.S.) option, may consider the witness tests and/or inspection waived, and ship and invoice
Option 1-Extended-2 or 3 years from Shipment. If requested by the Purchaser and the Products. Purchaser will be responsible for paying for all scheduled witness testing,
specifically accepted in writing by Square D, the standard warranty will be extended to whether or not Purchaser attends.
two (2) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 1% of the net face value of the RETURN OF EQUIPMENT: NO EQUIPMENT MAY BE RETURNED WITHOUT
Purchase Order or will be extended for three (3) years from date of invoice for a price FIRST OBTAINING SQUARE D'S WRITTEN PERMISSION AND A RETURNED
addition of 3% of the net face value of the Purchase Order. Option 2-Special Warranty: MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION TAG. Returned equipment must be of current
If requested by the Purchaser and specifically accepted in writing by Square D, the manufacture, in the original packaging, unused, undamaged and in saleable condition,
standard warranty will be extended, for a price addition of 3% of the net face value of securely packed to reach Square D without damage and labeled with the return
the Purchase Order, to cover reimbursement of the direct costs of: a) Removal of non- authorization number. Any cost incurred by Square D to put equipment in first class
conforming equipment or part thereof; b) Transporting equipment or parts to and from condition will be charged to the Purchaser. Returns will be credited at price invoiced by
the place of repair; c) Off-loading of truck and reinstallation at the original site. Such Square D less a restocking fee of 25% invoice price. Special Order and Custom
special warranty, which may be chosen to cover a period not exceeding that of the equipment is not returnable. Square D shall bear the cost of returns resulting from
standard or extended warranty (see above) selected, will not include the cost of Square D error, and method and route of return will be at the discretion of Square D.
providing temporary power or removing or replacing other apparatus or structures, or Costs incurred by failure to follow Square D direction will be borne by the Purchaser.
costs of transportation beyond a common carrier free delivery point in the continental NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Unless otherwise agreed
United States. Further, the obligation of Square D for expenses and costs arising under in writing by a duly authorized representative of Square D, products sold hereunder are
this special warranty coverage will not exceed 50% of the net invoice price on the not intended for use in or in connection with any nuclear facility or activity. If so used,
equipment being repaired. This warranty does not change or affect the allocation of risk Square D disclaims all liability for any damage, injury or contamination; and Purchaser
or loss during shipment. Option 3-Extended Warranty-Preventative Maintenance shall indemnify Square D against any such liability, whether arising as a result of
Agreements: If requested by the Purchaser, and specifically accepted by Square D, a breach of contract, warranty or tort (including negligence) or otherwise.
Preventative Maintenance Agreement is available to provide preventative maintenance PATTERNS AND TOOLS: Notice will be given if special patterns or tools are required
on equipment covered by the agreement. Terms of the preventative maintenance to complete any order. Charges for such patterns or tools do not convey title thereto or
agreement shall be as defined in a separate Services Agreement agreed to by the the right to remove them from Square D's plant. If patterns or tools are not used for a
parties. period of two years, Square D shall have the right to scrap them without notice.
SOFTWARE: Any software or computer information, in whatever form, provided with PRODUCT NOTICES: Purchaser shall promptly supply the user (including its
equipment manufactured by Square D is licensed to Purchaser solely pursuant to employees) of the product with all Square D supplied product notices, warnings,
standard licenses of Square D or its supplier of such software or computer information, instructions, recommendations and similar materials.
which licenses are, hereby incorporated by reference. Square D does not warrant that ERRORS: Square D reserves the right to correct errors or omissions in quotations,
such software or computer information will operate error free or without interruption, acknowledgments, invoices, or other documents.
and warrants only that during the warranty period applicable to the equipment that the
software will perform its essential functions. If such software or computer information OSHA COMPLIANCE: Compliance with OSHA or similar federal, state or local laws
fails to conform to such warranty, Square D will, at its option, provide an update to during the operation or use of the product(s) is the sole responsibility of the Purchaser.
correct the non-conformance or replace the software or computer information with the TERMINATION: Any order may be terminated by the Purchaser only upon written
latest available version containing a correction. Square D shall have no other obligation notice to Square D and upon payment of reasonable and proper termination charges
to provide updates or revisions. based on the price of the terminated order and reimbursement of all direct costs and
LIMITATIONS: These disclaimers and limitations of remedies apply to all warranties expenses associated with the order caused by such termination and shall include a
offered to Purchaser and to all Purchase Orders. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH reasonable profit. Special or custom ordered equipment is not cancelable after
ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED commencement of manufacturing.
WARRANTIES (EXCEPT WARRANTIES OF TITLE), INCLUDING, BUT NOT CANCELLATION: Square D shall have the right to cancel any order or contract at any
LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR time by written notice for any material breach of the contract by the Purchaser,
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except as may be expressly provided in an authorized including material delays in releasing equipment for manufacture or approval drawings
writing by Square D, Square D shall not be subject to any other obligations or liabilities and excessive changes to specifications or drawings.
whatsoever other than as stated above with respect to equipment sold or services
rendered by Square D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained
SQUARE D COMPANY, ITS CONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER,
SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR LOST TIME, LOST PROFITS, OR
SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND WHATSOEVER. The remedies of the Purchaser are exclusive and the total
cumulative liability of Square D, its contractors and suppliers of any tier, with respect to
this contract or anything done in connection therewith, such as the use of any product
covered by or furnished under the contract, whether in contract, in tort (including
negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, shall not exceed the price of the product,
part, or service on which such liability is based. 0100PL0043R3/07 March 31, 2007
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: As to equipment proposed and furnished by Square D,
Square D shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against Purchaser so far as
based on a claim that such equipment constitutes an infringement of any copyright,
trademark or patent of the United States.

All Rights Reserved
Standard
NOTE:The following Conditions of Sale are subject to change. All transactions for products sold by Square D Company are
subject to the latest published Conditions of Sale of the Square D Company and to any Special Conditions of Sale which
may be contained in applicable Square D quotations and acknowledgments.
1. GOVERNING PROVISIONS AND ACCEPTANCE: All quotations are transit shall pass to the Purchaser at time of delivery at the F.O.B. point. Square D
subject to these conditions of sale. Acceptance of an order by Square D is not responsible for breakage after having received "in good order" receipts from
shall be expressly conditioned on Purchaser's assent to these conditions. the carrier. Purchaser is responsible for pursuing any damage claims with the
Purchaser's direction to proceed with engineering, manufacture or shipment carrier. No allowance will be made in lieu of transportation if the Purchaser
accepts shipment at factory, warehouse or freight station or otherwise supplies its
by Square D shall be deemed evidence of this assent. No modified or other own transportation. Freight prepaid is defined as: A) Shipments to destinations
conditions will be applicable unless those conditions are so stated in Square within the continental United States to the accessible common carrier point
D's proposal or are specifically agreed to in writing and signed by an nearest the first destination. B) Shipments to U.S. destinations outside the
authorized official of Square D. Failure to object to provisions contained in continental United States shall be to the common carrier free delivery point in the
any Purchase Order or other communication from the Purchaser (including, United States nearest the original port of embarkation. All charges associated with
without limitation, penalty clauses of any kind) shall not be construed as a F.A.S., C.I.F., or other charges such as pier transfer, lift, ocean freight, and marine
waiver of these Conditions nor an acceptance of any other provisions. These or war insurance shall be paid by the Purchaser, unless otherwise specifically
agreed in a specific Purchase Order. In no event will Square D be responsible for
terms are a complete statement of the parties' agreement and may only be demurrage or detention charges.
modified in writing signed by both parties. These terms may not be modified B: DELIVERY: F.O.B. DESTINATION: When the Square D quotation is based on
by course of dealing, course of performance or usage of trade. These terms delivery F.O.B. Destination, for shipments for delivery within the continental United
supersede all previous written or oral quotations, statements or agreements. States, Square D will retain title and all risk of loss or damage in transit to the
Any contract for sale by and between the parties shall be governed by and common carrier free delivery point in the United States nearest the first destination
construed according to the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its for a price addition of 2% of the net price. If the Purchaser elects this option,
rules on the conflict of laws. The Convention on the International Sale of Purchaser's obligations shall be as follows: A) Purchaser shall have the
Goods is expressly excluded. responsibility of inspecting the equipment for apparent loss or damage
immediately upon its arrival at the free delivery point. B) In the event of apparent
2. QUOTATIONS: Quotations shall be valid for no more than thirty (30) days shipping loss or damage, Purchaser shall make written notation of the loss on the
from their date, unless otherwise stated in the quotation. All quotations are carrier's delivery receipt and, within 72 hours of delivery shall notify the Square D
subject to change by Square D Company at any time upon notice to Customer Information Center. Purchaser shall not remove product from the point
Purchaser. It is Purchaser's obligation to review the quotation carefully and of examination and shall retain the shipping container and packing material.
to immediately advise Square D of any differing interpretation Purchaser has Purchaser shall request the carrier to make an inspection and send Square D a
copy of the carrier's inspection report. C) In the event of concealed damage which
so any necessary change can be made. occurred during transit and is discovered by the Purchaser after delivery,
3. PRICE POLICY: All prices are subject to change without notice. In the event Purchaser shall report such damage immediately, but in no event later than 15
of a net price change and unless otherwise agreed to in writing, prices for days after delivery, to the delivering carrier, and within 72 hours of discovery, shall
orders scheduled for immediate release shall be those in effect at time of notify the local Square D field office. If such notification is not made, Square D
order entry. Prices for orders placed for future shipment without an agreed shall not be liable for loss or damage in transit.
price and ship date will be billed at the pricing in effect as of the shipment C: SHIPMENT AND ROUTING: Square D shall select the point of origin of
shipment, the method of transportation and the routing of the shipment.
date. All clerical errors are subject to correction. Purchasers that request expedited or special modes of transportation or routing
4. SUBSTITUTION: Square D may furnish suitable substitutes for material involving air, premium or any other non-standard Square D shipping shall be
unobtainable because of priorities or regulations established by assessed additional charges for shipping, handling, freight and expediting. Any
governmental authority or non-availability of materials from suppliers, rebates, allowances, discounts or incentives received by Square D from its
provided such substitutions do not adversely affect the technical soundness carriers shall be retained by Square D. All prices include domestic packaging only.
When other than domestic packaging is required, contact your local Square D field
of the equipment. Square D assumes no liability for deviation from published office. Purchaser specified packaging and marking may be subject to additional
dimensions and descriptive information not essential to proper performance charges.
of the product. 9. SHORTAGES: Claims for shortages or errors must be submitted to Square
5. TAXES: Any manufacturer's tax, retailer's tax, occupation tax, use tax, sales D within 30 days after invoice date, and failure to give such notice shall
tax, excise tax, (except federal excise tax on vehicles), duty, customs, constitute unqualified acceptance and a waiver of all such claims by the
inspecting or testing fee, or other tax, fee or charge of any nature Purchaser.
whatsoever, imposed by any governmental authority or measured by any 10. INSTALLMENTS: Square D reserves the right to make shipments in
transaction between Square D and Purchaser, shall be paid by the installments, unless otherwise expressly stipulated in a specific Purchase
Purchaser in addition to the prices quoted or invoiced, and such charges will Order; and all such installments when separately invoiced shall be paid for
appear as a separate line item on the invoice. In the event Square D will be when due per invoice without regard to subsequent shipments. Delay in
required to pay any such tax, fee, or charge, Purchaser shall reimburse shipment of any installment shall not relieve Purchaser of its obligation to
Square D or, in lieu of such payment, Purchaser shall supply Square D at the accept remaining shipments.
time the order is submitted with an exemption certificate or other document
11. FORCE MAJEURE: Square D shall not be liable for any damages as a
acceptable to the tax authority. Purchase Orders must state the existence
result of any delays due to any causes beyond Square D's control, including,
and amount of any such tax, fee or charge for which Purchaser claims an
without limitation, an act of God; act of Purchaser or Square D supplier;
exemption.
embargo or other governmental act; regulation or request; fire; accident;
6. TERMS OF PAYMENT: Acceptance of all Purchase Orders is subject to strike; slowdown; flood; fuel or energy shortage; sabotage; war; riot; delay in
Purchaser meeting Square D credit standards. Terms are subject to change transportation and inability to obtain necessary labor, materials or
for failure to meet such standards. Terms are net thirty (30) days from date manufacturing facilities from usual sources. In the event of any such delay,
of invoice of each shipment, unless otherwise stated in Square D's the date of delivery shall be extended for a period of time reasonably
quotation. For an authorized distributor or authorized reseller order, necessary to overcome the effect of such delay.
applicable terms of payment are stated in the quotation or applicable
12. STANDARD WARRANTY: Square D warrants equipment manufactured by
discount schedule. Square D reserves the right at any time to demand full or
it and sold through authorized sales channels to be free from defects in
partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale if, in its sole
materials and workmanship for eighteen (18) months from date of invoice by
judgment, as a result of changes in the financial condition of the Purchaser
Square D or its authorized sales channel. If within such period any such
the terms of payment originally specified are no longer justified.
equipment shall be proved to Square D's satisfaction to be non-conforming,
7. PAYMENTS: If delivery is delayed or deferred by the Purchaser beyond the such equipment shall be repaired or replaced at Square D's option. This
scheduled date, payment shall be due in full when Square D is prepared to warranty shall not apply (a) to equipment not manufactured by Square D, (b)
ship. The equipment may be stored at the risk and expense of the to equipment that has been repaired or altered by other than Square D so
Purchaser. If the Purchaser defaults when any payment is due, then the as, in its judgment, to affect the same adversely, or (c) to equipment that has
whole contract price shall become due and payable upon demand, or been subjected to negligence, accident, or damage by circumstances
Square D at its option, without prejudice to other lawful remedies, may defer beyond Square D's control, or improper operation, maintenance or storage,
delivery or cancel the contract for sale. If Purchaser becomes insolvent, or or to other than normal use or service. With respect to equipment not
bankrupt or in the event any proceeding is brought against the Purchaser, manufactured by Square D, the warranty obligations of Square D shall in all
voluntarily or involuntarily under the bankruptcy or any insolvency law, respects conform and be limited to the warranty actually extended to Square
Square D may cancel any order outstanding at any time and recover its D by its supplier. Non-conforming products must be returned at Square D's
applicable cancellation charges from the Purchaser or the Purchaser's expense for evaluation unless this is waived in writing. Replacement
estate. products may be new or reconditioned. The foregoing warranties do not
8. DELIVERY: cover reimbursement for labor, transportation, removal, installation,
A: F.O.B. POINT OF SHIPMENT: When the Square D quotation is based on temporary power, or any other expenses that may be incurred in connection
delivery F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed for delivery within with repair or replacement.
the continental United States, product is sold F.O.B. point of shipment, freight
prepaid and allowed. A shipping and handling charge of twenty-five dollars ($25)
will be added to all orders having a total net invoice price of less than one
thousand dollars ($1,000). Delivery by Square D to the point of shipment
constitutes delivery to the Purchaser; and title and all risk of loss or damage in
All Rights Reserved
Standard
13. OPTIONAL WARRANTIES: (Only available on equipment to be located in therewith, such as the use of any product covered by or furnished under the
the U.S.) Option 1 - Extended - 2 or 3 years from Shipment. If requested by contract, whether in contract, in tort (including negligence or strict liability) or
the Purchaser and specifically accepted in writing by Square D, the standard otherwise, shall not exceed the price of the product, part, or service on which
warranty will be extended to two (2) years from date of invoice for a price such liability is based.
addition of 1% of the net face value of the Purchase Order or will be 17. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: As to equipment proposed and furnished by
extended for three (3) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 3% of Square D, Square D shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against
the net face value of the Purchase Order. Option 2 - Special Warranty: If Purchaser so far as based on a claim that such equipment constitutes an
requested by the Purchaser and specifically accepted in writing by Square infringement of any copyright, trademark or patent of the United States. This
D, the standard warranty will be extended, for a price addition of 3% of the obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have made all payments
net face value of the Purchase Order, to cover reimbursement of the direct then due hereunder and if Square D is notified promptly in writing and given
costs of: A) Removal of non-conforming equipment or part thereof; B) authority, information, and assistance at Square D's expense for the defense
Transporting equipment or parts to and from the place of repair; C) Off- of the same. In the event the use of such equipment by Purchaser is
loading of truck and reinstallation at the original site. Such special warranty, enjoined in such a suit, Square D shall, at its expense, and at its sole option,
which may be chosen to cover a period not exceeding that of the standard or either (a) procure for the Purchaser the right to continue using such
extended warranty (see above) selected, will not include the cost of equipment (b) modify such equipment to render it non-infringing (c) replace
providing temporary power or removing or replacing other apparatus or such equipment with non-infringing equipment, or (d) refund the purchase
structures, or costs of transportation beyond a common carrier free delivery price (less depreciation) and the transportation and installation costs of such
point in the continental United States. Further, the obligation of Square D for equipment. Square D will not be responsible for any compromise or
expenses and costs arising under this special warranty coverage will not settlement made without its written consent. The foregoing states the entire
exceed 50% of the net invoice price on the equipment being repaired. This liability of Square D for patent, trademark or copyright infringement, and in
warranty does not change or affect the allocation of risk or loss during no event shall Square D be liable if any infringement charge is based on the
shipment. Option 3 - Extended Warranty - Preventative Maintenance use of Square D equipment for a purpose other than that for which it was
Agreements: If requested by the Purchaser, and specifically accepted by sold by Square D. As to any equipment furnished by Square D to Purchaser
Square D, a Preventative Maintenance Agreement is available to provide and manufactured in accordance with designs proposed by Purchaser, the
preventative maintenance on equipment covered by the agreement. Terms Purchaser shall indemnify Square D against any award made against
of the Preventative Maintenance Agreement shall be as defined in a Square D for patent, trademark, or copyright infringements.
separate Services Agreement agreed to by the parties.
18. WITNESS OF TESTS AND FACTORY INSPECTIONS: Normal production
14. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT: NO EQUIPMENT MAY BE RETURNED schedules do not provide the opportunity for Purchaser to witness routine
WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING SQUARE D'S WRITTEN PERMISSION AND factory tests on equipment or make factory inspections. Witnessing of tests
A RETURNED MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION TAG. or factory inspections by the Purchaser may result in delays of production for
Returned equipment must be of current manufacture, in the original which Square D will not be responsible. Witness testing and factory
packaging, unused, undamaged and in saleable condition. Returned inspections must be requested at time of quotation, are subject to additional
equipment must be securely packed to reach Square D without damage and costs and must be confirmed at order entry. Standard Square D factory
labeled with the return authorization number. Any cost incurred by Square D testing and inspection will apply. Square D will notify Purchaser fourteen (14)
to put equipment in first class condition will be charged to the Purchaser. calendar days prior to scheduled witness testing or inspection. In the event
Returns must originate from the original purchaser account number. Returns Purchaser is unable to attend, the Parties may mutually agree on a
will be credited at the original price paid as indicated on the invoice or rescheduled date. However, Square D, at its sole option, may consider the
purchase order associated to the equipment being returned as provided by witness tests and/or inspection waived, and ship and invoice the Products
the Purchaser. If no invoice number or purchase order number is provided, and the witness testing charges. Purchaser will be responsible for paying for
then credit will be issued based on the into stock price in effect 12 months all scheduled witness testing, whether or not Purchaser attends.
prior to date of return authorization and will also have an additional 25%
19. NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Unless otherwise
processing fee applied.
agreed in writing by a duly authorized representative of Square D, products
sold hereunder are not intended for use in or in connection with any nuclear
Square D stocked equipment (which is defined as equipment stocked within
facility or activity. If so used, Square D disclaims all liability for any damage,
Square D's Distribution Center) and non-stocked equipment, which are listed
injury or contamination; and Purchaser shall indemnify Square D against any
in the current product list as returnable and which are accepted for credit, not
such liability, whether arising as a result of breach of contract, warranty or
involving a Square D error, shall be assessed a restocking fee of 25% of the
tort (including negligence) or otherwise.
invoice price.
20. PATTERNS AND TOOLS: Notice will be given if special patterns or tools
NOTE: Special Order and Custom equipment is not returnable.
are required to complete any order. Charges for such patterns or tools do not
Each line item returned must have an extended line item value of $25.00 or convey title thereto or the right to remove them from Square D's plant. If
greater. patterns or tools are not used for a period of two years, Square D shall have
Square D shall bear the cost of returns resulting from Square D error, and method the right to scrap them without notice.
and route of return will be at the discretion of Square D. Costs incurred by failure to
follow Square D direction will be borne by the Purchaser. 21. PRODUCT NOTICES: Purchaser shall promptly supply the user (including
its employees) of the product with all Square D supplied product notices,
15. SOFTWARE: Any software or computer information, in whatever form that is warnings, instructions, recommendations and similar materials.
provided with equipment manufactured by Square D, is licensed to 22. ERRORS: Square D reserves the right to correct errors or omissions in
Purchaser solely pursuant to standard licenses of Square D or its supplier of quotations, acknowledgments, invoices, or other documents.
such software or computer information which licenses are hereby 23. OSHA COMPLIANCE: Compliance with OSHA or similar federal, state or
incorporated by reference. Square D does not warrant that such software or local laws during the operation or use of the product(s) is the sole
computer information will operate error free or without interruption, and responsibility of the Purchaser.
warrants only that during the warranty period applicable to the equipment
that the software will perform its essential functions. If such software or 24. TERMINATION: Any order may be terminated by the Purchaser only upon
computer information fails to conform to such warranty, Square D will, at its notice to Square D and upon payment of reasonable and proper termination
option, provide an update to correct the non-conformance or replace the charges based on the price of the terminated order and reimbursement of all
software or computer information with the latest available version containing direct costs and expenses associated with the order caused by such
a correction. Square D shall have no other obligation to provide updates or termination and shall include a reasonable profit. Special or custom ordered
revisions. equipment is not cancelable after final acceptance of approval drawings for
the commencement of manufacturing.
16. LIMITATIONS: These disclaimers and limitations of remedies apply to all
warranties offered to Purchaser and to all Purchase Orders. THE 25. CANCELLATION: Square D shall have the right to cancel any order or
WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF contract at any time by written notice for any material breach of the contract
ALL OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES (EXCEPT by the Purchaser, including material delays in releasing equipment for
WARRANTIES OF TITLE), INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED manufacture or approval drawings and excessive changes to specifications
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A or drawings.
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except as may be expressly provided in an
authorized writing by Square D, Square D shall not be subject to any other
obligations or liabilities whatsoever, other than as stated above with respect
to equipment sold or services rendered by Square D. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein contained SQUARE D COMPANY, ITS
CONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT
LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR LOST TIME, LOST PROFITS, OR
SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF
ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. The remedies of the Purchaser are exclusive
and the total cumulative liability of Square D, its contractors and suppliers of
any tier, with respect to this contract or anything done in connection 0100PL0041R10/07 October 01, 2007

All Rights Reserved
Conductor Ampacity Based on the 2005 National Electrical Code
Ampacity Based on NEC Table 310.16 Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0 through 2000 Volts, 60 to 90C (140 to 194F). Not
more than three current-carrying conductors in raceway or cable or earth (directly buried), based on ambient temperature of 30C (86F)
For conduit fill see 2005 NEC Annex C.
For Information on Temperature Ratings of Terminations to Equipment See NEC 110.14(C)

Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. See Table 310.13. Size
60C (140F) 75C (167F) 90C (194F) 60C (140F) 75C (167F) 90C (194F)
Types Types
TBS, SA, SIS, FEP, Types TBS, SA, SIS, THHN,
Types FEPB, MI, RHH, RH, RHW, THHW, THW-2,
FEPW, RH, RHW, RHW-2, THHN, Types
AWG Types TW, UF THHW, THW, THWN-2, RHH, AWG
THHW, THW, THWN, THHW, THW-2, TW, UF
kcmil THWN, XHHW, RHW-2, USE-2, kcmil
XHHW, USE, ZW THWN-2, USE-2, USE XHH, XHHW,
XHH, XHHW, XHHW-2, ZW-2
XHHW-2, ZW-2
Aluminum or Copper-Clad
Copper Aluminum
18 .... .... 14 .... .... .... ....
16 .... .... 18 .... .... .... ....
14j 20 20 25 .... .... .... ....
12j 25 25 30 20 20 25 12j
10j 30 35 40 25 30 35 10j
8 40 50 55 30 40 45 8
6 55 65 75 40 50 60 6
4 70 85 95 55 65 75 4
3 85 100 110 65 75 85 3
2 95 115 130 75 90 100 2
1 110 130 150 85 100 115 1
1/0 125 150 170 100 120 135 1/0
2/0 145 175 195 115 135 150 2/0
3/0 165 200 225 130 155 175 3/0
4/0 195 230 260 150 180 205 4/0
250 215 255 290 170 205 230 250
300 240 285 320 190 230 255 300
350 260 310 350 210 250 280 350
400 280 335 380 225 270 305 400
500 320 380 430 260 310 350 500
600 355 420 475 285 340 385 600
700 385 460 520 310 375 420 700
750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750
800 410 490 555 330 395 450 800
900 435 520 585 355 425 480 900
1000 455 545 615 375 445 500 1000
1250 495 590 665 405 485 545 1250
1500 520 625 705 435 520 585 1500
1750 545 650 735 455 545 615 1750
2000 560 665 750 470 560 630 2000
Correction Factors
Ambient Temp. C For ambient temperatures other than 30C (86F), multiply the allowable ampacities shown above by the appropriate factor shown below. Ambient Temp. F
21-25 1.08 1.05 1.04 1.08 1.05 1.04 70-77
26-30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 78-86
31-35 .91 .94 .96 .91 .94 .96 87-95
36-40 .82 .88 .91 .82 .88 .91 96-104
41-45 .71 .82 .87 .71 .82 .87 105-113
46-50 .58 .75 .82 .58 .75 .82 114-122
51-55 .41 .67 .76 .41 .67 .76 123-131
56-60 .... .58 .71 .... .58 .71 132.140
61-70 .... .33 .58 .... .33 .58 141-158
71-80 .... .... .41 .... .... .41 159-176
j See Section 240.4 (D).
Ratings for 120/240 volts, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling Services NEC 240.4 (D) Small Conductors
See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(6) Unless specifically permitted in (E) through (G), the over-
These are permitted ratings for Dwelling Unit service and feeder conductors which current protection shall not exceed 15 amperes for #14 AWG,
carry the total load of the dwelling. 20 amperes for #12 AWG, and 30 amperes for #10 AWG
Rating copper; or 15 amperes for #12 AWG and 25 amperes for
100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400
(amps) #10 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum after any
Copper 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil correction factors for ambient temperature and number of
Aluminum 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 600 kcmil conductors have been applied.
NEC 210.19 Conductors Minimum Ampacity and Size

Adjustment Factors See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(2)(a)
The branch-circuit rating shall not be less than the non-
Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a raceway or cable exceeds
continuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load.
three, the allowable ampacities shall be reduced as shown in the following table:
(See Exception for 100% rated devices)
Number of Percent of Values in Tables as Adjusted
Current-Carrying Conductors for Ambient Temperature as Necessary
NEC 210.20 (A) Continuous and Noncontinuous Loads
4 through 6 80 Where a branch-circuit supplies continuous loads or any
7 through 9 70 combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the
10 through 20 50 rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the
21 through 30 45 noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load.
31 through 40 40 (See Exception for 100% rated devices)
41 and Above 35
NEC 430.22 (A) Single Motor Circuit Conductors
See exceptions to NEC 310.15 (B)(2). Branch-circuit conductors supplying a single motor shall have
an ampacity not less than 125 percent of the motors full-load
NEC 240.4 Protection of Conductors
current rating. (See Exceptions)
Conductors, other than flexible cords and fixture wires, shall be protected against
overcurrent in accordance with their ampacities specified in NEC 310.15, unless
otherwise permitted or required in parts (A) through (G) of NEC 240.4.

All Rights Reserved
3/07
2009
2009
Supplemental and Obsolescence
Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest

Digest
> Customer Information Center
Now theres one toll-free number to get all the information you need. The Customer
Information Center (CIC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer
your customer service and technical support questions.
Serving all Square D authorized distributors and customers in the U.S.

Energy and
Monday - Friday, 8:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time Infrastructure
1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733) Residential
Building
> Engineering Services Data Center Industry
Offers the industrys most comprehensive approach to meet NFPA 70E,

Part 2 requirements.
Engineering analysis
Training programs
New equipment
Equipment upgrades
Emergency services
Available 24 hours a day, seven days a week
Service for ALL manufacturers equipment
1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)
Schneider Electric - North American Operating Division

1415 S. Roselle Road
Palatine, IL 60067
Tel: 847-397-2600
Make the most of your energy

Fax: 847-925-7500 SM
Document Number 0100PL0902 03-09 tk

Schneider Electric Supplemental Obsolescence Digest 175

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schneider Electric Supplemental Obsolescence Digest 175

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schneider Electric Supplemental Obsolescence Digest 175

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2009

Supplemental and Obsolescence

Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest

Serving all Square D authorized distributors and customers in the U.S.

> Engineering Services Data Center Industry

Offers the industrys most comprehensive approach to meet NFPA 70E,

Schneider Electric - North American Operating Division

Make the most of your energy

Document Number 0100PL0902 03-09 tk

Schneider Electric is the global specialist in

Make the most of your energy SM

01 LOAD CENTERS ................................................................................. 1-1

02 SAFETY SWITCHES ........................................................................... 2-1

03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND ENCLOSURES ............ 3-1

07 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS ....................................................7-1

08 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES .............................................. 8-1

09 INTERNATIONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................ 9-1

10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS .................................................. 10-1

11 OBSOLESCENT AND OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .............. 11-1

12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ..................................... 12-1

13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS .....................................................13-1

15 LIMIT SWITCHES ...............................................................................15-1

16 TERMINAL BLOCKS ..........................................................................16-1

17 NEMA CONTACTORS AND STARTERS ...........................................17-1

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CONDITIONS OF SALE .................................. A-1

2009 Schneider Electric 1-1

2- or 3-pole fusible pullouts

Table 1.1: Fusible Pullouts

13W 120/240 V 100 A FTL2100a 380.00 4050704950a 128.00

5.03 Pull 200A

1-2 DE5 Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Circuit Breaker Covers

2009 Schneider Electric Discount 1-3

Table 1.3: Non-Fusible Air Conditioning DisconnectPullout

Ampere Metallic Non-metallic

2 Wire240 Vac Maximum

60 A UFP222R 170.00 UFP222RNM 191.00 10

2 Wire240 Vac Maximumwith 20 A GFI receptacle

Table 1.4: Fusible Air Conditioning DisconnectPullout

Ampere Metallic Non-metallic

30 A FP221R 161.00 FP221RNM 191.00 3

60 A FP222R 161.00 FP222RNM 191.00 10

NOTE: For Repair and Replacement parts:

1-4 DE2A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

General Duty Safety Switches

2009 Schneider Electric 2-1

400 or 600 A GD4060LK (1) 1/0600 or (2) 1/0600 or

2-2 DE1 DE3A Discount 2009 Schneider Electric

Electrical Interlock Kits Phenolic Legend Plate

Table 2.2: Electrical Interlock Contact

2009 Schneider Electric Discount 2-3

Locking Position removed, key held when switch is closed);

A-1 is held in circuit breaker interlock.

To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 3-2

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

2009 Schneider Electric 3-1

Table 3.1: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, Standard Interrupting, 240 Vac

100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL14100 312.00 FAL24100 788.00 FAL34100 924.00

Table 3.3: F-Frame100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac